Browse Source

重卡调试软件2-已经可以正常工作了

陈杰 3 years ago
parent
commit
428a6e5fc5

+ 8 - 8
.cproject

@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.334102120" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot.2141010934" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths.203066772" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths" useByScannerDiscovery="false" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.2115819142" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot.1519150514" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths.763521555" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -221,8 +221,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.642272549" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot.745096310" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths.592054341" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths" useByScannerDiscovery="false" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -322,8 +322,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.1286924921" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot.1249287208" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths.1369200527" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -407,8 +407,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.1160366230" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot.558901589" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths.586265872" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths" useByScannerDiscovery="false" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -508,8 +508,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.1325224295" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot.886858011" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths.1250405572" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -593,8 +593,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.1971239951" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot.2134033035" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.c.compiler.option.target.sysroot" useByScannerDiscovery="false" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths.1845953649" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.c.compiler.option.include.paths" useByScannerDiscovery="false" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>
@@ -694,8 +694,8 @@
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.613225987" name="Libraries support" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries" value="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.libraries.newlib_nano_noio" valueType="enumerated"/>
 								<option id="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot.1743448021" name="Sysroot" superClass="com.nxp.s32ds.cle.arm.mbs.arm32.bare.tool.assembler.option.target.sysroot" value="--sysroot=&quot;${S32DS_ARM32_NEWLIB_DIR}&quot;" valueType="string"/>
 								<option IS_BUILTIN_EMPTY="false" IS_VALUE_EMPTY="false" id="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths.1068498650" name="Include paths (-I)" superClass="gnu.both.asm.option.include.paths" valueType="includePath">
-									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../FreeRTOS/Source/include"/>
+									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="../RTD/include"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang}&quot;"/>
 									<listOptionValue builtIn="false" value="&quot;${workspace_loc:/${ProjName}/FreeRTOS/Source/portable}&quot;"/>

+ 4 - 4
.settings/language.settings.xml

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 			<provider copy-of="extension" id="org.eclipse.cdt.ui.UserLanguageSettingsProvider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ReferencedProjectsLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.MBSLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
-			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="512964616103659477" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
+			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="1805121227979261312" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.gcc"/>
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.g++"/>
 			</provider>
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 			<provider copy-of="extension" id="org.eclipse.cdt.ui.UserLanguageSettingsProvider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ReferencedProjectsLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.MBSLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
-			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="512964616103659477" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
+			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="1805121227979261312" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.gcc"/>
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.g++"/>
 			</provider>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 			<provider copy-of="extension" id="org.eclipse.cdt.ui.UserLanguageSettingsProvider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ReferencedProjectsLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.MBSLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
-			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="512964616103659477" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
+			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="1805121227979261312" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.gcc"/>
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.g++"/>
 			</provider>
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 			<provider copy-of="extension" id="org.eclipse.cdt.ui.UserLanguageSettingsProvider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.ReferencedProjectsLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
 			<provider-reference id="org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.MBSLanguageSettingsProvider" ref="shared-provider"/>
-			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="512964616103659477" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
+			<provider class="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" console="false" env-hash="1805121227979261312" id="com.freescale.s32ds.cross.gnu.CrossGCCBuiltinSpecsDetector" keep-relative-paths="false" name="CDT S32DS Built-in Compiler Settings" parameter="${COMMAND} ${FLAGS} -E -P -v -dD &quot;${INPUTS}&quot;" prefer-non-shared="true">
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.gcc"/>
 				<language-scope id="org.eclipse.cdt.core.g++"/>
 			</provider>

+ 361 - 361
FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c

@@ -1,363 +1,363 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "croutine.h"
-
-/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
-
-/*
- * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
- * than file scope.
- */
-    #ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
-        #define static
-    #endif
-
-
-/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
-    static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
-    static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1;                                   /*< Delayed co-routines. */
-    static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2;                                   /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-    static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;                          /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
-    static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;                  /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-    static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList;                               /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event.  They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
-
-/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
-    CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
-    static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
-    static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
-
-/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
-    #define corINITIAL_STATE    ( 0 )
-
-/*
- * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
- * for the priority.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
- *
- * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
- * used from within an ISR.
- */
-    #define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB )                                                                       \
-    {                                                                                                                   \
-        if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority )                                                          \
-        {                                                                                                               \
-            uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority;                                                           \
-        }                                                                                                               \
-        vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
-    }
-
-/*
- * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
- * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
- */
-    static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
-
-/*
- * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
- * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion).  Instead they are placed in
- * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
- * list by the co-routine scheduler.
- */
-    static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
-
-/*
- * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
- * see if any require waking.
- *
- * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
- * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
- * we need not look any further down the list.
- */
-    static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
-                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
-
-        /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
-        pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
-
-        if( pxCoRoutine )
-        {
-            /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
-            * be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
-            if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
-            {
-                pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
-                prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
-            }
-
-            /* Check the priority is within limits. */
-            if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
-            {
-                uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
-            }
-
-            /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
-            pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
-            pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
-            pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
-            pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
-
-            /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
-            vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-            vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
-
-            /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
-             * This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
-             * in a list. */
-            listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
-            listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
-
-            /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
-            listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
-
-            /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
-             * list at the correct priority. */
-            prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
-                                     List_t * pxEventList )
-    {
-        TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-
-        /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
-         * not a problem. */
-        xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
-
-        /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
-         * ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
-         * both lists. */
-        ( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-
-        /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-        listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-        if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
-        {
-            /* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the
-             * overflow list. */
-            vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
-             * current block list. */
-            vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
-        }
-
-        if( pxEventList )
-        {
-            /* Also add the co-routine to an event list.  If this is done then the
-             * function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
-            vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
-    {
-        /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list?  These
-         * are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR.  The ISR cannot access
-         * the ready lists itself. */
-        while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
-
-            /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
-            portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-            {
-                pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
-                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-            }
-            portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-            ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
-            prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
-    {
-        CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
-
-        xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
-
-        while( xPassedTicks )
-        {
-            xCoRoutineTickCount++;
-            xPassedTicks--;
-
-            /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
-            if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
-            {
-                List_t * pxTemp;
-
-                /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.  If there are
-                 * any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
-                pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
-                pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
-                pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
-            }
-
-            /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
-            while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
-
-                if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
-                {
-                    /* Timeout not yet expired. */
-                    break;
-                }
-
-                portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-                {
-                    /* The event could have occurred just before this critical
-                     *  section.  If this is the case then the generic list item will
-                     *  have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
-                     *  line is still valid.  Also the pvContainer parameter will have
-                     *  been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
-                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
-
-                    /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
-                    if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
-                    {
-                        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-                    }
-                }
-                portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-                prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
-            }
-        }
-
-        xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
-    {
-        /* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
-         * called.  prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
-         * co-routine is created. */
-        if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
-        {
-            /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
-            prvCheckPendingReadyList();
-
-            /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
-            prvCheckDelayedList();
-
-            /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
-            while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
-            {
-                if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
-                {
-                    /* No more co-routines to check. */
-                    return;
-                }
-
-                --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
-            }
-
-            /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
-             * of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
-            listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
-
-            /* Call the co-routine. */
-            ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
-    {
-        UBaseType_t uxPriority;
-
-        for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
-        {
-            vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
-        }
-
-        vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
-        vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
-        vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
-
-        /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
-         * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
-        pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
-        pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
-    {
-        CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        /* This function is called from within an interrupt.  It can only access
-         * event lists and the pending ready list.  This function assumes that a
-         * check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
-        pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
-        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-        vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-        if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
-        {
-            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFALSE;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+    #ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+        #define static
+    #endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+    static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+    static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1;                                   /*< Delayed co-routines. */
+    static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2;                                   /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+    static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;                          /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+    static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;                  /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+    static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList;                               /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event.  They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+    CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+    static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+    static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+    #define corINITIAL_STATE    ( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+    #define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB )                                                                       \
+    {                                                                                                                   \
+        if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority )                                                          \
+        {                                                                                                               \
+            uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority;                                                           \
+        }                                                                                                               \
+        vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+    }
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+    static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion).  Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+    static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+    static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
+
+        /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+        pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
+
+        if( pxCoRoutine )
+        {
+            /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+            * be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+            if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+            {
+                pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+                prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+            }
+
+            /* Check the priority is within limits. */
+            if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+            {
+                uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+            }
+
+            /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+            pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+            pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+            pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+            pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+            /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+            vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+            vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+            /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
+             * This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+             * in a list. */
+            listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+            listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+            /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+            listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
+
+            /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+             * list at the correct priority. */
+            prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
+                                     List_t * pxEventList )
+    {
+        TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+
+        /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+         * not a problem. */
+        xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+        /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+         * ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+         * both lists. */
+        ( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+        /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+        listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+        if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+        {
+            /* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the
+             * overflow list. */
+            vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+             * current block list. */
+            vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+        }
+
+        if( pxEventList )
+        {
+            /* Also add the co-routine to an event list.  If this is done then the
+             * function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+            vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+    {
+        /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list?  These
+         * are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR.  The ISR cannot access
+         * the ready lists itself. */
+        while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+            /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+            portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+            {
+                pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
+                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+            }
+            portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+            ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+            prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+    {
+        CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
+
+        xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+
+        while( xPassedTicks )
+        {
+            xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+            xPassedTicks--;
+
+            /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+            if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+            {
+                List_t * pxTemp;
+
+                /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.  If there are
+                 * any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+                pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+                pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+                pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+            }
+
+            /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+            while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+                if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+                {
+                    /* Timeout not yet expired. */
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+                {
+                    /* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+                     *  section.  If this is the case then the generic list item will
+                     *  have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+                     *  line is still valid.  Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+                     *  been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+                    /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+                    if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
+                    {
+                        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+                    }
+                }
+                portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+                prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+            }
+        }
+
+        xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+    {
+        /* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
+         * called.  prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
+         * co-routine is created. */
+        if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
+        {
+            /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+            prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+            /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+            prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+            /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+            while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+            {
+                if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+                {
+                    /* No more co-routines to check. */
+                    return;
+                }
+
+                --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+            }
+
+            /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+             * of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+            listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+            /* Call the co-routine. */
+            ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+    {
+        UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+        for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+        {
+            vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+        }
+
+        vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+        vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+        vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+        /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+         * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+        pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+        pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
+    {
+        CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        /* This function is called from within an interrupt.  It can only access
+         * event lists and the pending ready list.  This function assumes that a
+         * check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+        pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+        vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+        if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+        {
+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFALSE;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

+ 773 - 773
FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c

@@ -1,775 +1,775 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
- * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
- * task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "event_groups.h"
-
-/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
- * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
- * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
- * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
-
-/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
- * item value.  It is important they don't clash with the
- * taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
-#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
-    #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT    0x0100U
-    #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET    0x0200U
-    #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS           0x0400U
-    #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES    0xff00U
-#else
-    #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT    0x01000000UL
-    #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET    0x02000000UL
-    #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS           0x04000000UL
-    #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES    0xff000000UL
-#endif
-
-typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
-{
-    EventBits_t uxEventBits;
-    List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-        uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-    #endif
-} EventGroup_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
- * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is
- * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
- * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
- * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
- * in uxCurrentEventBits.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
-                                        const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-                                        const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer )
-    {
-        EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
-
-        /* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
-        configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
-
-        #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-            {
-                /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-                 * variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
-                 * event group structure. */
-                volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
-                configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
-            } /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
-        #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-        /* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
-        pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
-
-        if( pxEventBits != NULL )
-        {
-            pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
-            vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
-
-            #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
-                     * this event group was created statically in case the event group
-                     * is later deleted. */
-                    pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-                }
-            #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
-             * pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
-             * allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
-            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
-        }
-
-        return pxEventBits;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
-    {
-        EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
-
-        /* Allocate the event group.  Justification for MISRA deviation as
-         * follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
-         * aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
-         * pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
-         * alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
-         * follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
-         * (EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself).  Therefore, whenever the
-         * stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
-         * TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe.  In other cases,
-         * where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
-         * sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
-         * or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
-         * of each individual read. */
-        pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
-
-        if( pxEventBits != NULL )
-        {
-            pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
-            vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
-
-            #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
-                     * event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
-                     * later deleted. */
-                    pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-                }
-            #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
-        }
-
-        return pxEventBits;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                             const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
-                             const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-                             TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
-    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
-    BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
-    BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
-
-    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-    configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
-    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-        {
-            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    vTaskSuspendAll();
-    {
-        uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-        ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-
-        if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
-        {
-            /* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
-            uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
-
-            /* Rendezvous always clear the bits.  They will have been cleared
-             * already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
-            pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-
-            xTicksToWait = 0;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
-
-                /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
-                 * task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
-                 * found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
-                vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
-
-                /* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
-                 * the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
-                 * warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
-                 * assignment is omitted. */
-                uxReturn = 0;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
-                 * specified - just return the current event bit value. */
-                uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-                xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-    if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
-         * point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
-         * the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
-         * event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
-        uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
-
-        if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
-            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-            {
-                uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-                /* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
-                 * bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
-                 * unblocked another task has set the bits.  If this is the case
-                 * then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
-                if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
-                {
-                    pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-            xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
-        }
-
-        /* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
-         * returned. */
-        uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-    }
-
-    traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
-
-    /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
-    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
-
-    return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-                                 const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
-                                 const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
-                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
-    EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
-    BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
-    BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
-
-    /* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
-     * itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
-    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-    configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
-    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-        {
-            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    vTaskSuspendAll();
-    {
-        const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-        /* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
-        xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
-
-        if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
-             * block. */
-            uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
-            xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
-
-            /* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
-            if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            /* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
-             * specified, so just return the current value. */
-            uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
-            xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
-             * set.  uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
-             * this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
-             * unblock the task. */
-            if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
-             * task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
-             * found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
-            vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
-
-            /* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
-             * some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
-             * being returned without being set if it is not done. */
-            uxReturn = 0;
-
-            traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
-        }
-    }
-    xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-    if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
-         * point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
-         * the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
-         * event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
-        uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
-
-        if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-            {
-                /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
-                uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-                /* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
-                 * task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
-                if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
-            }
-            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
-        }
-
-        /* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
-        uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-    }
-
-    traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
-
-    /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
-    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
-
-    return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                  const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
-{
-    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
-    EventBits_t uxReturn;
-
-    /* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
-     * itself. */
-    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
-
-        /* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
-         * cleared. */
-        uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-
-        /* Clear the bits. */
-        pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-    BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                            const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
-        xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-{
-    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-    EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
-    EventBits_t uxReturn;
-
-    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-    {
-        uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-    }
-    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-    return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
-{
-    ListItem_t * pxListItem, * pxNext;
-    ListItem_t const * pxListEnd;
-    List_t const * pxList;
-    EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
-    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
-    BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
-
-    /* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
-     * itself. */
-    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
-
-    pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
-    pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-    vTaskSuspendAll();
-    {
-        traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-
-        pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
-
-        /* Set the bits. */
-        pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
-
-        /* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
-        while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
-        {
-            pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
-            uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
-            xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
-
-            /* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
-            uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-            uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
-
-            if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* Just looking for single bit being set. */
-                if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
-            {
-                /* All bits are set. */
-                xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
-            }
-
-            if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                /* The bits match.  Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
-                if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                /* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
-                 * item before removing the task from the event list.  The
-                 * eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
-                 * that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
-                 * than because it timed out. */
-                vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
-            }
-
-            /* Move onto the next list item.  Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
-             * used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
-             * and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
-            pxListItem = pxNext;
-        }
-
-        /* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
-         * bit was set in the control word. */
-        pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
-    }
-    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-    return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
-{
-    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
-
-    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
-    const List_t * pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
-
-    vTaskSuspendAll();
-    {
-        traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
-
-        while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            /* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
-             * and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
-            configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
-            vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
-        }
-
-        #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-            {
-                /* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
-                 * it again. */
-                vPortFree( pxEventBits );
-            }
-        #elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-            {
-                /* The event group could have been allocated statically or
-                 * dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
-                if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    vPortFree( pxEventBits );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-    }
-    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
- * an interrupt. */
-void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
-                                 const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
-{
-    ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
- * an interrupt. */
-void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
-                                   const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
-{
-    ( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
-                                        const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-                                        const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
-{
-    BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
-
-    if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
-    {
-        /* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
-         * set.  Is one already set? */
-        if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
-         * Are they set already? */
-        if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
-        {
-            xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-    return xWaitConditionMet;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-    BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                          const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
-                                          BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
-        xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup )
-    {
-        UBaseType_t xReturn;
-        EventGroup_t const * pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
-
-        if( xEventGroup == NULL )
-        {
-            xReturn = 0;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
-                               UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
-    {
-        ( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+ * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+ * task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "event_groups.h"
+
+/* Lint e961, e750 and e9021 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+ * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+ * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+ * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021 See comment above. */
+
+/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
+ * item value.  It is important they don't clash with the
+ * taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
+#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
+    #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT    0x0100U
+    #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET    0x0200U
+    #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS           0x0400U
+    #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES    0xff00U
+#else
+    #define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT    0x01000000UL
+    #define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET    0x02000000UL
+    #define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS           0x04000000UL
+    #define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES    0xff000000UL
+#endif
+
+typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
+{
+    EventBits_t uxEventBits;
+    List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+        uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+    #endif
+} EventGroup_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
+ * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is
+ * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
+ * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
+ * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
+ * in uxCurrentEventBits.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
+                                        const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+                                        const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer )
+    {
+        EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
+
+        /* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
+        configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
+
+        #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+            {
+                /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+                 * variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
+                 * event group structure. */
+                volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
+                configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
+            } /*lint !e529 xSize is referenced if configASSERT() is defined. */
+        #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+        /* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
+        pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are deliberately aliased for data hiding purposes and guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
+
+        if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+        {
+            pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+            vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+            #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
+                     * this event group was created statically in case the event group
+                     * is later deleted. */
+                    pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+                }
+            #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
+             * pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
+             * allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
+            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
+        }
+
+        return pxEventBits;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+    EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
+    {
+        EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
+
+        /* Allocate the event group.  Justification for MISRA deviation as
+         * follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory blocks are
+         * aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+         * pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+         * alignment requirements of the EventGroup_t structure - which (if you
+         * follow it through) is the alignment requirements of the TickType_t type
+         * (EventBits_t being of TickType_t itself).  Therefore, whenever the
+         * stack alignment requirements are greater than or equal to the
+         * TickType_t alignment requirements the cast is safe.  In other cases,
+         * where the natural word size of the architecture is less than
+         * sizeof( TickType_t ), the TickType_t variables will be accessed in two
+         * or more reads operations, and the alignment requirements is only that
+         * of each individual read. */
+        pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+        if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+        {
+            pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+            vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+            #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
+                     * event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
+                     * later deleted. */
+                    pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+                }
+            #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED(); /*lint !e9063 Else branch only exists to allow tracing and does not generate code if trace macros are not defined. */
+        }
+
+        return pxEventBits;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                             const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+                             const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+                             TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
+    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+    BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
+    BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+    configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+        {
+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    vTaskSuspendAll();
+    {
+        uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+        ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+        if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+        {
+            /* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
+            uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
+
+            /* Rendezvous always clear the bits.  They will have been cleared
+             * already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
+            pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+
+            xTicksToWait = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+
+                /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+                 * task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+                 * found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+                vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
+
+                /* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
+                 * the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
+                 * warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
+                 * assignment is omitted. */
+                uxReturn = 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
+                 * specified - just return the current event bit value. */
+                uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+                xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+    if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+         * point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+         * the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+         * event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+        uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+        if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+            {
+                uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+                /* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
+                 * bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
+                 * unblocked another task has set the bits.  If this is the case
+                 * then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
+                if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+                {
+                    pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+            xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+        }
+
+        /* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
+         * returned. */
+        uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+    }
+
+    traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+    /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+    return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+                                 const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
+                                 const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
+                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+    EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
+    BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
+    BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+    /* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
+     * itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+    configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+        {
+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    vTaskSuspendAll();
+    {
+        const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+        /* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
+        xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
+
+        if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
+             * block. */
+            uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+            xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
+
+            /* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
+            if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            /* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
+             * specified, so just return the current value. */
+            uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+            xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
+             * set.  uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
+             * this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
+             * unblock the task. */
+            if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            /* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+             * task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+             * found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+            vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
+
+            /* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
+             * some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
+             * being returned without being set if it is not done. */
+            uxReturn = 0;
+
+            traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+        }
+    }
+    xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+    if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        /* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+         * point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+         * the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+         * event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+        uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+        if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+            {
+                /* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+                uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+                /* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
+                 * task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
+                if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+            }
+            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+        }
+
+        /* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
+        uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+    }
+
+    traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+    /* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+    return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                  const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+{
+    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+    EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+    /* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
+     * itself. */
+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+
+        /* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
+         * cleared. */
+        uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+        /* Clear the bits. */
+        pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+    BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                            const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+        xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+    EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+    EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+    {
+        uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+    }
+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+    return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 EventGroupHandle_t is a typedef used in other functions to so can't be pointer to const. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
+{
+    ListItem_t * pxListItem, * pxNext;
+    ListItem_t const * pxListEnd;
+    List_t const * pxList;
+    EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
+    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+    BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+    /* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
+     * itself. */
+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+    configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+    pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+    pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+    vTaskSuspendAll();
+    {
+        traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+        pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
+
+        /* Set the bits. */
+        pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
+
+        /* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
+        while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
+        {
+            pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
+            uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
+            xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+            /* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
+            uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+            uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+
+            if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* Just looking for single bit being set. */
+                if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
+            {
+                /* All bits are set. */
+                xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
+            }
+
+            if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                /* The bits match.  Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
+                if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                /* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
+                 * item before removing the task from the event list.  The
+                 * eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
+                 * that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
+                 * than because it timed out. */
+                vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+            }
+
+            /* Move onto the next list item.  Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
+             * used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
+             * and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
+            pxListItem = pxNext;
+        }
+
+        /* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
+         * bit was set in the control word. */
+        pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+    }
+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+    return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+    configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+
+    EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
+    const List_t * pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+
+    vTaskSuspendAll();
+    {
+        traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
+
+        while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            /* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
+             * and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
+            configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
+            vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+        }
+
+        #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+            {
+                /* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
+                 * it again. */
+                vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+            }
+        #elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+            {
+                /* The event group could have been allocated statically or
+                 * dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
+                if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+    }
+    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
+ * an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
+                                 const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
+{
+    ( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
+ * an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
+                                   const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
+{
+    ( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear ); /*lint !e9079 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic timer callback prototype. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
+                                        const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+                                        const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
+{
+    BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
+
+    if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
+    {
+        /* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
+         * set.  Is one already set? */
+        if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
+         * Are they set already? */
+        if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+        {
+            xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return xWaitConditionMet;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+    BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                          const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+                                          BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+        xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ); /*lint !e9087 Can't avoid cast to void* as a generic callback function not specific to this use case. Callback casts back to original type so safe. */
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup )
+    {
+        UBaseType_t xReturn;
+        EventGroup_t const * pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
+
+        if( xEventGroup == NULL )
+        {
+            xReturn = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
+                               UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
+    {
+        ( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber; /*lint !e9087 !e9079 EventGroupHandle_t is a pointer to an EventGroup_t, but EventGroupHandle_t is kept opaque outside of this file for data hiding purposes. */
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

+ 1350 - 1350
FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h

@@ -1,1352 +1,1352 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-#define INC_FREERTOS_H
-
-/*
- * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
- */
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/*
- * If stdint.h cannot be located then:
- *   + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used.
- *   + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your
- *     compiler stores stdint.h.
- *   + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically
- *     stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any
- *     other way).
- *   + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be
- *     used in cases where none is provided by the compiler.  The files only
- *     contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS.  Read the instructions
- *     in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
- */
-#include <stdint.h>     /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-/* Application specific configuration options. */
-#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
-
-/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
-#include "projdefs.h"
-
-/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
-#include "portable.h"
-
-/* Must be defaulted before configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT is used below. */
-#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
-    #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT    0
-#endif
-
-/* Required if struct _reent is used. */
-#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-    #include <reent.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
- * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
- * within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
-    #error Missing definition:  configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task.  Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
-    #error Missing definition:  configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-#endif
-
-#if configMAX_PRIORITIES < 1
-    #error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
-    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
-    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
-    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
-    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
-    #define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
-    #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
-    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
-    #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
-    #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend    0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
-    #ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
-        /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil was replaced by INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil.  Backward
-         * compatibility is maintained if only one or the other is defined, but
-         * there is a conflict if both are defined. */
-        #error INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil and INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil are both defined.  INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is no longer required and should be removed
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
-    #ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
-        /* If INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set but INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil is not then
-         * the project's FreeRTOSConfig.h probably pre-dates the introduction of
-         * xTaskDelayUntil and setting INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil to whatever
-         * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set to will ensure backward compatibility.
-         */
-        #define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
-    #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
-    #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
-    #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder    INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
-    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
-    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
-    #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall
-    #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
-    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle    0
-#endif
-
-#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
-    #ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES
-        #error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1.
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK
-    #define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
-    #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
-    #define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
-    #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
-    #define configUSE_MUTEXES    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
-    #define configUSE_TIMERS    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
-    #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
-    #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
-    #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
-    #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN    16
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
-    #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD    1
-#endif
-
-#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
-    #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configASSERT
-    #define configASSERT( x )
-    #define configASSERT_DEFINED    0
-#else
-    #define configASSERT_DEFINED    1
-#endif
-
-/* configPRECONDITION should be defined as configASSERT.
- * The CBMC proofs need a way to track assumptions and assertions.
- * A configPRECONDITION statement should express an implicit invariant or
- * assumption made.  A configASSERT statement should express an invariant that must
- * hold explicit before calling the code. */
-#ifndef configPRECONDITION
-    #define configPRECONDITION( X )    configASSERT( X )
-    #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED    0
-#else
-    #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portMEMORY_BARRIER
-    #define portMEMORY_BARRIER()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portSOFTWARE_BARRIER
-    #define portSOFTWARE_BARRIER()
-#endif
-
-/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
-#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
-
-    #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
-        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
-    #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
-
-    #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
-        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
-    #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
-
-    #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
-        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
-    #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-
-#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
-    #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
-    #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue )    ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
-    #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB )    ( void ) pxTCB
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
-    #define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
-    #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB )    ( void ) pxTCB
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
-    #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE    0U
-#endif
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
-    #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
-    #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
-    #define pcQueueGetName( xQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
-    #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE    uint32_t
-#endif
-
-/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
-#ifndef traceSTART
-
-/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
- * into which trace is to be written. */
-    #define traceSTART()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEND
-
-/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
- * written. */
-    #define traceEND()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
-
-/* Called after a task has been selected to run.  pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
- * to the task control block of the selected task. */
-    #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
-
-/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
- * sleep. */
-    #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
-    /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
-    #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
-    /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
-    #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
-
-/* Called before a task has been selected to run.  pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
- * to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
-    #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
-
-/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
- * lower priority task.  pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
- * that holds the mutex.  uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
- * will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
- * muted. */
-    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
-
-/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
- * the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
- * pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
- * mutex.  uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
-    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
-
-/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
- * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
- * upon which the read was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
- * task that attempted the read. */
-    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK
-
-/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
- * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
- * upon which the read was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
- * task that attempted the read. */
-    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
-
-/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
- * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
- * upon which the write was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
- * task that attempted the write. */
-    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
-    #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS
-    #define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H
-    #define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H    0
-#endif
-
-/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
-
-#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
-    #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
-    #define tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
-    #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
-    #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
-    #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-    #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
-    #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-    #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
-    #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
-    #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
-    #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_SET_SEND
-    #define traceQUEUE_SET_SEND    traceQUEUE_SEND
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
-    #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
-    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
-    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
-    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
-    #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
-    #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
-    #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
-    #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
-    #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( x )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
-    #define traceTASK_DELAY()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
-    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
-    #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
-    #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
-    #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
-    #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
-    #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
-    #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
-    #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
-    #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceMALLOC
-    #define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceFREE
-    #define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred )    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred )    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE
-    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL
-    #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR
-    #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD
-    #define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE( uxIndexToWait )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT( uxIndexToWait )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY( uxIndexToNotify )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND
-    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE
-    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
-    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
-    #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS    0
-#endif
-
-#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-
-    #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
-        #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined.  portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
-    #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-    #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-        #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-            #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined.  See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
-        #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
-    #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
-
-#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
-    #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
-    #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
-    #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
-    #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API    portYIELD
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
-    #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
-    #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP    2
-#endif
-
-#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
-    #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
-    #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING
-    #define configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
-    #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
-    #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
-    #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
-    #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT
-    #define portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( ulSecureStackSize )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portDONT_DISCARD
-    #define portDONT_DISCARD
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
-    #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
-    #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
-    #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
-    #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY
-    #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER
-    #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY
-    #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR
-    #define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR()
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
-    #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP
-    #define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS
-    #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES
-    #define configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES    1
-#endif
-
-#if configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES < 1
-    #error configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES must be at least 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO
-    #define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
-    /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
-    #define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-    /* Defaults to 1 for backward compatibility. */
-    #define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
-
-/* Defaults to uint16_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
- * in FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint16_t is too restrictive. */
-    #define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE    uint16_t
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE
-
-/* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
- * in FreeRTOSConfig.h if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes
- * in a size_t. */
-    #define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE    size_t
-#endif
-
-/* Sanity check the configuration. */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 )
-        #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-
-#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-    #error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1.
-#endif
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES != 1 ) )
-    #error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT
-    #define configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT    0
-#endif
-
-#if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 )
-
-/* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or
- * portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when
- * the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()                      portENTER_CRITICAL()
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()                       portEXIT_CRITICAL()
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) )
-#else
-
-/* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the
- * tick count is returned can be defined away. */
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         0
-    #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    ( void ) x
-#endif /* if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) */
-
-/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
- * V8 if desired. */
-#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
-    #define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configPRINTF
-
-/* configPRINTF() was not defined, so define it away to nothing.  To use
- * configPRINTF() then define it as follows (where MyPrintFunction() is
- * provided by the application writer):
- *
- * void MyPrintFunction(const char *pcFormat, ... );
- #define configPRINTF( X )   MyPrintFunction X
- *
- * Then call like a standard printf() function, but placing brackets around
- * all parameters so they are passed as a single parameter.  For example:
- * configPRINTF( ("Value = %d", MyVariable) ); */
-    #define configPRINTF( X )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configMAX
-
-/* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define
- * the following generic implementation. */
-    #define configMAX( a, b )    ( ( ( a ) > ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) )
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configMIN
-
-/* The application writer has not provided their own MIN macro, so define
- * the following generic implementation. */
-    #define configMIN( a, b )    ( ( ( a ) < ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) )
-#endif
-
-#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1
-    #define eTaskStateGet                 eTaskGetState
-    #define portTickType                  TickType_t
-    #define xTaskHandle                   TaskHandle_t
-    #define xQueueHandle                  QueueHandle_t
-    #define xSemaphoreHandle              SemaphoreHandle_t
-    #define xQueueSetHandle               QueueSetHandle_t
-    #define xQueueSetMemberHandle         QueueSetMemberHandle_t
-    #define xTimeOutType                  TimeOut_t
-    #define xMemoryRegion                 MemoryRegion_t
-    #define xTaskParameters               TaskParameters_t
-    #define xTaskStatusType               TaskStatus_t
-    #define xTimerHandle                  TimerHandle_t
-    #define xCoRoutineHandle              CoRoutineHandle_t
-    #define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE              TaskHookFunction_t
-    #define portTICK_RATE_MS              portTICK_PERIOD_MS
-    #define pcTaskGetTaskName             pcTaskGetName
-    #define pcTimerGetTimerName           pcTimerGetName
-    #define pcQueueGetQueueName           pcQueueGetName
-    #define vTaskGetTaskInfo              vTaskGetInfo
-    #define xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter    ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
-
-/* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions
- * are not really required but are included for completeness. */
-    #define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK             TimerCallbackFunction_t
-    #define pdTASK_CODE                   TaskFunction_t
-    #define xListItem                     ListItem_t
-    #define xList                         List_t
-
-/* For libraries that break the list data hiding, and access list structure
- * members directly (which is not supposed to be done). */
-    #define pxContainer                   pvContainer
-#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */
-
-#if ( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API != 0 )
-    #error The alternative API was deprecated some time ago, and was removed in FreeRTOS V9.0 0
-#endif
-
-/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even
- * if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use.
- * This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating
- * point support. */
-#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT
-    #define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT    1
-#endif
-
-/* Set configENABLE_MPU to 1 to enable MPU support and 0 to disable it. This is
- * currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
-#ifndef configENABLE_MPU
-    #define configENABLE_MPU    0
-#endif
-
-/* Set configENABLE_FPU to 1 to enable FPU support and 0 to disable it. This is
- * currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
-#ifndef configENABLE_FPU
-    #define configENABLE_FPU    1
-#endif
-
-/* Set configENABLE_TRUSTZONE to 1 enable TrustZone support and 0 to disable it.
- * This is currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
-#ifndef configENABLE_TRUSTZONE
-    #define configENABLE_TRUSTZONE    1
-#endif
-
-/* Set configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY to 1 to run the FreeRTOS ARMv8M port on
- * the Secure Side only. */
-#ifndef configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY
-    #define configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS
-    #define configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS    0
-#endif
-
-
-/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
- * dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
- * that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed.  Sometimes the
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically
- * allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither
- * the task's stack or TCB should be freed.  Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h
- * settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically
- * allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the
- * stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is
- * deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is
- * made to free the RAM that was allocated statically.
- * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a
- * task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM.  Note
- * that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with
- * a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB.
- *
- * The following table lists various combinations of portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS,
- * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and
- * when it is possible to have both static and dynamic allocation:
- *  +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
- * | MPU | Dynamic | Static |     Available Functions     |       Possible Allocations        | Both Dynamic and | Need Free |
- * |     |         |        |                             |                                   | Static Possible  |           |
- * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
- * | 0   | 0       | 1      | xTaskCreateStatic           | TCB - Static, Stack - Static      | No               | No        |
- * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
- * | 0   | 1       | 0      | xTaskCreate                 | TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic    | No               | Yes       |
- * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
- * | 0   | 1       | 1      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
- * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateStatic           | 2. TCB - Static, Stack - Static   |                  |           |
- * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
- * | 1   | 0       | 1      | xTaskCreateStatic,          | TCB - Static, Stack - Static      | No               | No        |
- * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic |                                   |                  |           |
- * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
- * | 1   | 1       | 0      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
- * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestricted       | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static  |                  |           |
- * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
- * | 1   | 1       | 1      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
- * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateStatic,          | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static  |                  |           |
- * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestricted,      | 3. TCB - Static, Stack - Static   |                  |           |
- * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic |                                   |                  |           |
- * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
- */
-#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE                                                                                     \
-    ( ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) || \
-      ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) )
-
-/*
- * In line with software engineering best practice, FreeRTOS implements a strict
- * data hiding policy, so the real structures used by FreeRTOS to maintain the
- * state of tasks, queues, semaphores, etc. are not accessible to the application
- * code.  However, if the application writer wants to statically allocate such
- * an object then the size of the object needs to be known.  Dummy structures
- * that are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirements of the
- * real objects are used for this purpose.  The dummy list and list item
- * structures below are used for inclusion in such a dummy structure.
- */
-struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM
-{
-    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
-        TickType_t xDummy1;
-    #endif
-    TickType_t xDummy2;
-    void * pvDummy3[ 4 ];
-    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
-        TickType_t xDummy4;
-    #endif
-};
-typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticListItem_t;
-
-/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
-struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM
-{
-    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
-        TickType_t xDummy1;
-    #endif
-    TickType_t xDummy2;
-    void * pvDummy3[ 2 ];
-};
-typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t;
-
-/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
-typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST
-{
-    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
-        TickType_t xDummy1;
-    #endif
-    UBaseType_t uxDummy2;
-    void * pvDummy3;
-    StaticMiniListItem_t xDummy4;
-    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
-        TickType_t xDummy5;
-    #endif
-} StaticList_t;
-
-/*
- * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
- * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
- * strict data hiding policy.  This means the Task structure used internally by
- * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if the application
- * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a task then
- * the size of the task object needs to be known.  The StaticTask_t structure
- * below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes and alignment requirements are
- * guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no matter which
- * architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h
- * are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will
- * recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the structure members.
- */
-typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB
-{
-    void * pxDummy1;
-    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-        xMPU_SETTINGS xDummy2;
-    #endif
-    StaticListItem_t xDummy3[ 2 ];
-    UBaseType_t uxDummy5;
-    void * pxDummy6;
-    uint8_t ucDummy7[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];
-    #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
-        void * pxDummy8;
-    #endif
-    #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy9;
-    #endif
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy10[ 2 ];
-    #endif
-    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy12[ 2 ];
-    #endif
-    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-        void * pxDummy14;
-    #endif
-    #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
-        void * pvDummy15[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
-    #endif
-    #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-        uint32_t ulDummy16;
-    #endif
-    #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-        struct  _reent xDummy17;
-    #endif
-    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-        uint32_t ulDummy18[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-        uint8_t ucDummy19[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-    #endif
-    #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-        uint8_t uxDummy20;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-        uint8_t ucDummy21;
-    #endif
-    #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-        int iDummy22;
-    #endif
-} StaticTask_t;
-
-/*
- * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
- * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
- * strict data hiding policy.  This means the Queue structure used internally by
- * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if the application
- * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a queue
- * then the size of the queue object needs to be known.  The StaticQueue_t
- * structure below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes and alignment
- * requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no
- * matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope
- * users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the
- * structure members.
- */
-typedef struct xSTATIC_QUEUE
-{
-    void * pvDummy1[ 3 ];
-
-    union
-    {
-        void * pvDummy2;
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy2;
-    } u;
-
-    StaticList_t xDummy3[ 2 ];
-    UBaseType_t uxDummy4[ 3 ];
-    uint8_t ucDummy5[ 2 ];
-
-    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-        uint8_t ucDummy6;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-        void * pvDummy7;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy8;
-        uint8_t ucDummy9;
-    #endif
-} StaticQueue_t;
-typedef StaticQueue_t StaticSemaphore_t;
-
-/*
- * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
- * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
- * strict data hiding policy.  This means the event group structure used
- * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if
- * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
- * create an event group then the size of the event group object needs to be
- * know.  The StaticEventGroup_t structure below is provided for this purpose.
- * Its sizes and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the
- * genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter
- * how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are somewhat
- * obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make
- * direct use of the structure members.
- */
-typedef struct xSTATIC_EVENT_GROUP
-{
-    TickType_t xDummy1;
-    StaticList_t xDummy2;
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy3;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-        uint8_t ucDummy4;
-    #endif
-} StaticEventGroup_t;
-
-/*
- * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
- * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
- * strict data hiding policy.  This means the software timer structure used
- * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if
- * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
- * create a software timer then the size of the queue object needs to be known.
- * The StaticTimer_t structure below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes
- * and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine
- * structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the
- * values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in
- * the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of
- * the structure members.
- */
-typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER
-{
-    void * pvDummy1;
-    StaticListItem_t xDummy2;
-    TickType_t xDummy3;
-    void * pvDummy5;
-    TaskFunction_t pvDummy6;
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy7;
-    #endif
-    uint8_t ucDummy8;
-} StaticTimer_t;
-
-/*
- * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
- * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
- * strict data hiding policy.  This means the stream buffer structure used
- * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if
- * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
- * create a stream buffer then the size of the stream buffer object needs to be
- * known.  The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this
- * purpose.  Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those
- * of the genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and
- * no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are
- * somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise
- * to make direct use of the structure members.
- */
-typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER
-{
-    size_t uxDummy1[ 4 ];
-    void * pvDummy2[ 3 ];
-    uint8_t ucDummy3;
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxDummy4;
-    #endif
-} StaticStreamBuffer_t;
-
-/* Message buffers are built on stream buffers. */
-typedef StaticStreamBuffer_t StaticMessageBuffer_t;
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+#define INC_FREERTOS_H
+
+/*
+ * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/*
+ * If stdint.h cannot be located then:
+ *   + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used.
+ *   + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your
+ *     compiler stores stdint.h.
+ *   + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically
+ *     stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any
+ *     other way).
+ *   + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be
+ *     used in cases where none is provided by the compiler.  The files only
+ *     contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS.  Read the instructions
+ *     in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdint.h>     /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/* Application specific configuration options. */
+#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
+
+/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
+#include "projdefs.h"
+
+/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
+#include "portable.h"
+
+/* Must be defaulted before configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT is used below. */
+#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
+    #define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT    0
+#endif
+
+/* Required if struct _reent is used. */
+#if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+    #include <reent.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
+ * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
+    #error Missing definition:  configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task.  Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
+    #error Missing definition:  configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#if configMAX_PRIORITIES < 1
+    #error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
+    #error Missing definition:  configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0.  See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
+    #define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
+    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend    0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
+    #ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
+        /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil was replaced by INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil.  Backward
+         * compatibility is maintained if only one or the other is defined, but
+         * there is a conflict if both are defined. */
+        #error INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil and INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil are both defined.  INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is no longer required and should be removed
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
+    #ifdef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
+        /* If INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set but INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil is not then
+         * the project's FreeRTOSConfig.h probably pre-dates the introduction of
+         * xTaskDelayUntil and setting INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil to whatever
+         * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil is set to will ensure backward compatibility.
+         */
+        #define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
+    #define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
+    #define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
+    #define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder    INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
+    #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
+    #define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall
+    #define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+    #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle    0
+#endif
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
+    #ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES
+        #error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1.
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK
+    #define configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+    #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
+    #define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
+    #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
+    #define configUSE_MUTEXES    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
+    #define configUSE_TIMERS    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
+    #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
+    #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
+    #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
+    #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN    16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
+    #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD    1
+#endif
+
+#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
+    #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configASSERT
+    #define configASSERT( x )
+    #define configASSERT_DEFINED    0
+#else
+    #define configASSERT_DEFINED    1
+#endif
+
+/* configPRECONDITION should be defined as configASSERT.
+ * The CBMC proofs need a way to track assumptions and assertions.
+ * A configPRECONDITION statement should express an implicit invariant or
+ * assumption made.  A configASSERT statement should express an invariant that must
+ * hold explicit before calling the code. */
+#ifndef configPRECONDITION
+    #define configPRECONDITION( X )    configASSERT( X )
+    #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED    0
+#else
+    #define configPRECONDITION_DEFINED    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portMEMORY_BARRIER
+    #define portMEMORY_BARRIER()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portSOFTWARE_BARRIER
+    #define portSOFTWARE_BARRIER()
+#endif
+
+/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+    #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
+    #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
+
+    #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
+        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
+    #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
+
+    #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
+        #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
+    #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+    #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+    #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue )    ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
+    #define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB )    ( void ) pxTCB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
+    #define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
+    #define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB )    ( void ) pxTCB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
+    #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE    0U
+#endif
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
+    #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
+    #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
+    #define pcQueueGetName( xQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
+    #define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE    uint32_t
+#endif
+
+/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
+#ifndef traceSTART
+
+/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
+ * into which trace is to be written. */
+    #define traceSTART()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEND
+
+/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
+ * written. */
+    #define traceEND()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
+
+/* Called after a task has been selected to run.  pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ * to the task control block of the selected task. */
+    #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
+
+/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
+ * sleep. */
+    #define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
+    /* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
+    #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
+    /* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
+    #define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
+
+/* Called before a task has been selected to run.  pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ * to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
+    #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
+
+/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
+ * lower priority task.  pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
+ * that holds the mutex.  uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
+ * will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
+ * muted. */
+    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
+
+/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
+ * the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
+ * pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
+ * mutex.  uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
+    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
+
+/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
+ * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ * upon which the read was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ * task that attempted the read. */
+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK
+
+/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
+ * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ * upon which the read was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ * task that attempted the read. */
+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
+
+/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
+ * queue/mutex/semaphore.  pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ * upon which the write was attempted.  pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ * task that attempted the write. */
+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+    #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS
+    #define configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H
+    #define configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H    0
+#endif
+
+/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
+
+#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
+    #define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
+    #define tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
+    #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
+    #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
+    #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+    #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+    #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+    #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+    #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
+    #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
+    #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SET_SEND
+    #define traceQUEUE_SET_SEND    traceQUEUE_SEND
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+    #define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
+    #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
+    #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
+    #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
+    #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
+    #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( x )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
+    #define traceTASK_DELAY()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
+    #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
+    #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
+    #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
+    #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
+    #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
+    #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
+    #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
+    #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
+    #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceMALLOC
+    #define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceFREE
+    #define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred )    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred )    ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE
+    #define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL
+    #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR
+    #define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD
+    #define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE( uxIndexToWait )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT( uxIndexToWait )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY( uxIndexToNotify )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_FAILED( xIsMessageBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE_STATIC_FAILED( xReturn, xIsMessageBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_CREATE( pxStreamBuffer, xIsMessageBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_DELETE( xStreamBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RESET( xStreamBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND
+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FAILED( xStreamBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_SEND_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xBytesSent )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE
+    #define traceBLOCKING_ON_STREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FAILED( xStreamBuffer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+    #define traceSTREAM_BUFFER_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( xStreamBuffer, xReceivedLength )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+    #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS    0
+#endif
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+    #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+        #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined.  portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
+    #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+    #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+        #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+            #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined.  See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
+        #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+    #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+
+#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+    #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
+    #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
+    #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
+    #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API    portYIELD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
+    #define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
+    #define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP    2
+#endif
+
+#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
+    #error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
+    #define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING
+    #define configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
+    #define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
+    #define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
+    #define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
+    #define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT
+    #define portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( ulSecureStackSize )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portDONT_DISCARD
+    #define portDONT_DISCARD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
+    #define configUSE_TIME_SLICING    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
+    #define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
+    #define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
+    #define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY
+    #define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER
+    #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY
+    #define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR
+    #define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
+    #define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP
+    #define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS
+    #define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES
+    #define configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES    1
+#endif
+
+#if configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES < 1
+    #error configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES must be at least 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO
+    #define configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
+    /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
+    #define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+    /* Defaults to 1 for backward compatibility. */
+    #define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
+
+/* Defaults to uint16_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h if uint16_t is too restrictive. */
+    #define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE    uint16_t
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE
+
+/* Defaults to size_t for backward compatibility, but can be overridden
+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h if lengths will always be less than the number of bytes
+ * in a size_t. */
+    #define configMESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH_TYPE    size_t
+#endif
+
+/* Sanity check the configuration. */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend != 1 )
+        #error INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be set to 1 if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE is not set to 0
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+
+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+    #error configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION cannot both be 0, but can both be 1.
+#endif
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MUTEXES != 1 ) )
+    #error configUSE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 to use recursive mutexes
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT
+    #define configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT    0
+#endif
+
+#if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 )
+
+/* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or
+ * portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when
+ * the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()                      portENTER_CRITICAL()
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()                       portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) )
+#else
+
+/* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the
+ * tick count is returned can be defined away. */
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()         0
+    #define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x )    ( void ) x
+#endif /* if ( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 ) */
+
+/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
+ * V8 if desired. */
+#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
+    #define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configPRINTF
+
+/* configPRINTF() was not defined, so define it away to nothing.  To use
+ * configPRINTF() then define it as follows (where MyPrintFunction() is
+ * provided by the application writer):
+ *
+ * void MyPrintFunction(const char *pcFormat, ... );
+ #define configPRINTF( X )   MyPrintFunction X
+ *
+ * Then call like a standard printf() function, but placing brackets around
+ * all parameters so they are passed as a single parameter.  For example:
+ * configPRINTF( ("Value = %d", MyVariable) ); */
+    #define configPRINTF( X )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMAX
+
+/* The application writer has not provided their own MAX macro, so define
+ * the following generic implementation. */
+    #define configMAX( a, b )    ( ( ( a ) > ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMIN
+
+/* The application writer has not provided their own MIN macro, so define
+ * the following generic implementation. */
+    #define configMIN( a, b )    ( ( ( a ) < ( b ) ) ? ( a ) : ( b ) )
+#endif
+
+#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1
+    #define eTaskStateGet                 eTaskGetState
+    #define portTickType                  TickType_t
+    #define xTaskHandle                   TaskHandle_t
+    #define xQueueHandle                  QueueHandle_t
+    #define xSemaphoreHandle              SemaphoreHandle_t
+    #define xQueueSetHandle               QueueSetHandle_t
+    #define xQueueSetMemberHandle         QueueSetMemberHandle_t
+    #define xTimeOutType                  TimeOut_t
+    #define xMemoryRegion                 MemoryRegion_t
+    #define xTaskParameters               TaskParameters_t
+    #define xTaskStatusType               TaskStatus_t
+    #define xTimerHandle                  TimerHandle_t
+    #define xCoRoutineHandle              CoRoutineHandle_t
+    #define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE              TaskHookFunction_t
+    #define portTICK_RATE_MS              portTICK_PERIOD_MS
+    #define pcTaskGetTaskName             pcTaskGetName
+    #define pcTimerGetTimerName           pcTimerGetName
+    #define pcQueueGetQueueName           pcQueueGetName
+    #define vTaskGetTaskInfo              vTaskGetInfo
+    #define xTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter    ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
+
+/* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions
+ * are not really required but are included for completeness. */
+    #define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK             TimerCallbackFunction_t
+    #define pdTASK_CODE                   TaskFunction_t
+    #define xListItem                     ListItem_t
+    #define xList                         List_t
+
+/* For libraries that break the list data hiding, and access list structure
+ * members directly (which is not supposed to be done). */
+    #define pxContainer                   pvContainer
+#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */
+
+#if ( configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API != 0 )
+    #error The alternative API was deprecated some time ago, and was removed in FreeRTOS V9.0 0
+#endif
+
+/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even
+ * if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use.
+ * This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating
+ * point support. */
+#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT
+    #define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT    1
+#endif
+
+/* Set configENABLE_MPU to 1 to enable MPU support and 0 to disable it. This is
+ * currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
+#ifndef configENABLE_MPU
+    #define configENABLE_MPU    0
+#endif
+
+/* Set configENABLE_FPU to 1 to enable FPU support and 0 to disable it. This is
+ * currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
+#ifndef configENABLE_FPU
+    #define configENABLE_FPU    1
+#endif
+
+/* Set configENABLE_TRUSTZONE to 1 enable TrustZone support and 0 to disable it.
+ * This is currently used in ARMv8M ports. */
+#ifndef configENABLE_TRUSTZONE
+    #define configENABLE_TRUSTZONE    1
+#endif
+
+/* Set configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY to 1 to run the FreeRTOS ARMv8M port on
+ * the Secure Side only. */
+#ifndef configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY
+    #define configRUN_FREERTOS_SECURE_ONLY    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS
+    #define configRUN_ADDITIONAL_TESTS    0
+#endif
+
+
+/* Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using
+ * dynamically allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known
+ * that both the task's stack and TCB need to be freed.  Sometimes the
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h settings only allow a task to be created using statically
+ * allocated RAM, in which case when any task is deleted it is known that neither
+ * the task's stack or TCB should be freed.  Sometimes the FreeRTOSConfig.h
+ * settings allow a task to be created using either statically or dynamically
+ * allocated RAM, in which case a member of the TCB is used to record whether the
+ * stack and/or TCB were allocated statically or dynamically, so when a task is
+ * deleted the RAM that was allocated dynamically is freed again and no attempt is
+ * made to free the RAM that was allocated statically.
+ * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE is only true if it is possible for a
+ * task to be created using either statically or dynamically allocated RAM.  Note
+ * that if portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS is 1 then a protected task can be created with
+ * a statically allocated stack and a dynamically allocated TCB.
+ *
+ * The following table lists various combinations of portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS,
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION and configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION and
+ * when it is possible to have both static and dynamic allocation:
+ *  +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
+ * | MPU | Dynamic | Static |     Available Functions     |       Possible Allocations        | Both Dynamic and | Need Free |
+ * |     |         |        |                             |                                   | Static Possible  |           |
+ * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
+ * | 0   | 0       | 1      | xTaskCreateStatic           | TCB - Static, Stack - Static      | No               | No        |
+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
+ * | 0   | 1       | 0      | xTaskCreate                 | TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic    | No               | Yes       |
+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
+ * | 0   | 1       | 1      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateStatic           | 2. TCB - Static, Stack - Static   |                  |           |
+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
+ * | 1   | 0       | 1      | xTaskCreateStatic,          | TCB - Static, Stack - Static      | No               | No        |
+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic |                                   |                  |           |
+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
+ * | 1   | 1       | 0      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestricted       | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static  |                  |           |
+ * +-----|---------|--------|-----------------------------|-----------------------------------|------------------|-----------|
+ * | 1   | 1       | 1      | xTaskCreate,                | 1. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Dynamic | Yes              | Yes       |
+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateStatic,          | 2. TCB - Dynamic, Stack - Static  |                  |           |
+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestricted,      | 3. TCB - Static, Stack - Static   |                  |           |
+ * |     |         |        | xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic |                                   |                  |           |
+ * +-----+---------+--------+-----------------------------+-----------------------------------+------------------+-----------+
+ */
+#define tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE                                                                                     \
+    ( ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) || \
+      ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) )
+
+/*
+ * In line with software engineering best practice, FreeRTOS implements a strict
+ * data hiding policy, so the real structures used by FreeRTOS to maintain the
+ * state of tasks, queues, semaphores, etc. are not accessible to the application
+ * code.  However, if the application writer wants to statically allocate such
+ * an object then the size of the object needs to be known.  Dummy structures
+ * that are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirements of the
+ * real objects are used for this purpose.  The dummy list and list item
+ * structures below are used for inclusion in such a dummy structure.
+ */
+struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM
+{
+    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
+        TickType_t xDummy1;
+    #endif
+    TickType_t xDummy2;
+    void * pvDummy3[ 4 ];
+    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
+        TickType_t xDummy4;
+    #endif
+};
+typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM StaticListItem_t;
+
+/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
+struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
+        TickType_t xDummy1;
+    #endif
+    TickType_t xDummy2;
+    void * pvDummy3[ 2 ];
+};
+typedef struct xSTATIC_MINI_LIST_ITEM StaticMiniListItem_t;
+
+/* See the comments above the struct xSTATIC_LIST_ITEM definition. */
+typedef struct xSTATIC_LIST
+{
+    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
+        TickType_t xDummy1;
+    #endif
+    UBaseType_t uxDummy2;
+    void * pvDummy3;
+    StaticMiniListItem_t xDummy4;
+    #if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 1 )
+        TickType_t xDummy5;
+    #endif
+} StaticList_t;
+
+/*
+ * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
+ * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
+ * strict data hiding policy.  This means the Task structure used internally by
+ * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if the application
+ * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a task then
+ * the size of the task object needs to be known.  The StaticTask_t structure
+ * below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes and alignment requirements are
+ * guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no matter which
+ * architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+ * are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will
+ * recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the structure members.
+ */
+typedef struct xSTATIC_TCB
+{
+    void * pxDummy1;
+    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+        xMPU_SETTINGS xDummy2;
+    #endif
+    StaticListItem_t xDummy3[ 2 ];
+    UBaseType_t uxDummy5;
+    void * pxDummy6;
+    uint8_t ucDummy7[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];
+    #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
+        void * pxDummy8;
+    #endif
+    #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy9;
+    #endif
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy10[ 2 ];
+    #endif
+    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy12[ 2 ];
+    #endif
+    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+        void * pxDummy14;
+    #endif
+    #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
+        void * pvDummy15[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
+    #endif
+    #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+        uint32_t ulDummy16;
+    #endif
+    #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+        struct  _reent xDummy17;
+    #endif
+    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+        uint32_t ulDummy18[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
+        uint8_t ucDummy19[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
+    #endif
+    #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+        uint8_t uxDummy20;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+        uint8_t ucDummy21;
+    #endif
+    #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+        int iDummy22;
+    #endif
+} StaticTask_t;
+
+/*
+ * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
+ * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
+ * strict data hiding policy.  This means the Queue structure used internally by
+ * FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if the application
+ * writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to create a queue
+ * then the size of the queue object needs to be known.  The StaticQueue_t
+ * structure below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes and alignment
+ * requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine structure, no
+ * matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the values in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in the hope
+ * users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of the
+ * structure members.
+ */
+typedef struct xSTATIC_QUEUE
+{
+    void * pvDummy1[ 3 ];
+
+    union
+    {
+        void * pvDummy2;
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy2;
+    } u;
+
+    StaticList_t xDummy3[ 2 ];
+    UBaseType_t uxDummy4[ 3 ];
+    uint8_t ucDummy5[ 2 ];
+
+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+        uint8_t ucDummy6;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+        void * pvDummy7;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy8;
+        uint8_t ucDummy9;
+    #endif
+} StaticQueue_t;
+typedef StaticQueue_t StaticSemaphore_t;
+
+/*
+ * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
+ * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
+ * strict data hiding policy.  This means the event group structure used
+ * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if
+ * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
+ * create an event group then the size of the event group object needs to be
+ * know.  The StaticEventGroup_t structure below is provided for this purpose.
+ * Its sizes and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the
+ * genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter
+ * how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are somewhat
+ * obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make
+ * direct use of the structure members.
+ */
+typedef struct xSTATIC_EVENT_GROUP
+{
+    TickType_t xDummy1;
+    StaticList_t xDummy2;
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy3;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+        uint8_t ucDummy4;
+    #endif
+} StaticEventGroup_t;
+
+/*
+ * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
+ * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
+ * strict data hiding policy.  This means the software timer structure used
+ * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if
+ * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
+ * create a software timer then the size of the queue object needs to be known.
+ * The StaticTimer_t structure below is provided for this purpose.  Its sizes
+ * and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those of the genuine
+ * structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and no matter how the
+ * values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are somewhat obfuscated in
+ * the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise to make direct use of
+ * the structure members.
+ */
+typedef struct xSTATIC_TIMER
+{
+    void * pvDummy1;
+    StaticListItem_t xDummy2;
+    TickType_t xDummy3;
+    void * pvDummy5;
+    TaskFunction_t pvDummy6;
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy7;
+    #endif
+    uint8_t ucDummy8;
+} StaticTimer_t;
+
+/*
+ * In line with software engineering best practice, especially when supplying a
+ * library that is likely to change in future versions, FreeRTOS implements a
+ * strict data hiding policy.  This means the stream buffer structure used
+ * internally by FreeRTOS is not accessible to application code.  However, if
+ * the application writer wants to statically allocate the memory required to
+ * create a stream buffer then the size of the stream buffer object needs to be
+ * known.  The StaticStreamBuffer_t structure below is provided for this
+ * purpose.  Its size and alignment requirements are guaranteed to match those
+ * of the genuine structure, no matter which architecture is being used, and
+ * no matter how the values in FreeRTOSConfig.h are set.  Its contents are
+ * somewhat obfuscated in the hope users will recognise that it would be unwise
+ * to make direct use of the structure members.
+ */
+typedef struct xSTATIC_STREAM_BUFFER
+{
+    size_t uxDummy1[ 4 ];
+    void * pvDummy2[ 3 ];
+    uint8_t ucDummy3;
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxDummy4;
+    #endif
+} StaticStreamBuffer_t;
+
+/* Message buffers are built on stream buffers. */
+typedef StaticStreamBuffer_t StaticMessageBuffer_t;
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */

+ 32 - 32
FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h

@@ -1,34 +1,34 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
-    #warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h.  Please update your code accordingly.  This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
-#endif
-
-#include "stack_macros.h"
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
+    #warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h.  Please update your code accordingly.  This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
+#endif
+
+#include "stack_macros.h"

+ 417 - 417
FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h

@@ -1,419 +1,419 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * @file atomic.h
- * @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
- *
- * This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
- * Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
- * provided under each compiler directory.
- */
-
-#ifndef ATOMIC_H
-#define ATOMIC_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-/*
- * Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
- * Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
- *
- * Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
- * ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
- *
- */
-#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
-
-/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
-    #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
-    UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
-
-    #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
-    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
-
-#else
-
-/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
-    #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL()    portENTER_CRITICAL()
-    #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL()     portEXIT_CRITICAL()
-
-#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
-
-/*
- * Port specific definition -- "always inline".
- * Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
- * optimization level.  Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
- * for atomic.  Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
- * instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
- */
-#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
-    #define portFORCE_INLINE
-#endif
-
-#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS    0x1U     /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
-#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE    0x0U     /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
-
-/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic compare-and-swap
- *
- * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
- *
- * @param[in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
- *                               to be loaded and checked.
- * @param[in] ulExchange         If condition meets, write this value to memory.
- * @param[in] ulComparand        Swap condition.
- *
- * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
- *
- * @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
- *       *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
-                                                            uint32_t ulExchange,
-                                                            uint32_t ulComparand )
-{
-    uint32_t ulReturnValue;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
-        {
-            *pulDestination = ulExchange;
-            ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
-        }
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulReturnValue;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic swap (pointers)
- *
- * @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
- *        of *pvExchange.
- *
- * @param[in, out] ppvDestination  Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
- *                                 value is to be loaded and written back to.
- * @param[in] pvExchange           Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
- *
- * @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
-                                                        void * pvExchange )
-{
-    void * pReturnValue;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
-        *ppvDestination = pvExchange;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return pReturnValue;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
- *
- * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
- *        values.
- *
- * @param[in, out] ppvDestination  Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
- *                                 value is to be loaded and checked.
- * @param[in] pvExchange           If condition meets, write this value to memory.
- * @param[in] pvComparand          Swap condition.
- *
- * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
- *
- * @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
- *       *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
-                                                                    void * pvExchange,
-                                                                    void * pvComparand )
-{
-    uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
-        {
-            *ppvDestination = pvExchange;
-            ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
-        }
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulReturnValue;
-}
-
-
-/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic add
- *
- * @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
- *
- * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
- *                         loaded and written back to.
- * @param[in] ulCount      Value to be added to *pulAddend.
- *
- * @return previous *pulAddend value.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
-                                                 uint32_t ulCount )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
-        *pulAddend += ulCount;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic subtract
- *
- * @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
- *        pointers to.
- *
- * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
- *                         loaded and written back to.
- * @param[in] ulCount      Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
- *
- * @return previous *pulAddend value.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
-                                                      uint32_t ulCount )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
-        *pulAddend -= ulCount;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic increment
- *
- * @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
- *
- * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
- *                         loaded and written back to.
- *
- * @return *pulAddend value before increment.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
-        *pulAddend += 1;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic decrement
- *
- * @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
- *
- * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
- *                         loaded and written back to.
- *
- * @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
-        *pulAddend -= 1;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-
-/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic OR
- *
- * @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
- *
- * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
- *                                to be loaded and written back to.
- * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
- *
- * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
-                                                uint32_t ulValue )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
-        *pulDestination |= ulValue;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic AND
- *
- * @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
- *
- * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
- *                                to be loaded and written back to.
- * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
- *
- * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
-                                                 uint32_t ulValue )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
-        *pulDestination &= ulValue;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic NAND
- *
- * @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
- *
- * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
- *                                to be loaded and written back to.
- * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
- *
- * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
-                                                  uint32_t ulValue )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
-        *pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Atomic XOR
- *
- * @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
- *
- * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
- *                                to be loaded and written back to.
- * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
- *
- * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
- */
-static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
-                                                 uint32_t ulValue )
-{
-    uint32_t ulCurrent;
-
-    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
-        *pulDestination ^= ulValue;
-    }
-    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return ulCurrent;
-}
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* ATOMIC_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file atomic.h
+ * @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
+ *
+ * This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
+ * Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
+ * provided under each compiler directory.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ATOMIC_H
+#define ATOMIC_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/*
+ * Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
+ * Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
+ *
+ * Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
+ * ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
+ *
+ */
+#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
+
+/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
+    #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
+    UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
+
+    #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
+
+#else
+
+/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
+    #define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL()    portENTER_CRITICAL()
+    #define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL()     portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+
+#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
+
+/*
+ * Port specific definition -- "always inline".
+ * Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
+ * optimization level.  Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
+ * for atomic.  Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
+ * instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
+ */
+#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
+    #define portFORCE_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS    0x1U     /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
+#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE    0x0U     /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
+
+/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic compare-and-swap
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                               to be loaded and checked.
+ * @param[in] ulExchange         If condition meets, write this value to memory.
+ * @param[in] ulComparand        Swap condition.
+ *
+ * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
+ *
+ * @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
+ *       *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+                                                            uint32_t ulExchange,
+                                                            uint32_t ulComparand )
+{
+    uint32_t ulReturnValue;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
+        {
+            *pulDestination = ulExchange;
+            ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
+        }
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulReturnValue;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic swap (pointers)
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
+ *        of *pvExchange.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] ppvDestination  Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
+ *                                 value is to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param[in] pvExchange           Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
+                                                        void * pvExchange )
+{
+    void * pReturnValue;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
+        *ppvDestination = pvExchange;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return pReturnValue;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
+ *        values.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] ppvDestination  Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
+ *                                 value is to be loaded and checked.
+ * @param[in] pvExchange           If condition meets, write this value to memory.
+ * @param[in] pvComparand          Swap condition.
+ *
+ * @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
+ *
+ * @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
+ *       *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
+                                                                    void * pvExchange,
+                                                                    void * pvComparand )
+{
+    uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
+        {
+            *ppvDestination = pvExchange;
+            ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
+        }
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulReturnValue;
+}
+
+
+/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic add
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ * @param[in] ulCount      Value to be added to *pulAddend.
+ *
+ * @return previous *pulAddend value.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
+                                                 uint32_t ulCount )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+        *pulAddend += ulCount;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic subtract
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
+ *        pointers to.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ * @param[in] ulCount      Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
+ *
+ * @return previous *pulAddend value.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
+                                                      uint32_t ulCount )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+        *pulAddend -= ulCount;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic increment
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ *
+ * @return *pulAddend value before increment.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+        *pulAddend += 1;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic decrement
+ *
+ * @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] pulAddend  Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
+ *                         loaded and written back to.
+ *
+ * @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
+        *pulAddend -= 1;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+
+/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic OR
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+                                                uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+        *pulDestination |= ulValue;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic AND
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+                                                 uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+        *pulDestination &= ulValue;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic NAND
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+                                                  uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+        *pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Atomic XOR
+ *
+ * @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
+ *
+ * @param [in, out] pulDestination  Pointer to memory location from where value is
+ *                                to be loaded and written back to.
+ * @param [in] ulValue            Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
+ *
+ * @return The original value of *pulDestination.
+ */
+static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
+                                                 uint32_t ulValue )
+{
+    uint32_t ulCurrent;
+
+    ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
+        *pulDestination ^= ulValue;
+    }
+    ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return ulCurrent;
+}
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

+ 751 - 751
FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h

@@ -1,753 +1,753 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
-#define CO_ROUTINE_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "list.h"
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block.  The
- * control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
- * the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
-typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
-
-/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
-typedef void (* crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t,
-                                   UBaseType_t );
-
-typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
-{
-    crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
-    ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
-    ListItem_t xEventListItem;   /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
-    UBaseType_t uxPriority;      /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
-    UBaseType_t uxIndex;         /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
-    uint16_t uxState;            /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
-} CRCB_t;                        /* Co-routine control block.  Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
- *                               crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
- *                               UBaseType_t uxPriority,
- *                               UBaseType_t uxIndex
- *                             );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
- * ready to run.
- *
- * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function.  Co-routine
- * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
- * documentation for more information.
- *
- * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
- *  the co-routine will run.
- *
- * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
- * execute the same function.  See the example below and the co-routine section
- * of the WEB documentation for further information.
- *
- * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
- * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // Co-routine to be created.
- * void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- * // This may not be necessary for const variables.
- * static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
- * static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
- *
- *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
- *   crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *   for( ;; )
- *   {
- *       // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
- *       // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
- *       // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
- *       // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
- *       // already been created.
- *       vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
- *       crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
- *   }
- *
- *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
- *   crEND();
- * }
- *
- * // Function that creates two co-routines.
- * void vOtherFunction( void )
- * {
- * uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
- * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
- *
- *   // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
- *   // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
- *   // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
- *   for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
- *   {
- *       xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
- *   }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
-                             UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                             UBaseType_t uxIndex );
-
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Run a co-routine.
- *
- * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
- * to run.  The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
- * preempted by a task.  Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
- * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
- *
- * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
- * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
- * hook).
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
- * // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
- * void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
- * {
- *  vCoRoutineSchedule();
- * }
- *
- * // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
- * // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineSchedule() within an
- * // infinite loop.
- * void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
- * {
- *  for( ;; )
- *  {
- *      vCoRoutineSchedule();
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
- * </pre>
- *
- * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // Co-routine to be created.
- * void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- * static int32_t ulAVariable;
- *
- *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
- *   crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *   for( ;; )
- *   {
- *        // Co-routine functionality goes here.
- *   }
- *
- *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
- *   crEND();
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crSTART( pxCRCB )                            \
-    switch( ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { \
-        case 0:
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * crEND();
- * </pre>
- *
- * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // Co-routine to be created.
- * void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- * static int32_t ulAVariable;
- *
- *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
- *   crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *   for( ;; )
- *   {
- *        // Co-routine functionality goes here.
- *   }
- *
- *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
- *   crEND();
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crEND()    }
-
-/*
- * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
- * only.  The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
- */
-#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle )                                       \
-    ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( __LINE__ * 2 ); return; \
-    case ( __LINE__ * 2 ):
-#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle )                                               \
-    ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ); return; \
-    case ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ):
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
- *
- * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
- * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
- * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
- *
- * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay.  This is the xHandle
- * parameter of the co-routine function.
- *
- * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
- * for.  The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
- * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
- * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // Co-routine to be created.
- * void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- * // This may not be necessary for const variables.
- * // We are to delay for 200ms.
- * static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
- *
- *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
- *   crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *   for( ;; )
- *   {
- *      // Delay for 200ms.
- *      crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
- *
- *      // Do something here.
- *   }
- *
- *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
- *   crEND();
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay )                      \
-    if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 )                                \
-    {                                                          \
-        vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
-    }                                                          \
-    crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
-
-/**
- * <pre>
- * crQUEUE_SEND(
- *                CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
- *                QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
- *                void *pvItemToQueue,
- *                TickType_t xTicksToWait,
- *                BaseType_t *pxResult
- *           )
- * </pre>
- *
- * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
- * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
- *
- * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
- * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
- *
- * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
- * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
- * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
- *
- * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
- * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
- * co-routines.
- *
- * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
- * parameter of the co-routine function.
- *
- * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
- * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
- * the xQueueCreate() API function.
- *
- * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
- * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
- * created.  This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
- * itself.
- *
- * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
- * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
- * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
- * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
- * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
- * below).
- *
- * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
- * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
- * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
- * // a queue.
- * static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- * static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
- * static BaseType_t xResult;
- *
- *  // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
- *  crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *  for( ;; )
- *  {
- *      // This assumes the queue has already been created.
- *      crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
- *
- *      if( xResult != pdPASS )
- *      {
- *          // The message was not posted!
- *      }
- *
- *      // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
- *      xNumberToPost++;
- *
- *      // Delay for 100 ticks.
- *      crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
- *  }
- *
- *  // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
- *  crEND();
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult )           \
-    {                                                                                     \
-        *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
-        if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED )                                           \
-        {                                                                                 \
-            crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );                                                  \
-            *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 );                \
-        }                                                                                 \
-        if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD )                                                 \
-        {                                                                                 \
-            crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );                                                  \
-            *pxResult = pdPASS;                                                           \
-        }                                                                                 \
-    }
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
- *                   CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
- *                   QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
- *                   void *pvBuffer,
- *                   TickType_t xTicksToWait,
- *                   BaseType_t *pxResult
- *               )
- * </pre>
- *
- * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
- * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
- *
- * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
- * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
- *
- * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
- * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
- * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
- *
- * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
- * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
- * co-routines.
- *
- * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
- * parameter of the co-routine function.
- *
- * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
- * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
- * the xQueueCreate() API function.
- *
- * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
- * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
- * created.  This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
- *
- * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
- * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
- * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
- * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
- * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
- * crQUEUE_SEND example).
- *
- * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
- * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
- * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
- * // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
- * static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
- * static BaseType_t xResult;
- * static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
- *
- *  // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
- *  crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *  for( ;; )
- *  {
- *      // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
- *      crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
- *
- *      if( xResult == pdPASS )
- *      {
- *          // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
- *          vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
- *      }
- *  }
- *
- *  crEND();
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult )           \
-    {                                                                                   \
-        *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
-        if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED )                                         \
-        {                                                                               \
-            crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );                                                \
-            *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), 0 );            \
-        }                                                                               \
-        if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD )                                           \
-        {                                                                               \
-            crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );                                                \
-            *( pxResult ) = pdPASS;                                                     \
-        }                                                                               \
-    }
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
- *                          QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
- *                          void *pvItemToQueue,
- *                          BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
- *                     )
- * </pre>
- *
- * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
- * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
- * functions used by tasks.
- *
- * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
- * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
- * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
- * ISR.
- *
- * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
- * that is being used from within a co-routine.
- *
- * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
- * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
- * co-routines.
- *
- * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
- *
- * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
- * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
- * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
- * into the queue storage area.
- *
- * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
- * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt.  The first call
- * should always pass in pdFALSE.  Subsequent calls should pass in
- * the value returned from the previous call.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue.  This is
- * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
- * the ISR.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
- * static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * char cRxedChar;
- * BaseType_t xResult;
- *
- *   // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
- *   crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *   for( ;; )
- *   {
- *       // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
- *       // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
- *       crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
- *
- *       // Was a character received?
- *       if( xResult == pdPASS )
- *       {
- *           // Process the character here.
- *       }
- *   }
- *
- *   // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
- *   crEND();
- * }
- *
- * // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
- * // a co-routine.
- * void vUART_ISR( void )
- * {
- * char cRxedChar;
- * BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
- *
- *   // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
- *   while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
- *   {
- *       // Obtain the character from the UART.
- *       cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
- *
- *       // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
- *       // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
- *       // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
- *       // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
- *       // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
- *       // many characters are posted to the queue.
- *       xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
- *   }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) \
-    xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
-
-
-/**
- * croutine. h
- * <pre>
- * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
- *                          QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
- *                          void *pvBuffer,
- *                          BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
- *                     )
- * </pre>
- *
- * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
- * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
- * functions used by tasks.
- *
- * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
- * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
- * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
- * ISR.
- *
- * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
- * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
- * posted to the queue).
- *
- * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
- * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
- * co-routines.
- *
- * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
- *
- * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
- * placed.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
- * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
- * pvBuffer.
- *
- * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
- * available on the queue.  If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
- * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
- * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
- * pdFALSE.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
- * // period.  The character is incremented each time.
- * static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
- * {
- * // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
- * // be declared static.
- * static char cCharToTx = 'a';
- * BaseType_t xResult;
- *
- *   // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
- *   crSTART( xHandle );
- *
- *   for( ;; )
- *   {
- *       // Send the next character to the queue.
- *       crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
- *
- *       if( xResult == pdPASS )
- *       {
- *           // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
- *       }
- *       else
- *       {
- *          // Could not post the character to the queue.
- *       }
- *
- *       // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
- *       // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
- *       // from the queue and send it.
- *       ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
- *
- *       // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
- *       // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
- *       // declared static.
- *       cCharToTx++;
- *       if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
- *       {
- *          cCharToTx = 'a';
- *       }
- *       crDELAY( 100 );
- *   }
- *
- *   // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
- *   crEND();
- * }
- *
- * // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
- * void vUART_ISR( void )
- * {
- * char cCharToTx;
- * BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
- *
- *   while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
- *   {
- *       // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
- *       // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
- *       // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
- *       // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
- *       if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
- *       {
- *           SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
- *       }
- *   }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
- * \ingroup Tasks
- */
-#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) \
-    xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
-
-/*
- * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
- * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
- * prototype appears here.  The function should not be used by application
- * writers.
- *
- * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
- * appropriate delayed list.
- */
-void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
-                                 List_t * pxEventList );
-
-/*
- * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
- * The function should not be used by application writers.
- *
- * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
- * the pending ready list.
- */
-BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList );
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
+#define CO_ROUTINE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block.  The
+ * control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
+ * the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
+typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
+typedef void (* crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t,
+                                   UBaseType_t );
+
+typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
+{
+    crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
+    ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+    ListItem_t xEventListItem;   /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
+    UBaseType_t uxPriority;      /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
+    UBaseType_t uxIndex;         /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
+    uint16_t uxState;            /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
+} CRCB_t;                        /* Co-routine control block.  Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
+ *                               crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+ *                               UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+ *                               UBaseType_t uxIndex
+ *                             );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
+ * ready to run.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function.  Co-routine
+ * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
+ * documentation for more information.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
+ *  the co-routine will run.
+ *
+ * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
+ * execute the same function.  See the example below and the co-routine section
+ * of the WEB documentation for further information.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // Co-routine to be created.
+ * void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ * // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ * static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ * static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+ *
+ *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ *   crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *   for( ;; )
+ *   {
+ *       // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+ *       // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+ *       // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+ *       // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
+ *       // already been created.
+ *       vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+ *       crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+ *   }
+ *
+ *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ *   crEND();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ * void vOtherFunction( void )
+ * {
+ * uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
+ * TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+ *
+ *   // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
+ *   // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
+ *   // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+ *   for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+ *   {
+ *       xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+ *   }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                             UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                             UBaseType_t uxIndex );
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Run a co-routine.
+ *
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
+ * to run.  The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
+ * preempted by a task.  Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
+ * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
+ *
+ * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
+ * hook).
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ * // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ * void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ * {
+ *  vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ * // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineSchedule() within an
+ * // infinite loop.
+ * void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ * {
+ *  for( ;; )
+ *  {
+ *      vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // Co-routine to be created.
+ * void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ * static int32_t ulAVariable;
+ *
+ *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ *   crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *   for( ;; )
+ *   {
+ *        // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ *   }
+ *
+ *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ *   crEND();
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crSTART( pxCRCB )                            \
+    switch( ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { \
+        case 0:
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * crEND();
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // Co-routine to be created.
+ * void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ * static int32_t ulAVariable;
+ *
+ *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ *   crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *   for( ;; )
+ *   {
+ *        // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ *   }
+ *
+ *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ *   crEND();
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crEND()    }
+
+/*
+ * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
+ * only.  The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
+ */
+#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle )                                       \
+    ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( __LINE__ * 2 ); return; \
+    case ( __LINE__ * 2 ):
+#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle )                                               \
+    ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ); return; \
+    case ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ):
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
+ *
+ * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
+ * for.  The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
+ * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
+ * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // Co-routine to be created.
+ * void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ * // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ * // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ * static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+ *
+ *   // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ *   crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *   for( ;; )
+ *   {
+ *      // Delay for 200ms.
+ *      crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+ *
+ *      // Do something here.
+ *   }
+ *
+ *   // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ *   crEND();
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay )                      \
+    if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 )                                \
+    {                                                          \
+        vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
+    }                                                          \
+    crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
+
+/**
+ * <pre>
+ * crQUEUE_SEND(
+ *                CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+ *                QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+ *                void *pvItemToQueue,
+ *                TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+ *                BaseType_t *pxResult
+ *           )
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created.  This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
+ * below).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
+ * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ * // a queue.
+ * static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ * static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
+ * static BaseType_t xResult;
+ *
+ *  // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+ *  crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *  for( ;; )
+ *  {
+ *      // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+ *      crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+ *
+ *      if( xResult != pdPASS )
+ *      {
+ *          // The message was not posted!
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+ *      xNumberToPost++;
+ *
+ *      // Delay for 100 ticks.
+ *      crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ *  crEND();
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult )           \
+    {                                                                                     \
+        *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+        if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED )                                           \
+        {                                                                                 \
+            crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );                                                  \
+            *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 );                \
+        }                                                                                 \
+        if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD )                                                 \
+        {                                                                                 \
+            crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );                                                  \
+            *pxResult = pdPASS;                                                           \
+        }                                                                                 \
+    }
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+ *                   CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+ *                   QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+ *                   void *pvBuffer,
+ *                   TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+ *                   BaseType_t *pxResult
+ *               )
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created.  This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
+ * crQUEUE_SEND example).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
+ * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
+ * // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ * static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ * static BaseType_t xResult;
+ * static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
+ *
+ *  // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ *  crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *  for( ;; )
+ *  {
+ *      // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+ *      crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+ *
+ *      if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ *      {
+ *          // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+ *          vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  crEND();
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult )           \
+    {                                                                                   \
+        *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+        if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED )                                         \
+        {                                                                               \
+            crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );                                                \
+            *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), 0 );            \
+        }                                                                               \
+        if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD )                                           \
+        {                                                                               \
+            crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );                                                \
+            *( pxResult ) = pdPASS;                                                     \
+        }                                                                               \
+    }
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ *                          QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+ *                          void *pvItemToQueue,
+ *                          BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+ *                     )
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
+ * that is being used from within a co-routine.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
+ * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt.  The first call
+ * should always pass in pdFALSE.  Subsequent calls should pass in
+ * the value returned from the previous call.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue.  This is
+ * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
+ * the ISR.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ * static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * char cRxedChar;
+ * BaseType_t xResult;
+ *
+ *   // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ *   crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *   for( ;; )
+ *   {
+ *       // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
+ *       // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+ *       crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+ *
+ *       // Was a character received?
+ *       if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ *       {
+ *           // Process the character here.
+ *       }
+ *   }
+ *
+ *   // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ *   crEND();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ * // a co-routine.
+ * void vUART_ISR( void )
+ * {
+ * char cRxedChar;
+ * BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *   // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+ *   while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+ *   {
+ *       // Obtain the character from the UART.
+ *       cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+ *
+ *       // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+ *       // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
+ *       // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+ *       // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+ *       // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+ *       // many characters are posted to the queue.
+ *       xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+ *   }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) \
+    xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ *                          QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+ *                          void *pvBuffer,
+ *                          BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
+ *                     )
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
+ * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
+ * posted to the queue).
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
+ * placed.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
+ * pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue.  If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
+ * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
+ * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ * // period.  The character is incremented each time.
+ * static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ * {
+ * // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ * // be declared static.
+ * static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ * BaseType_t xResult;
+ *
+ *   // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ *   crSTART( xHandle );
+ *
+ *   for( ;; )
+ *   {
+ *       // Send the next character to the queue.
+ *       crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+ *
+ *       if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ *       {
+ *           // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+ *       }
+ *       else
+ *       {
+ *          // Could not post the character to the queue.
+ *       }
+ *
+ *       // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+ *       // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
+ *       // from the queue and send it.
+ *       ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+ *
+ *       // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+ *       // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+ *       // declared static.
+ *       cCharToTx++;
+ *       if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+ *       {
+ *          cCharToTx = 'a';
+ *       }
+ *       crDELAY( 100 );
+ *   }
+ *
+ *   // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ *   crEND();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ * void vUART_ISR( void )
+ * {
+ * char cCharToTx;
+ * BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ *   while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+ *   {
+ *       // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+ *       // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+ *       // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+ *       // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+ *       if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+ *       {
+ *           SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+ *       }
+ *   }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) \
+    xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
+ * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
+ * prototype appears here.  The function should not be used by application
+ * writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
+ * appropriate delayed list.
+ */
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
+                                 List_t * pxEventList );
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
+ * The function should not be used by application writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
+ * the pending ready list.
+ */
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList );
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

+ 279 - 279
FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h

@@ -1,281 +1,281 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
-#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
-
-
-/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
- * pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
- * portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
- * of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
- * portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
- * portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.  The
- * definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only.  New
- * projects should not use them. */
-
-#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
-    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
-    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
-    #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
-    #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
-    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
-    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
-    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
-    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _FEDPICC
-    #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
-    #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_ARM7
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
-    #include "portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IAR_MSP430
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_MSP430
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
-    #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SAM7_GCC
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SAM7_IAR
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STR71X_IAR
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STR75X_IAR
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STR75X_GCC
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STR91X_IAR
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_H8S
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
-    #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
-    #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TERN_EE
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_HCS12
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
-    #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
-    #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_PPC405
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GCC_PPC440
-    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
-    #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
-
-/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
-    #include "frconfig.h"
-    #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
-    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
-
-/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
-    #include "frconfig.h"
-    #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
-    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-    #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
-        #include "portmacro.h"
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
-    #ifdef __CORE__
-        #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
-            #include "portmacro.h"
-        #endif
-    #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __91467D
-    #include "portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __96340
-    #include "portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
-    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
+#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+ * pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+ * portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+ * of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+ * portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+ * portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.  The
+ * definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only.  New
+ * projects should not use them. */
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
+    #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
+    #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
+    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
+    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
+    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
+    #include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _FEDPICC
+    #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
+    #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
+    #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MSP430
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MSP430
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
+    #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_GCC
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_IAR
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR71X_IAR
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_IAR
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_GCC
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR91X_IAR
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_H8S
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+    #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
+    #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERN_EE
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_HCS12
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
+    #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
+    #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC405
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC440
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
+    #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+
+/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+    #include "frconfig.h"
+    #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+
+/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+    #include "frconfig.h"
+    #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+    #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
+        #include "portmacro.h"
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
+    #ifdef __CORE__
+        #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
+            #include "portmacro.h"
+        #endif
+    #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __91467D
+    #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __96340
+    #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
+    #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

+ 497 - 497
FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h

@@ -1,499 +1,499 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler.  While it is tailored
- * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
- * application code.
- *
- * list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts.  Each ListItem_t contains a
- * numeric value (xItemValue).  Most of the time the lists are sorted in
- * ascending item value order.
- *
- * Lists are created already containing one list item.  The value of this
- * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
- * the end of the list and acts as a marker.  The list member pxHead always
- * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list.  This
- * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
- * the list.
- *
- * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
- * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
- * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it.  These later two
- * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation.  There is
- * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
- * the list item itself.
- *
- *
- * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
- * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
- */
-
-
-#ifndef LIST_H
-#define LIST_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-    #error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
- * by rights should be declared volatile.  However, they are only modified in a
- * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
- * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
- * a volatile variable.  Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
- * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
- * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour.  The assembly
- * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
- * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
- * deemed to be as intended.  That said, as compiler technology advances, and
- * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
- * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
- * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation.  It is expected
- * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
- * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
- * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
- * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler.  If this is ever experienced
- * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
- * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
- * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
- * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
- *
- * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
- * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
- */
-#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
-    #define configLIST_VOLATILE
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
- * then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
- * the application.   These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
- * memory.  They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
- * use of FreeRTOS.*/
-#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
-    /* Define the macros to do nothing. */
-    #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
-    #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
-    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
-    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
-    #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
-    #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
-#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
-    /* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
-    #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE     TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
-    #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
-    #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE          TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
-    #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE         TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
-
-/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
-    #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )     ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )    ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )              ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )              ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
-
-/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
- * contain its expected value. */
-    #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )                      configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
-    #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )                           configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
-#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
-
-
-/*
- * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
- */
-struct xLIST;
-struct xLIST_ITEM
-{
-    listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE           /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-    configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;          /*< The value being listed.  In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
-    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;     /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
-    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
-    void * pvOwner;                                     /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item.  There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
-    struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer;     /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
-    listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE          /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-};
-typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;                   /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
-
-struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
-{
-    listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-    configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
-    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
-    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
-};
-typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
-
-/*
- * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
- */
-typedef struct xLIST
-{
-    listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE      /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-    volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
-    ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list.  Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
-    MiniListItem_t xListEnd;                  /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
-    listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE     /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-} List_t;
-
-/*
- * Access macro to set the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
- * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
- *
- * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner )    ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
-
-/*
- * Access macro to get the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
- * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
- *
- * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem )             ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
-
-/*
- * Access macro to set the value of the list item.  In most cases the value is
- * used to sort the list in ascending order.
- *
- * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue )     ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
-
-/*
- * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item.  The value can
- * represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
- * which a task should be unblocked.
- *
- * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem )             ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
-
-/*
- * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
- * list.
- *
- * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )        ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
-
-/*
- * Return the list item at the head of the list.
- *
- * \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )                      ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
-
-/*
- * Return the next list item.
- *
- * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem )                        ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
-
-/*
- * Return the list item that marks the end of the list
- *
- * \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList )                      ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
-
-/*
- * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items.  The macro will
- * only have the value true if the list is empty.
- *
- * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList )                       ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
-
-/*
- * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
- */
-#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList )                 ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
-
-/*
- * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
- *
- * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
- * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
- * and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter.  Using multiple calls to this
- * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
- * a list.
- *
- * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
- * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
- * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
- * item and its owner.
- *
- * @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
- * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
- *
- * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList )                                           \
-    {                                                                                          \
-        List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList );                                               \
-        /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */               \
-        /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list.  */                         \
-        ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;                           \
-        if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
-        {                                                                                      \
-            ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;                       \
-        }                                                                                      \
-        ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner;                                         \
-    }
-
-/*
- * Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value.  Provided as a slight
- * optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
- *
- * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
- * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
- *
- * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
- * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
- *
- * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
- * been removed.
- *
- * \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove )                                           \
-{                                                                                   \
-    /* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list      \
-     * item. */                                                                     \
-    List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer;                        \
-                                                                                    \
-    ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious;        \
-    ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext;            \
-    /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */                     \
-    if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) )                                     \
-    {                                                                               \
-        pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious;                           \
-    }                                                                               \
-                                                                                    \
-    ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL;                                         \
-    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;                                                  \
-}
-
-/*
- * Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
- * xTaskIncrementTick().
- *
- * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
- * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
- * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
- *
- * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
- * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
- * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
- * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
- * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
- * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
- *
- * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
- *
- * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
- *
- * \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem )                                     \
-{                                                                                   \
-    ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex;                               \
-                                                                                    \
-    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch    \
-     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch   \
-     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */         \
-    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) );                                          \
-    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) );                              \
-                                                                                    \
-    /* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list,       \
-     * makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to             \
-     * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */                                            \
-    ( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex;                                            \
-    ( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;                            \
-                                                                                    \
-    pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem );                                \
-    pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem );                                        \
-                                                                                    \
-    /* Remember which list the item is in. */                                       \
-    ( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList );                                    \
-                                                                                    \
-    ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )++;                                              \
-}
-
-/*
- * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list.  Lists
- * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
- *
- * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
- * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
- * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
- * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
- * item and its owner.
- *
- * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
- * returned.
- *
- * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )            ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
-
-/*
- * Check to see if a list item is within a list.  The list item maintains a
- * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in.  All this macro does
- * is check to see if the container and the list match.
- *
- * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
- * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
- * @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
- */
-#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem )    ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
-
-/*
- * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
- *
- * @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
- * @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
- */
-#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem )            ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
-
-/*
- * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
- * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
- * function.
- */
-#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList )                ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
-
-/*
- * Must be called before a list is used!  This initialises all the members
- * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
- * marker to the back of the list.
- *
- * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
- *
- * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Must be called before a list item is used.  This sets the list container to
- * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
- *
- * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
- *
- * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted into the list in
- * a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
- *
- * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
- *
- * @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
- *
- * \page vListInsert vListInsert
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
-                  ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
- * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
- * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
- *
- * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
- * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
- * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
- * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
- * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
- * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
- *
- * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
- *
- * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
- *
- * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
-                     ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
- * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
- *
- * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
- * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
- *
- * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
- * been removed.
- *
- * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
- * \ingroup LinkedList
- */
-UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler.  While it is tailored
+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
+ * application code.
+ *
+ * list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts.  Each ListItem_t contains a
+ * numeric value (xItemValue).  Most of the time the lists are sorted in
+ * ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * Lists are created already containing one list item.  The value of this
+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker.  The list member pxHead always
+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list.  This
+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
+ * the list.
+ *
+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it.  These later two
+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation.  There is
+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
+ * the list item itself.
+ *
+ *
+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+    #error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
+ * by rights should be declared volatile.  However, they are only modified in a
+ * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
+ * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
+ * a volatile variable.  Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
+ * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
+ * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour.  The assembly
+ * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
+ * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
+ * deemed to be as intended.  That said, as compiler technology advances, and
+ * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
+ * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
+ * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation.  It is expected
+ * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
+ * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
+ * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
+ * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler.  If this is ever experienced
+ * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
+ * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
+ * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
+ * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
+ *
+ * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
+ * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
+ */
+#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
+    #define configLIST_VOLATILE
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
+ * then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
+ * the application.   These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
+ * memory.  They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
+ * use of FreeRTOS.*/
+#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
+    /* Define the macros to do nothing. */
+    #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
+    #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
+    #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
+    #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
+#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
+    /* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
+    #define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE     TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
+    #define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
+    #define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE          TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
+    #define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE         TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
+
+/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
+    #define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )     ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )    ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )              ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+    #define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )              ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+
+/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
+ * contain its expected value. */
+    #define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )                      configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
+    #define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )                           configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
+#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
+
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
+ */
+struct xLIST;
+struct xLIST_ITEM
+{
+    listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE           /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+    configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;          /*< The value being listed.  In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;     /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
+    void * pvOwner;                                     /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item.  There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
+    struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer;     /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
+    listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE          /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+};
+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;                   /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
+
+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+    listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+    configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
+    struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
+};
+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
+ */
+typedef struct xLIST
+{
+    listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE      /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+    volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
+    ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list.  Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
+    MiniListItem_t xListEnd;                  /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
+    listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE     /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+} List_t;
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner )    ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to get the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem )             ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item.  In most cases the value is
+ * used to sort the list in ascending order.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue )     ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item.  The value can
+ * represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
+ * which a task should be unblocked.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem )             ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
+ * list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )        ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item at the head of the list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )                      ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
+
+/*
+ * Return the next list item.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem )                        ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item that marks the end of the list
+ *
+ * \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList )                      ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items.  The macro will
+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList )                       ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
+ */
+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList )                 ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
+ * and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter.  Using multiple calls to this
+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
+ * a list.
+ *
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList )                                           \
+    {                                                                                          \
+        List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList );                                               \
+        /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */               \
+        /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list.  */                         \
+        ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;                           \
+        if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
+        {                                                                                      \
+            ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;                       \
+        }                                                                                      \
+        ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner;                                         \
+    }
+
+/*
+ * Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value.  Provided as a slight
+ * optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
+ *
+ * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
+ * been removed.
+ *
+ * \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove )                                           \
+{                                                                                   \
+    /* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list      \
+     * item. */                                                                     \
+    List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer;                        \
+                                                                                    \
+    ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious;        \
+    ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext;            \
+    /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */                     \
+    if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) )                                     \
+    {                                                                               \
+        pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious;                           \
+    }                                                                               \
+                                                                                    \
+    ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL;                                         \
+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;                                                  \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
+ * xTaskIncrementTick().
+ *
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem )                                     \
+{                                                                                   \
+    ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex;                               \
+                                                                                    \
+    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch    \
+     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch   \
+     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */         \
+    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) );                                          \
+    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) );                              \
+                                                                                    \
+    /* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list,       \
+     * makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to             \
+     * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */                                            \
+    ( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex;                                            \
+    ( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;                            \
+                                                                                    \
+    pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem );                                \
+    pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem );                                        \
+                                                                                    \
+    /* Remember which list the item is in. */                                       \
+    ( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList );                                    \
+                                                                                    \
+    ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )++;                                              \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list.  Lists
+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )            ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list.  The list item maintains a
+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in.  All this macro does
+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
+ * @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem )    ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
+ *
+ * @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
+ * @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
+ */
+#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem )            ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
+
+/*
+ * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
+ * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
+ * function.
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList )                ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list is used!  This initialises all the members
+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
+ * marker to the back of the list.
+ *
+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list item is used.  This sets the list container to
+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
+ *
+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted into the list in
+ * a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
+                  ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
+                     ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
+ * been removed.
+ *
+ * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */

+ 821 - 821
FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h

@@ -1,823 +1,823 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-
-/*
- * Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
- * Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
- * task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
- * length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another.  Their
- * implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
- * to task and core to core communication scenarios.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * timeout to 0.
- *
- * Message buffers hold variable length messages.  To enable that, when a
- * message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
- * are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
- * the API function).  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
- * architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
- * architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
- * by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
- * of the message).
- */
-
-#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
-#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
-#include "stream_buffer.h"
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#if defined( __cplusplus )
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-/**
- * Type by which message buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
- * xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
- * then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
- * etc.
- */
-typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
- * xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
- * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
- *
- * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
- *
- * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
- * buffer will be able to hold at any one time.  When a message is written to
- * the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
- * store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
- * 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
- * take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
- *
- * @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
- * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
- * the message buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
- * returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
- * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
- * buffer.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- *
- * void vAFunction( void )
- * {
- * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
- * const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
- *
- *  // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
- *  // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
- *  // dynamically.  Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
- *  // bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
- *  xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
- *
- *  if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
- *  {
- *      // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
- *      // message buffer.
- *  }
- *  else
- *  {
- *      // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
- *  }
- *
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) \
-    ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
- *                                                uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
- *                                                StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- * Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
- * xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
- *
- * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
- * pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter.  When a message is written to the
- * message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
- * the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
- * architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
- * 14 bytes of message buffer space.  The maximum number of bytes that can be
- * stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
- *
- * @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
- * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which messages are
- * copied when they are written to the message buffer.
- *
- * @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
- * StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
- * structure.
- *
- * @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
- * created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
- * pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- *
- * // Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages.  The available space
- * // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
- #define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
- *
- * // Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
- * // buffer.
- * static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
- *
- * // The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
- * StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
- *
- * void MyFunction( void )
- * {
- * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
- *
- *  xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
- *                                               ucBufferStorage,
- *                                               &xMessageBufferStruct );
- *
- *  // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
- *  // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
- *  // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
- *
- *  // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
- * }
- *
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
-    ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
- *                         const void *pvTxData,
- *                         size_t xDataLengthBytes,
- *                         TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Sends a discrete message to the message buffer.  The message can be any
- * length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
- * buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
- * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
- * service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
- * being sent.
- *
- * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
- * message buffer.
- *
- * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
- * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
- * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
- * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
- * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
- * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
- * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
- * in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
- * message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
- * xMessageBufferSend() is called.  The calling task will never block if
- * xTicksToWait is zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
- * absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro
- * pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
- * a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
- * the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
- * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
- * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer.  If the call to
- * xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
- * message into the message buffer then zero is returned.  If the call did not
- * time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
- * {
- * size_t xBytesSent;
- * uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
- * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
- * const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
- *
- *  // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
- *  // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
- *  xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
- *
- *  if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
- *  {
- *      // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
- *      // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
- *  }
- *
- *  // Send the string to the message buffer.  Return immediately if there is
- *  // not enough space in the buffer.
- *  xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
- *
- *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
- *  {
- *      // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
- *      // not enough free space in the buffer.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
-    xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
- *                                const void *pvTxData,
- *                                size_t xDataLengthBytes,
- *                                BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
- * the message buffer.  The message can be any length that fits within the
- * buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
- * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
- * service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
- * being sent.
- *
- * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
- * message buffer.
- *
- * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
- * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
- * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
- * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
- * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
- * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
- * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
- * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
- * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
- * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
- * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
- * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
- * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
- * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
- * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
- * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
- * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
- * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
- * is passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer.  If the
- * message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
- * then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * // A message buffer that has already been created.
- * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
- *
- * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
- * {
- * size_t xBytesSent;
- * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
- *
- *  // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
- *  xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
- *                                          ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
- *                                          strlen( pcStringToSend ),
- *                                          &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
- *  {
- *      // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
- *      // not enough free space in the buffer.
- *  }
- *
- *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
- *  // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
- *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
- *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
- *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
- *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
- *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
- *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
- *  portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-    xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
- *                            void *pvRxData,
- *                            size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
- *                            TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Receives a discrete message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of
- * variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
- * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
- * interrupt service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
- * is being received.
- *
- * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
- * to be copied.
- *
- * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
- * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
- * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
- * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
- * Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
- * xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
- * the message buffer is empty.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so
- * the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
- * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
- * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
- * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
- * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
- * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
- *
- * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
- * any.  If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
- * then zero is returned.  If the length of the message is greater than
- * xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
- * zero is returned.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
- * {
- * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
- * size_t xReceivedBytes;
- * const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
- *
- *  // Receive the next message from the message buffer.  Wait in the Blocked
- *  // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
- *  // a message to become available.
- *  xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
- *                                          ( void * ) ucRxData,
- *                                          sizeof( ucRxData ),
- *                                          xBlockTime );
- *
- *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
- *  {
- *      // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
- *      // the message here....
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
-    xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
-
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
- *                                   void *pvRxData,
- *                                   size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
- *                                   BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
- * message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of variable length and are
- * copied out of the buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
- * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
- * interrupt service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
- * is being received.
- *
- * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
- * to be copied.
- *
- * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
- * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
- * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
- * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
- * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
- * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
- * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
- * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
- * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
- * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
- * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
- * If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
- * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
- * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
- * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
- * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
- *
- * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
- * any.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * // A message buffer that has already been created.
- * MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
- *
- * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
- * {
- * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
- * size_t xReceivedBytes;
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
- *
- *  // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
- *  xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
- *                                                ( void * ) ucRxData,
- *                                                sizeof( ucRxData ),
- *                                                &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
- *  {
- *      // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
- *      // the message here....
- *  }
- *
- *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
- *  // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
- *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
- *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
- *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
- *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
- *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
- *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
- *  portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-    xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
- * xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic().  If the message
- * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
- * then the allocated memory is freed.
- *
- * A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
- * deleted.
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
- *
- */
-#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Tests to see if a message buffer is full.  A message buffer is full if it
- * cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
- * by a message being removed from the message buffer.
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
- * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- */
-#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
- * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- */
-#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
- * contained.
- *
- * A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
- *
- * @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned.  If the
- * message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
- * the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
- * a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
-
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- * <pre>
- * size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- * Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
- * the message buffer would be full.  When a message is written to the message
- * buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
- * message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
- * architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
- * of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
- *
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
-#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- * <pre>
- * size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
- * </pre>
- * Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
- * Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
- * passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
- *
- * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
- * if the message buffer is empty.
- *
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
- * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * For advanced users only.
- *
- * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
- * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
- * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
- * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
- * from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
- * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
- * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
- *
- * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
- * additional information.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
- * written.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
- * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
- * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
- * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
- * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
- * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
- * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
- *
- * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
- * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-    xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * For advanced users only.
- *
- * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
- * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
- * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
- * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
- * remove it from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
- * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
- * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
- * ANY OTHER TIME.
- *
- * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
- * additional information.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
- * read.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
- * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
- * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
- * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
- * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
- * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
- * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
- *
- * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
- * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
-    xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#if defined( __cplusplus )
-    } /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
+ * Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
+ * task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
+ * length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another.  Their
+ * implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
+ * to task and core to core communication scenarios.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * timeout to 0.
+ *
+ * Message buffers hold variable length messages.  To enable that, when a
+ * message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
+ * are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
+ * the API function).  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
+ * architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
+ * by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
+ * of the message).
+ */
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
+#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
+#include "stream_buffer.h"
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/**
+ * Type by which message buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
+ * then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
+ * etc.
+ */
+typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
+ * xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
+ * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
+ * buffer will be able to hold at any one time.  When a message is written to
+ * the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
+ * store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
+ * 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
+ * take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
+ *
+ * @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
+ * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
+ * the message buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
+ * returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
+ * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * void vAFunction( void )
+ * {
+ * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+ * const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
+ *
+ *  // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+ *  // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
+ *  // dynamically.  Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
+ *  // bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
+ *  xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
+ *
+ *  if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+ *      // message buffer.
+ *  }
+ *  else
+ *  {
+ *      // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+ *  }
+ *
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) \
+    ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+ *                                                uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
+ *                                                StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ * Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter.  When a message is written to the
+ * message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
+ * the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
+ * 14 bytes of message buffer space.  The maximum number of bytes that can be
+ * stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
+ *
+ * @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
+ * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which messages are
+ * copied when they are written to the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
+ * created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
+ * pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * // Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages.  The available space
+ * // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+ #define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+ *
+ * // Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
+ * // buffer.
+ * static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+ *
+ * // The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
+ * StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
+ *
+ * void MyFunction( void )
+ * {
+ * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+ *
+ *  xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+ *                                               ucBufferStorage,
+ *                                               &xMessageBufferStruct );
+ *
+ *  // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
+ *  // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+ *  // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
+ *
+ *  // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
+    ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+ *                         const void *pvTxData,
+ *                         size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+ *                         TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Sends a discrete message to the message buffer.  The message can be any
+ * length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
+ * in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
+ * message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
+ * xMessageBufferSend() is called.  The calling task will never block if
+ * xTicksToWait is zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
+ * absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro
+ * pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
+ * a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
+ * the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer.  If the call to
+ * xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
+ * message into the message buffer then zero is returned.  If the call did not
+ * time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
+ * {
+ * size_t xBytesSent;
+ * uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+ * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+ * const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+ *
+ *  // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+ *  // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
+ *  xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+ *
+ *  if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+ *  {
+ *      // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+ *      // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // Send the string to the message buffer.  Return immediately if there is
+ *  // not enough space in the buffer.
+ *  xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+ *
+ *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+ *  {
+ *      // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+ *      // not enough free space in the buffer.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
+    xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+ *                                const void *pvTxData,
+ *                                size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+ *                                BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
+ * the message buffer.  The message can be any length that fits within the
+ * buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer.  If the
+ * message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
+ * then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A message buffer that has already been created.
+ * MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * size_t xBytesSent;
+ * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+ *
+ *  // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
+ *  xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+ *                                          ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+ *                                          strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+ *                                          &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+ *  {
+ *      // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+ *      // not enough free space in the buffer.
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+ *  // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+ *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+ *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+ *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+ *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+ *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+ *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+ *  portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
+    xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+ *                            void *pvRxData,
+ *                            size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+ *                            TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Receives a discrete message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of
+ * variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
+ * xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
+ * the message buffer is empty.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so
+ * the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.  If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
+ * then zero is returned.  If the length of the message is greater than
+ * xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
+ * zero is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
+ * {
+ * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+ * size_t xReceivedBytes;
+ * const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+ *
+ *  // Receive the next message from the message buffer.  Wait in the Blocked
+ *  // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
+ *  // a message to become available.
+ *  xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
+ *                                          ( void * ) ucRxData,
+ *                                          sizeof( ucRxData ),
+ *                                          xBlockTime );
+ *
+ *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+ *  {
+ *      // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+ *      // the message here....
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
+    xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+ *                                   void *pvRxData,
+ *                                   size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+ *                                   BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
+ * message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of variable length and are
+ * copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A message buffer that has already been created.
+ * MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+ * size_t xReceivedBytes;
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+ *
+ *  // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
+ *  xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+ *                                                ( void * ) ucRxData,
+ *                                                sizeof( ucRxData ),
+ *                                                &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+ *  {
+ *      // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+ *      // the message here....
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+ *  // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+ *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+ *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+ *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+ *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+ *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+ *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+ *  portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
+    xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic().  If the message
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ */
+#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is full.  A message buffer is full if it
+ * cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
+ * by a message being removed from the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
+ * contained.
+ *
+ * A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned.  If the
+ * message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
+ * the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
+ * a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ * Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
+ * the message buffer would be full.  When a message is written to the message
+ * buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
+ * message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
+ * of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ * Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
+ * Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
+ * passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
+ * if the message buffer is empty.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
+    xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
+    xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+    } /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

+ 257 - 257
FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h

@@ -1,259 +1,259 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
- * equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
- * header files.  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
- * which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
- * so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
-#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
-
-/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-                            const char * const pcName,
-                            const uint16_t usStackDepth,
-                            void * const pvParameters,
-                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                            TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-                                    const char * const pcName,
-                                    const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-                                    void * const pvParameters,
-                                    UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                                    StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
-                                    StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
-                          const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                       TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
-                       BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
-                       eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                           UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                     TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
-                                            BaseType_t xIndex,
-                                            void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
-                                               BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                             void * pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
-                                      const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
-                                      uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-                                   UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-                                   uint32_t ulValue,
-                                   eNotifyAction eAction,
-                                   uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
-                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
-                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
-                                       uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
-                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
-                                      BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
-                                      TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                             UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                            UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
-                                            uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
-                                     TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-
-/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                  const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-                                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                                  const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                              void * const pvBuffer,
-                              TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                           void * const pvBuffer,
-                           TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                    TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
-                                           StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-                                                 const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-                                                       const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
-                                                       StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
-                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                              const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-                                       const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-                                       const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-                                             const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-                                             uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
-                                             StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
-                                             const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-                               QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-                                    QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
-                                                const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                   BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                               UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-
-/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
-TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
-                                const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-                                const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-                                void * const pvTimerID,
-                                TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
-                                      const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-                                      const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-                                      void * const pvTimerID,
-                                      TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-                                      StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                           void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
-                                       void * pvParameter1,
-                                       uint32_t ulParameter2,
-                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                              const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                                     const BaseType_t xCommandID,
-                                     const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
-                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-
-/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
-EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                     const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-                                     const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
-                                     const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
-                                     TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                      const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                    const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
-                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
-                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
-                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-
-/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                              const void * pvTxData,
-                              size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-                              TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                 void * pvRxData,
-                                 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                             size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-                                                     size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-                                                     BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-                                                           size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-                                                           BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
-                                                           uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
-                                                           StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
-
-
-
-#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
+ * equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
+ * header files.  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
+ * which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
+ * so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+
+/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+                            const char * const pcName,
+                            const uint16_t usStackDepth,
+                            void * const pvParameters,
+                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                            TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+                                    const char * const pcName,
+                                    const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+                                    void * const pvParameters,
+                                    UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                    StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
+                                    StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
+                          const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                       TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
+                       BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
+                       eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                           UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                     TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
+                                            BaseType_t xIndex,
+                                            void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
+                                               BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                             void * pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
+                                      const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
+                                      uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
+                                   UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
+                                   uint32_t ulValue,
+                                   eNotifyAction eAction,
+                                   uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
+                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
+                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
+                                       uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
+                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
+                                      BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
+                                      TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                             UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                            UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
+                                            uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
+                                     TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                  const void * const pvItemToQueue,
+                                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                                  const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                              void * const pvBuffer,
+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                           void * const pvBuffer,
+                           TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                    TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
+                                           StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
+                                                 const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
+                                                       const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
+                                                       StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
+                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                              const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+                                       const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+                                       const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+                                             const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+                                             uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
+                                             StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
+                                             const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
+                               QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
+                                    QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
+                                                const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                   BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                               UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
+                                const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+                                const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+                                void * const pvTimerID,
+                                TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
+                                      const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+                                      const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+                                      void * const pvTimerID,
+                                      TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+                                      StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                           void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+                                       void * pvParameter1,
+                                       uint32_t ulParameter2,
+                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                              const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                                     const BaseType_t xCommandID,
+                                     const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
+                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                     const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+                                     const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
+                                     const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
+                                     TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                      const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                    const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+                                 const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                              const void * pvTxData,
+                              size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                 void * pvRxData,
+                                 size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                 TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                             size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                     size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+                                                     BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                           size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+                                                           BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+                                                           uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+                                                           StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
+
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

+ 184 - 184
FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h

@@ -1,186 +1,186 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
-
-/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
- * only for ports that are using the MPU. */
-#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-
-/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
- * included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
- * those files. */
-    #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/*
- * Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
- * "MPU_".  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
- * version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
- * then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
- * privileges.
- */
-
-/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
-        #define xTaskCreate                            MPU_xTaskCreate
-        #define xTaskCreateStatic                      MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
-        #define vTaskDelete                            MPU_vTaskDelete
-        #define vTaskDelay                             MPU_vTaskDelay
-        #define xTaskDelayUntil                        MPU_xTaskDelayUntil
-        #define xTaskAbortDelay                        MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
-        #define uxTaskPriorityGet                      MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
-        #define eTaskGetState                          MPU_eTaskGetState
-        #define vTaskGetInfo                           MPU_vTaskGetInfo
-        #define vTaskPrioritySet                       MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
-        #define vTaskSuspend                           MPU_vTaskSuspend
-        #define vTaskResume                            MPU_vTaskResume
-        #define vTaskSuspendAll                        MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
-        #define xTaskResumeAll                         MPU_xTaskResumeAll
-        #define xTaskGetTickCount                      MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
-        #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks                 MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
-        #define pcTaskGetName                          MPU_pcTaskGetName
-        #define xTaskGetHandle                         MPU_xTaskGetHandle
-        #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark            MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
-        #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2           MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
-        #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag             MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
-        #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag             MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
-        #define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer      MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
-        #define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer     MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
-        #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook           MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
-        #define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle                 MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
-        #define uxTaskGetSystemState                   MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
-        #define vTaskList                              MPU_vTaskList
-        #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats                   MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
-        #define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter            MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
-        #define xTaskGenericNotify                     MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
-        #define xTaskGenericNotifyWait                 MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
-        #define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake                MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
-        #define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear           MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
-        #define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear          MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
-        #define xTaskCatchUpTicks                      MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
-
-        #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle              MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
-        #define vTaskSetTimeOutState                   MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
-        #define xTaskCheckForTimeOut                   MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
-        #define xTaskGetSchedulerState                 MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
-
-/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
-        #define xQueueGenericSend                      MPU_xQueueGenericSend
-        #define xQueueReceive                          MPU_xQueueReceive
-        #define xQueuePeek                             MPU_xQueuePeek
-        #define xQueueSemaphoreTake                    MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
-        #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting                 MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
-        #define uxQueueSpacesAvailable                 MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
-        #define vQueueDelete                           MPU_vQueueDelete
-        #define xQueueCreateMutex                      MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
-        #define xQueueCreateMutexStatic                MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
-        #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore          MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
-        #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic    MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
-        #define xQueueGetMutexHolder                   MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
-        #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive               MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
-        #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive               MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
-        #define xQueueGenericCreate                    MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
-        #define xQueueGenericCreateStatic              MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
-        #define xQueueCreateSet                        MPU_xQueueCreateSet
-        #define xQueueAddToSet                         MPU_xQueueAddToSet
-        #define xQueueRemoveFromSet                    MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
-        #define xQueueSelectFromSet                    MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
-        #define xQueueGenericReset                     MPU_xQueueGenericReset
-
-        #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-            #define vQueueAddToRegistry                MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
-            #define vQueueUnregisterQueue              MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
-            #define pcQueueGetName                     MPU_pcQueueGetName
-        #endif
-
-/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
-        #define xTimerCreate                           MPU_xTimerCreate
-        #define xTimerCreateStatic                     MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
-        #define pvTimerGetTimerID                      MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
-        #define vTimerSetTimerID                       MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
-        #define xTimerIsTimerActive                    MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
-        #define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle         MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
-        #define xTimerPendFunctionCall                 MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
-        #define pcTimerGetName                         MPU_pcTimerGetName
-        #define vTimerSetReloadMode                    MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
-        #define uxTimerGetReloadMode                   MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
-        #define xTimerGetPeriod                        MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
-        #define xTimerGetExpiryTime                    MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
-        #define xTimerGenericCommand                   MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
-
-/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
-        #define xEventGroupCreate                      MPU_xEventGroupCreate
-        #define xEventGroupCreateStatic                MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
-        #define xEventGroupWaitBits                    MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
-        #define xEventGroupClearBits                   MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
-        #define xEventGroupSetBits                     MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
-        #define xEventGroupSync                        MPU_xEventGroupSync
-        #define vEventGroupDelete                      MPU_vEventGroupDelete
-
-/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
- * equivalents. */
-        #define xStreamBufferSend                      MPU_xStreamBufferSend
-        #define xStreamBufferReceive                   MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
-        #define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes    MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
-        #define vStreamBufferDelete                    MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
-        #define xStreamBufferIsFull                    MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
-        #define xStreamBufferIsEmpty                   MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
-        #define xStreamBufferReset                     MPU_xStreamBufferReset
-        #define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable           MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
-        #define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable            MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
-        #define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel           MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
-        #define xStreamBufferGenericCreate             MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
-        #define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic       MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
-
-
-/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
- * macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
- * (useful when using statically allocated objects). */
-        #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
-        #define PRIVILEGED_DATA    __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
-        #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
-
-    #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
-
-/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
-        #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION     __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_functions" ) ) )
-        #define PRIVILEGED_DATA         __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
-        #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL    __attribute__( ( section( "freertos_system_calls" ) ) )
-
-    #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
-
-#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-
-    #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
-    #define PRIVILEGED_DATA
-    #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-
-
-#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+ * only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+ * included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+ * those files. */
+    #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*
+ * Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
+ * "MPU_".  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
+ * version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
+ * then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
+ * privileges.
+ */
+
+/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+        #define xTaskCreate                            MPU_xTaskCreate
+        #define xTaskCreateStatic                      MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
+        #define vTaskDelete                            MPU_vTaskDelete
+        #define vTaskDelay                             MPU_vTaskDelay
+        #define xTaskDelayUntil                        MPU_xTaskDelayUntil
+        #define xTaskAbortDelay                        MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
+        #define uxTaskPriorityGet                      MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+        #define eTaskGetState                          MPU_eTaskGetState
+        #define vTaskGetInfo                           MPU_vTaskGetInfo
+        #define vTaskPrioritySet                       MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+        #define vTaskSuspend                           MPU_vTaskSuspend
+        #define vTaskResume                            MPU_vTaskResume
+        #define vTaskSuspendAll                        MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+        #define xTaskResumeAll                         MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+        #define xTaskGetTickCount                      MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+        #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks                 MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+        #define pcTaskGetName                          MPU_pcTaskGetName
+        #define xTaskGetHandle                         MPU_xTaskGetHandle
+        #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark            MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+        #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2           MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
+        #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag             MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+        #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag             MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+        #define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer      MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+        #define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer     MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+        #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook           MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+        #define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle                 MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
+        #define uxTaskGetSystemState                   MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
+        #define vTaskList                              MPU_vTaskList
+        #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats                   MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+        #define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter            MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
+        #define xTaskGenericNotify                     MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
+        #define xTaskGenericNotifyWait                 MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
+        #define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake                MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
+        #define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear           MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
+        #define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear          MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
+        #define xTaskCatchUpTicks                      MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
+
+        #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle              MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+        #define vTaskSetTimeOutState                   MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
+        #define xTaskCheckForTimeOut                   MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
+        #define xTaskGetSchedulerState                 MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+        #define xQueueGenericSend                      MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+        #define xQueueReceive                          MPU_xQueueReceive
+        #define xQueuePeek                             MPU_xQueuePeek
+        #define xQueueSemaphoreTake                    MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
+        #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting                 MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+        #define uxQueueSpacesAvailable                 MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
+        #define vQueueDelete                           MPU_vQueueDelete
+        #define xQueueCreateMutex                      MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+        #define xQueueCreateMutexStatic                MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
+        #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore          MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+        #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic    MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
+        #define xQueueGetMutexHolder                   MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
+        #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive               MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+        #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive               MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+        #define xQueueGenericCreate                    MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
+        #define xQueueGenericCreateStatic              MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
+        #define xQueueCreateSet                        MPU_xQueueCreateSet
+        #define xQueueAddToSet                         MPU_xQueueAddToSet
+        #define xQueueRemoveFromSet                    MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
+        #define xQueueSelectFromSet                    MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
+        #define xQueueGenericReset                     MPU_xQueueGenericReset
+
+        #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+            #define vQueueAddToRegistry                MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+            #define vQueueUnregisterQueue              MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+            #define pcQueueGetName                     MPU_pcQueueGetName
+        #endif
+
+/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+        #define xTimerCreate                           MPU_xTimerCreate
+        #define xTimerCreateStatic                     MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
+        #define pvTimerGetTimerID                      MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
+        #define vTimerSetTimerID                       MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
+        #define xTimerIsTimerActive                    MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
+        #define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle         MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
+        #define xTimerPendFunctionCall                 MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
+        #define pcTimerGetName                         MPU_pcTimerGetName
+        #define vTimerSetReloadMode                    MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
+        #define uxTimerGetReloadMode                   MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
+        #define xTimerGetPeriod                        MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
+        #define xTimerGetExpiryTime                    MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
+        #define xTimerGenericCommand                   MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
+
+/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+        #define xEventGroupCreate                      MPU_xEventGroupCreate
+        #define xEventGroupCreateStatic                MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
+        #define xEventGroupWaitBits                    MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
+        #define xEventGroupClearBits                   MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
+        #define xEventGroupSetBits                     MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
+        #define xEventGroupSync                        MPU_xEventGroupSync
+        #define vEventGroupDelete                      MPU_vEventGroupDelete
+
+/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
+ * equivalents. */
+        #define xStreamBufferSend                      MPU_xStreamBufferSend
+        #define xStreamBufferReceive                   MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
+        #define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes    MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
+        #define vStreamBufferDelete                    MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
+        #define xStreamBufferIsFull                    MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
+        #define xStreamBufferIsEmpty                   MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+        #define xStreamBufferReset                     MPU_xStreamBufferReset
+        #define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable           MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+        #define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable            MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+        #define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel           MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+        #define xStreamBufferGenericCreate             MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
+        #define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic       MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
+
+
+/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
+ * macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
+ * (useful when using statically allocated objects). */
+        #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+        #define PRIVILEGED_DATA    __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
+        #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
+
+    #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+        #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION     __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_functions" ) ) )
+        #define PRIVILEGED_DATA         __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
+        #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL    __attribute__( ( section( "freertos_system_calls" ) ) )
+
+    #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+    #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+    #define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+    #define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

+ 221 - 221
FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h

@@ -1,223 +1,223 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-* Portable layer API.  Each function must be defined for each port.
-*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#ifndef PORTABLE_H
-#define PORTABLE_H
-
-/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
- * pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
- * portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
- * of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
- * portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
- * portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
- * Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
- * to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
- * specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
- * file. */
-#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
-
-/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
- * did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
- * included here.  In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
- * must be set in the compiler's include path. */
-#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
-    #include "portmacro.h"
-#endif
-
-#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
-    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x001f )
-#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
-    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x000f )
-#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
-    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0007 )
-#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
-    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0003 )
-#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
-    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0001 )
-#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
-    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0000 )
-#else
-    #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
-    #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
-    #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS    1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
-    #define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING    0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef portARCH_NAME
-    #define portARCH_NAME    NULL
-#endif
-
-#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
-    /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
-    #define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
-#endif
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
-
-/*
- * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
- * scheduler control.  The registers have to be placed on the stack in
- * the order that the port expects to find them.
- *
- */
-#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-    #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
-        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
-                                             StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
-                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
-                                             void * pvParameters,
-                                             BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    #else
-        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
-                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
-                                             void * pvParameters,
-                                             BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    #endif
-#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
-    #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
-        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
-                                             StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
-                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
-                                             void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    #else
-        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
-                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
-                                             void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    #endif
-#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
-
-/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
- * that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
-typedef struct HeapRegion
-{
-    uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
-    size_t xSizeInBytes;
-} HeapRegion_t;
-
-/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
-typedef struct xHeapStats
-{
-    size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes;          /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
-    size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes;      /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
-    size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes;     /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
-    size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks;                 /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
-    size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;      /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
-    size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;      /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
-    size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;            /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
-} HeapStats_t;
-
-/*
- * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c.  This function
- * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
- * queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
- * pvPortMalloc being called.
- *
- * pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
- * defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap.  The array is
- * terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0.  The region
- * with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
- */
-void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
- * heap state.
- */
-void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
-
-/*
- * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
- */
-void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if( configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1 )
-    void *pvPortMallocStack( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    void vPortFreeStack( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#else
-    #define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
-    #define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control.  This generally
- * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
- */
-BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
- * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
- * executing.
- */
-void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
- * port layer.
- *
- * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
- * contained in xRegions.
- */
-#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-    struct xMEMORY_REGION;
-    void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings,
-                                    const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions,
-                                    StackType_t * pxBottomOfStack,
-                                    uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-    }
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+* Portable layer API.  Each function must be defined for each port.
+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+ * pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+ * portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+ * of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+ * portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+ * portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
+ * Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
+ * to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
+ * specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
+ * file. */
+#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
+
+/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
+ * did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
+ * included here.  In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
+ * must be set in the compiler's include path. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+    #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x001f )
+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x000f )
+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0007 )
+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0003 )
+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0001 )
+#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+    #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK    ( 0x0000 )
+#else
+    #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+    #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+    #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
+    #define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING    0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portARCH_NAME
+    #define portARCH_NAME    NULL
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
+    /* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
+    #define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
+#endif
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control.  The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+    #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
+                                             StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
+                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
+                                             void * pvParameters,
+                                             BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    #else
+        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
+                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
+                                             void * pvParameters,
+                                             BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    #endif
+#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
+    #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
+                                             StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
+                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
+                                             void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    #else
+        StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
+                                             TaskFunction_t pxCode,
+                                             void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    #endif
+#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
+
+/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
+ * that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
+typedef struct HeapRegion
+{
+    uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
+    size_t xSizeInBytes;
+} HeapRegion_t;
+
+/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
+typedef struct xHeapStats
+{
+    size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes;          /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
+    size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes;      /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+    size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes;     /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+    size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks;                 /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
+    size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;      /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
+    size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;      /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
+    size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;            /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
+} HeapStats_t;
+
+/*
+ * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c.  This function
+ * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
+ * queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
+ * pvPortMalloc being called.
+ *
+ * pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
+ * defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap.  The array is
+ * terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0.  The region
+ * with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
+ */
+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
+ * heap state.
+ */
+void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if( configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1 )
+    void *pvPortMallocStack( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    void vPortFreeStack( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+    #define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
+    #define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control.  This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+    struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+    void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings,
+                                    const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions,
+                                    StackType_t * pxBottomOfStack,
+                                    uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

+ 120 - 120
FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h

@@ -1,122 +1,122 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
-#define PROJDEFS_H
-
-/*
- * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform.  Defined in this
- * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
- */
-typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
-
-/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks.  This macro can be
- * overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
- * definition here is not suitable for your application. */
-#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
-    #define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs )    ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000U ) )
-#endif
-
-#define pdFALSE                                  ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-#define pdTRUE                                   ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
-
-#define pdPASS                                   ( pdTRUE )
-#define pdFAIL                                   ( pdFALSE )
-#define errQUEUE_EMPTY                           ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-#define errQUEUE_FULL                            ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-
-/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
-#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY    ( -1 )
-#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED                         ( -4 )
-#define errQUEUE_YIELD                           ( -5 )
-
-/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
-#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
-    #define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES    0
-#endif
-
-#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
-    #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    0x5a5a
-#else
-    #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    0x5a5a5a5aUL
-#endif
-
-/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
- * itself. */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE             0   /* No errors */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT           2   /* No such file or directory */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR            4   /* Interrupted system call */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO              5   /* I/O error */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO            6   /* No such device or address */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF            9   /* Bad file number */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN           11  /* No more processes */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK      11  /* Operation would block */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM           12  /* Not enough memory */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES           13  /* Permission denied */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT           14  /* Bad address */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY            16  /* Mount device busy */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST           17  /* File exists */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV            18  /* Cross-device link */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV           19  /* No such device */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR          20  /* Not a directory */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR           21  /* Is a directory */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL           22  /* Invalid argument */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC           28  /* No space left on device */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE           29  /* Illegal seek */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS            30  /* Read only file system */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH          42  /* Protocol driver not attached */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE            50  /* Invalid exchange */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE           79  /* Inappropriate file type or format */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE          89  /* No more files */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY        90  /* Directory not empty */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG     91  /* File or path name too long */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP       95  /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS          105 /* No buffer space available */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT      109 /* Protocol not available */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE       112 /* Address already in use */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT        116 /* Connection timed out */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS      119 /* Connection already in progress */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY         120 /* Socket already connected */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL    125 /* Address not available */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN          127 /* Socket is already connected */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN         128 /* Socket is not connected */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM        135 /* No medium inserted */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ           138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
-#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED        140 /* Operation canceled. */
-
-/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
- * itself. */
-#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN          0
-#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN             1
-
-/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
-#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN                   pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-#define pdBIG_ENDIAN                      pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
-
-
-#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
+#define PROJDEFS_H
+
+/*
+ * Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform.  Defined in this
+ * file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
+ */
+typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
+
+/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks.  This macro can be
+ * overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
+ * definition here is not suitable for your application. */
+#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
+    #define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs )    ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000U ) )
+#endif
+
+#define pdFALSE                                  ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define pdTRUE                                   ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
+
+#define pdPASS                                   ( pdTRUE )
+#define pdFAIL                                   ( pdFALSE )
+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY                           ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_FULL                            ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+
+/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY    ( -1 )
+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED                         ( -4 )
+#define errQUEUE_YIELD                           ( -5 )
+
+/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
+#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
+    #define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES    0
+#endif
+
+#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+    #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    0x5a5a
+#else
+    #define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE    0x5a5a5a5aUL
+#endif
+
+/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
+ * itself. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE             0   /* No errors */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT           2   /* No such file or directory */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR            4   /* Interrupted system call */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO              5   /* I/O error */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO            6   /* No such device or address */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF            9   /* Bad file number */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN           11  /* No more processes */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK      11  /* Operation would block */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM           12  /* Not enough memory */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES           13  /* Permission denied */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT           14  /* Bad address */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY            16  /* Mount device busy */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST           17  /* File exists */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV            18  /* Cross-device link */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV           19  /* No such device */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR          20  /* Not a directory */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR           21  /* Is a directory */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL           22  /* Invalid argument */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC           28  /* No space left on device */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE           29  /* Illegal seek */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS            30  /* Read only file system */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH          42  /* Protocol driver not attached */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE            50  /* Invalid exchange */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE           79  /* Inappropriate file type or format */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE          89  /* No more files */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY        90  /* Directory not empty */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG     91  /* File or path name too long */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP       95  /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS          105 /* No buffer space available */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT      109 /* Protocol not available */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE       112 /* Address already in use */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT        116 /* Connection timed out */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS      119 /* Connection already in progress */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY         120 /* Socket already connected */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL    125 /* Address not available */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN          127 /* Socket is already connected */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN         128 /* Socket is not connected */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM        135 /* No medium inserted */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ           138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED        140 /* Operation canceled. */
+
+/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
+ * itself. */
+#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN          0
+#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN             1
+
+/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
+#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN                   pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define pdBIG_ENDIAN                      pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+
+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

+ 1173 - 1173
FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h

@@ -1,1175 +1,1175 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
-#define SEMAPHORE_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-    #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "queue.h"
-
-typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
-
-#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH    ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
-#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH      ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
-#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME                  ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
- * </pre>
- *
- * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
- * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
- *
- * This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
- * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
- * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
- * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
- * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
- * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
- * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore.  The data size is 0
- * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
- * queue is empty or full.
- *
- * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
- * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
- * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
- * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
- * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
- * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *
- * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore.  Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
- *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
- *  vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
- *      // The semaphore can now be used.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore )                                                                                     \
-    {                                                                                                                                \
-        ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
-        if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL )                                                                                                 \
-        {                                                                                                                            \
-            ( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) );                                                                               \
-        }                                                                                                                            \
-    }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
- * new semaphore can be referenced.
- *
- * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
- * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
- * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
- * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
- * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
- * function.  (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
- * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
- * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
- * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
- * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
- * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
- * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
- * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
- * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
- *
- * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
- * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
- * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
- * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
- * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
- * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *
- * @return Handle to the created semaphore, or NULL if the memory required to
- * hold the semaphore's data structures could not be allocated.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
- *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
- *      // The semaphore can now be used.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateBinary()    xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
- * new semaphore can be referenced.
- *
- * NOTE: In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
- * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
- * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
- * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
- * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
- * function.  (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
- * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
- * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
- * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
- * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
- * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
- * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
- * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
- * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *
- * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
- * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
- * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
- *
- * @return If the semaphore is created then a handle to the created semaphore is
- * returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- * StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
- *  // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
- *  // variable, the address of which is passed into the function.  The
- *  // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
- *  // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
- *  // return NULL.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
- *
- *  // Rest of task code goes here.
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore )    xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * xSemaphoreTake(
- *                   SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
- *                   TickType_t xBlockTime
- *               );
- * </pre>
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
- * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
- * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
- *
- * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
- * the semaphore was created.
- *
- * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
- * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
- * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  A block
- * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
- * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE
- * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- * // A task that creates a semaphore.
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
- * }
- *
- * // A task that uses the semaphore.
- * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // ... Do other things.
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
- *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
- *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
- *      {
- *          // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
- *          // shared resource.
- *
- *          // ...
- *
- *          // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the
- *          // semaphore.
- *          xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
- *      }
- *      else
- *      {
- *          // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
- *          // the shared resource safely.
- *      }
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime )    xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) )
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
- *                          SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
- *                          TickType_t xBlockTime
- *                        );
- * </pre>
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
- * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- *
- * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
- * macro to be available.
- *
- * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *
- * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
- * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
- * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
- * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
- * exactly five times.
- *
- * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained.  This is the
- * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- *
- * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
- * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
- * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  If
- * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
- * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE if xBlockTime
- * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
- *
- * // A task that creates a mutex.
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
- *  xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- * }
- *
- * // A task that uses the mutex.
- * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // ... Do other things.
- *
- *  if( xMutex != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
- *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
- *      if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
- *      {
- *          // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
- *          // shared resource.
- *
- *          // ...
- *          // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
- *          // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
- *          // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
- *          // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
- *          // a more complex call structure.
- *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
- *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
- *
- *          // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
- *          // available to another task until it has also been given back
- *          // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
- *          // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
- *          // call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
- *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
- *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
- *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
- *
- *          // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
- *      }
- *      else
- *      {
- *          // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
- *          // the shared resource safely.
- *      }
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime )    xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
- * </pre>
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
- * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
- * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
- *
- * This macro must not be used from an ISR.  See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
- * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
- *
- * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
- *
- * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
- * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released.  pdFALSE if an error occurred.
- * Semaphores are implemented using queues.  An error can occur if there is
- * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
- * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
- *  xSemaphore = vSemaphoreCreateBinary();
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
- *      {
- *          // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
- *          // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
- *      }
- *
- *      // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
- *      // immediately available.
- *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
- *      {
- *          // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
- *
- *          // ...
- *
- *          // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
- *          // semaphore.
- *          if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
- *          {
- *              // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
- *              // obtained the semaphore to get here.
- *          }
- *      }
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore )    xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
- * </pre>
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
- * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- *
- * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
- * macro to be available.
- *
- * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *
- * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
- * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
- * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
- * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
- * exactly five times.
- *
- * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'.  This is the
- * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
- *
- * // A task that creates a mutex.
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
- *  xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- * }
- *
- * // A task that uses the mutex.
- * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // ... Do other things.
- *
- *  if( xMutex != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
- *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
- *      if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
- *      {
- *          // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
- *          // shared resource.
- *
- *          // ...
- *          // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
- *          // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
- *          // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
- *          // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
- *          // a more complex call structure.
- *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
- *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
- *
- *          // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
- *          // available to another task until it has also been given back
- *          // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
- *          // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
- *          // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
- *          // unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
- *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
- *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
- *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
- *
- *          // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
- *      }
- *      else
- *      {
- *          // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
- *          // the shared resource safely.
- *      }
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex )    xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
- *                        SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
- *                        BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
- *                    );
- * </pre>
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> to  release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
- * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
- *
- * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
- * must not be used with this macro.
- *
- * This macro can be used from an ISR.
- *
- * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
- * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
- * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
- * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
- * running task.  If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
- * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
- \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- * // Repetitive task.
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  for( ;; )
- *  {
- *      // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore
- *      // was created before this task was started.
- *
- *      // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
- *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
- *      {
- *          // It is time to execute.
- *
- *          // ...
- *
- *          // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
- *          // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
- *          // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
- *          // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
- *      }
- *  }
- * }
- *
- * // Timer ISR
- * void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- * static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
- * static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
- *
- *  // A timer tick has occurred.
- *
- *  // ... Do other time functions.
- *
- *  // Is it time for vATask () to run?
- *  xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
- *  ucLocalTickCount++;
- *  if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
- *  {
- *      // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
- *      xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *      // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
- *      ucLocalTickCount = 0;
- *  }
- *
- *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
- *  {
- *      // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
- *      // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
- *      // to find the syntax required.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )    xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
- *                        SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
- *                        BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
- *                    );
- * </pre>
- *
- * <i>Macro</i> to  take a semaphore from an ISR.  The semaphore must have
- * previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
- * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
- *
- * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
- * must not be used with this macro.
- *
- * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
- * is not a common operation.  It is likely to only be useful when taking a
- * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
- * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
- *
- * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken.  This is the
- * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
- * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
- * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
- * running task.  If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
- * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
- * pdFALSE
- */
-#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )    xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
- * the new mutex can be referenced.
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
- * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
- * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
- * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
- * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
- * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
- * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
- * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
- *
- * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
- * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
- * semaphore it is no longer required.
- *
- * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
- *
- * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
- * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
- * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
- * service routines.
- *
- * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
- * semaphore is returned.  If there was not enough heap to allocate the mutex
- * data structures then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
- *      // The semaphore can now be used.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateMutex()    xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
- * the new mutex can be referenced.
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
- * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
- * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
- * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
- * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
- * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
- * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
- * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
- *
- * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
- * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
- * semaphore it is no longer required.
- *
- * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
- *
- * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
- * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
- * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
- * service routines.
- *
- * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
- * which will be used to hold the mutex's data structure, removing the need for
- * the memory to be allocated dynamically.
- *
- * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
- * mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- * StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // A mutex cannot be used before it has been created.  xMutexBuffer is
- *  // into xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() so no dynamic memory allocation is
- *  // attempted.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
- *
- *  // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
- *  // so there is no need to check it.
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer )    xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( pxMutexBuffer ) )
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
- * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
- * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
- * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
- * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
- * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
- * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
- * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
- * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
- *
- * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
- * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
- * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
- * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
- * exactly five times.
- *
- * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
- * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
- * semaphore it is no longer required.
- *
- * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
- *
- * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
- * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
- * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
- * service routines.
- *
- * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore.  Should be of type
- * SemaphoreHandle_t.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
- *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
- *      // The semaphore can now be used.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex()    xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
- * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
- * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
- * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
- * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
- * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
- * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
- * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
- * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
- * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
- *
- * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
- * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
- * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
- * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
- * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
- * exactly five times.
- *
- * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
- * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
- * semaphore it is no longer required.
- *
- * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
- *
- * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
- * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
- * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
- * service routines.
- *
- * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
- * which will then be used to hold the recursive mutex's data structure,
- * removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
- *
- * @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the
- * created recursive mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is
- * returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- * StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- *  // A recursive semaphore cannot be used before it is created.  Here a
- *  // recursive mutex is created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic().
- *  // The address of xMutexBuffer is passed into the function, and will hold
- *  // the mutexes data structures - so no dynamic memory allocation will be
- *  // attempted.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
- *
- *  // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
- *  // so there is no need to check it.
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore )    xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, pxStaticSemaphore )
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
- * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
- *
- * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
- * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
- * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
- * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
- * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
- * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
- * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer can
- * instead optionally provide the memory that will get used by the counting
- * semaphore.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a counting
- * semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
- *
- * 1) Counting events.
- *
- *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
- *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
- *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
- *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
- *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
- *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
- *    initial count value to be zero.
- *
- * 2) Resource management.
- *
- *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
- *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
- *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
- *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
- *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
- *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
- *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
- *
- * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
- *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
- *
- * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
- *        created.
- *
- * @return Handle to the created semaphore.  Null if the semaphore could not be
- *         created.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
- *  // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
- *  // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
- *
- *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
- *  {
- *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
- *      // The semaphore can now be used.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount )    xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
-#endif
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
- * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
- *
- * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
- * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
- *
- * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
- * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
- * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
- * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
- * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
- * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer must
- * provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a
- * counting semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
- *
- * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
- *
- * 1) Counting events.
- *
- *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
- *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
- *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
- *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
- *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
- *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
- *    initial count value to be zero.
- *
- * 2) Resource management.
- *
- *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
- *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
- *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
- *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
- *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
- *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
- *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
- *
- * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
- *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
- *
- * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
- *        created.
- *
- * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
- * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
- * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
- *
- * @return If the counting semaphore was successfully created then a handle to
- * the created counting semaphore is returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer was NULL
- * then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example usage:
- * <pre>
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
- * StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
- *
- * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
- * {
- * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
- *
- *  // Counting semaphore cannot be used before they have been created.  Create
- *  // a counting semaphore using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic().  The max
- *  // value to which the semaphore can count is 10, and the initial value
- *  // assigned to the count will be 0.  The address of xSemaphoreBuffer is
- *  // passed in and will be used to hold the semaphore structure, so no dynamic
- *  // memory allocation will be used.
- *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0, &xSemaphoreBuffer );
- *
- *  // No memory allocation was attempted so xSemaphore cannot be NULL, so there
- *  // is no need to check its value.
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-    #define xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount, pxSemaphoreBuffer )    xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ), ( pxSemaphoreBuffer ) )
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-/**
- * semphr. h
- * <pre>
- * void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Delete a semaphore.  This function must be used with care.  For example,
- * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
- *
- * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
- *
- * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
- * \ingroup Semaphores
- */
-#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore )                   vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
-
-/**
- * semphr.h
- * <pre>
- * TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
- * </pre>
- *
- * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
- * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
- * by a task), return NULL.
- *
- * Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
- * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
- * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
- * being tested.
- */
-#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore )           xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
-
-/**
- * semphr.h
- * <pre>
- * TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
- * </pre>
- *
- * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
- * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
- * by a task), return NULL.
- *
- */
-#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore )    xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) )
-
-/**
- * semphr.h
- * <pre>
- * UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
- * </pre>
- *
- * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns
- * its current count value.  If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
- * uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the
- * semaphore is not available.
- *
- */
-#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore )                uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
-
-#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
+#define SEMAPHORE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "queue.h"
+
+typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
+
+#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH    ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
+#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH      ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
+#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME                  ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
+ * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
+ * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
+ * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
+ * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore.  The data size is 0
+ * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
+ * queue is empty or full.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore.  Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ *  vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore )                                                                                     \
+    {                                                                                                                                \
+        ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
+        if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL )                                                                                                 \
+        {                                                                                                                            \
+            ( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) );                                                                               \
+        }                                                                                                                            \
+    }
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
+ * function.  (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
+ * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
+ * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
+ * xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function.  Note that binary semaphores created using
+ * the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
+ * first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
+ * the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore, or NULL if the memory required to
+ * hold the semaphore's data structures could not be allocated.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinary xSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateBinary()    xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new binary semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * NOTE: In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a binary semaphore!
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, binary semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the semaphore structure is stored.  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateBinary()
+ * function.  (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a binary semaphore
+ * is created using xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() then the application writer
+ * must provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic() therefore allows a
+ * binary semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task.  The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore.  For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism.  For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
+ * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the semaphore is created then a handle to the created semaphore is
+ * returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ * StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary().
+ *  // The semaphore's data structures will be placed in the xSemaphoreBuffer
+ *  // variable, the address of which is passed into the function.  The
+ *  // function's parameter is not NULL, so the function will not attempt any
+ *  // dynamic memory allocation, and therefore the function will not return
+ *  // return NULL.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary( &xSemaphoreBuffer );
+ *
+ *  // Rest of task code goes here.
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateBinaryStatic( pxStaticSemaphore )    xQueueGenericCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticSemaphore, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * xSemaphoreTake(
+ *                   SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+ *                   TickType_t xBlockTime
+ *               );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
+ * the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  A block
+ * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE
+ * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ * // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // ... Do other things.
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // See if we can obtain the semaphore.  If the semaphore is not available
+ *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ *      {
+ *          // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+ *          // shared resource.
+ *
+ *          // ...
+ *
+ *          // We have finished accessing the shared resource.  Release the
+ *          // semaphore.
+ *          xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+ *      }
+ *      else
+ *      {
+ *          // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+ *          // the shared resource safely.
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime )    xQueueSemaphoreTake( ( xSemaphore ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
+ *                          SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
+ *                          TickType_t xBlockTime
+ *                        );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained.  This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available.  The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time.  A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore.  If
+ * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
+ * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained.  pdFALSE if xBlockTime
+ * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
+ *
+ * // A task that creates a mutex.
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ *  xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // A task that uses the mutex.
+ * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // ... Do other things.
+ *
+ *  if( xMutex != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+ *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ *      if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ *      {
+ *          // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ *          // shared resource.
+ *
+ *          // ...
+ *          // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ *          // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+ *          // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ *          // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ *          // a more complex call structure.
+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+ *
+ *          // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ *          // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ *          // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ *          // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+ *          // call structure.  This is just for illustrative purposes.
+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ *
+ *          // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ *      }
+ *      else
+ *      {
+ *          // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ *          // the shared resource safely.
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime )    xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used from an ISR.  See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
+ * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released.  pdFALSE if an error occurred.
+ * Semaphores are implemented using queues.  An error can occur if there is
+ * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
+ * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ *  xSemaphore = vSemaphoreCreateBinary();
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ *      {
+ *          // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+ *          // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+ *      // immediately available.
+ *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
+ *      {
+ *          // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+ *
+ *          // ...
+ *
+ *          // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+ *          // semaphore.
+ *          if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ *          {
+ *              // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+ *              // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore )    xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'.  This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
+ *
+ * // A task that creates a mutex.
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ *  xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // A task that uses the mutex.
+ * void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // ... Do other things.
+ *
+ *  if( xMutex != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // See if we can obtain the mutex.  If the mutex is not available
+ *      // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ *      if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ *      {
+ *          // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ *          // shared resource.
+ *
+ *          // ...
+ *          // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ *          // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex.  In real
+ *          // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ *          // no sense.  Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ *          // a more complex call structure.
+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+ *          xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
+ *
+ *          // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ *          // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ *          // three times.  Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ *          // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+ *          // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+ *          // unwound.  This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ *          xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ *
+ *          // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ *      }
+ *      else
+ *      {
+ *          // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ *          // the shared resource safely.
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex )    xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
+ *                        SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+ *                        BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ *                    );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to  release a semaphore.  The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released.  This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ * // Repetitive task.
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  for( ;; )
+ *  {
+ *      // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer.  The semaphore
+ *      // was created before this task was started.
+ *
+ *      // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+ *      if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+ *      {
+ *          // It is time to execute.
+ *
+ *          // ...
+ *
+ *          // We have finished our task.  Return to the top of the loop where
+ *          // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
+ *          // again.  Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+ *          // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Timer ISR
+ * void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ * static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ * static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+ *
+ *  // A timer tick has occurred.
+ *
+ *  // ... Do other time functions.
+ *
+ *  // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+ *  xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *  ucLocalTickCount++;
+ *  if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+ *  {
+ *      // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+ *      xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *      // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+ *      ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ *  {
+ *      // We can force a context switch here.  Context switching from an
+ *      // ISR uses port specific syntax.  Check the demo task for your port
+ *      // to find the syntax required.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )    xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
+ *                        SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
+ *                        BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ *                    );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to  take a semaphore from an ISR.  The semaphore must have
+ * previously been created with a call to xSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
+ * is not a common operation.  It is likely to only be useful when taking a
+ * counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
+ * pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken.  This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task.  If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )    xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
+ * the new mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
+ * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
+ * semaphore is returned.  If there was not enough heap to allocate the mutex
+ * data structures then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutex xSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateMutex()    xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which
+ * the new mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, mutex semaphores use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a mutex is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateMutex() then the required memory is automatically
+ * dynamically allocated inside the xSemaphoreCreateMutex() function.  (see
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() then the application writer must provided the
+ * memory.  xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() therefore allows a mutex to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this function can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros.  The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will be used to hold the mutex's data structure, removing the need for
+ * the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the mutex was successfully created then a handle to the created
+ * mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ * StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // A mutex cannot be used before it has been created.  xMutexBuffer is
+ *  // into xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic() so no dynamic memory allocation is
+ *  // attempted.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
+ *
+ *  // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
+ *  // so there is no need to check it.
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateMutexStatic( pxMutexBuffer )    xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX, ( pxMutexBuffer ) )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
+ * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore.  Should be of type
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *  // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex()    xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( StaticSemaphore_t *pxMutexBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new recursive mutex type semaphore instance, and returns a handle
+ * by which the new recursive mutex can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, recursive mutexs use a block
+ * of memory, in which the mutex structure is stored.  If a recursive mutex is
+ * created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() function.  (see
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a recursive mutex is created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() then the application writer must
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the mutex.
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic() therefore allows a recursive mutex to
+ * be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros.  The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros must not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request.  For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also  'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See xSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @param pxMutexBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will then be used to hold the recursive mutex's data structure,
+ * removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the recursive mutex was successfully created then a handle to the
+ * created recursive mutex is returned.  If pxMutexBuffer was NULL then NULL is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ * StaticSemaphore_t xMutexBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ *  // A recursive semaphore cannot be used before it is created.  Here a
+ *  // recursive mutex is created using xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic().
+ *  // The address of xMutexBuffer is passed into the function, and will hold
+ *  // the mutexes data structures - so no dynamic memory allocation will be
+ *  // attempted.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( &xMutexBuffer );
+ *
+ *  // As no dynamic memory allocation was performed, xSemaphore cannot be NULL,
+ *  // so there is no need to check it.
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutexStatic( pxStaticSemaphore )    xQueueCreateMutexStatic( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX, pxStaticSemaphore )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
+ * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
+ * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
+ * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer can
+ * instead optionally provide the memory that will get used by the counting
+ * semaphore.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a counting
+ * semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
+ *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
+ *    initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
+ *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
+ *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
+ *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ *        created.
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore.  Null if the semaphore could not be
+ *         created.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ *  // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *  // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+ *  // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+ *
+ *  if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ *      // The semaphore can now be used.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount )    xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticSemaphore_t *pxSemaphoreBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new counting semaphore instance, and returns a handle by which the
+ * new counting semaphore can be referenced.
+ *
+ * In many usage scenarios it is faster and more memory efficient to use a
+ * direct to task notification in place of a counting semaphore!
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-task-notifications.html
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, counting semaphores use a
+ * block of memory, in which the counting semaphore structure is stored.  If a
+ * counting semaphore is created using xSemaphoreCreateCounting() then the
+ * required memory is automatically dynamically allocated inside the
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() function.  (see
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html).  If a counting semaphore is created
+ * using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() then the application writer must
+ * provide the memory.  xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic() therefore allows a
+ * counting semaphore to be created without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ *    an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ *    task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ *    (decrementing the semaphore count value).  The count value is therefore
+ *    the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ *    number that have been processed.  In this case it is desirable for the
+ *    initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ *    In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ *    available.  To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ *    semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value.  When the count value
+ *    reaches zero there are no free resources.  When a task finishes with the
+ *    resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ *    value.  In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ *    equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached.  When the
+ *        semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ *        created.
+ *
+ * @param pxSemaphoreBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticSemaphore_t,
+ * which will then be used to hold the semaphore's data structure, removing the
+ * need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the counting semaphore was successfully created then a handle to
+ * the created counting semaphore is returned.  If pxSemaphoreBuffer was NULL
+ * then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ * <pre>
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
+ * StaticSemaphore_t xSemaphoreBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ * {
+ * SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
+ *
+ *  // Counting semaphore cannot be used before they have been created.  Create
+ *  // a counting semaphore using xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic().  The max
+ *  // value to which the semaphore can count is 10, and the initial value
+ *  // assigned to the count will be 0.  The address of xSemaphoreBuffer is
+ *  // passed in and will be used to hold the semaphore structure, so no dynamic
+ *  // memory allocation will be used.
+ *  xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0, &xSemaphoreBuffer );
+ *
+ *  // No memory allocation was attempted so xSemaphore cannot be NULL, so there
+ *  // is no need to check its value.
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+    #define xSemaphoreCreateCountingStatic( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount, pxSemaphoreBuffer )    xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ), ( pxSemaphoreBuffer ) )
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ * void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Delete a semaphore.  This function must be used with care.  For example,
+ * do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore )                   vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr.h
+ * <pre>
+ * TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
+ * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
+ * by a task), return NULL.
+ *
+ * Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
+ * holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
+ * the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
+ * being tested.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore )           xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr.h
+ * <pre>
+ * TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
+ * If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
+ * by a task), return NULL.
+ *
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolderFromISR( xSemaphore )    xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+/**
+ * semphr.h
+ * <pre>
+ * UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreGetCount( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * If the semaphore is a counting semaphore then uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns
+ * its current count value.  If the semaphore is a binary semaphore then
+ * uxSemaphoreGetCount() returns 1 if the semaphore is available, and 0 if the
+ * semaphore is not available.
+ *
+ */
+#define uxSemaphoreGetCount( xSemaphore )                uxQueueMessagesWaiting( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
+
+#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */

+ 127 - 127
FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h

@@ -1,129 +1,129 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
-#define STACK_MACROS_H
-
-/*
- * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
- * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
- * past.
- *
- * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
- * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
- * the stack limit.  Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
- * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
- * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
- * overwritten.  Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
- * stack will always be recognised.
- */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
-
-/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
-    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                            \
-    {                                                                                                 \
-        /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */                            \
-        if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack )                                     \
-        {                                                                                             \
-            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
-        }                                                                                             \
-    }
-
-#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
-
-/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
-    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                            \
-    {                                                                                                 \
-                                                                                                      \
-        /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */                            \
-        if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack )                                \
-        {                                                                                             \
-            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
-        }                                                                                             \
-    }
-
-#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
-
-    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                            \
-    {                                                                                                 \
-        const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack;                       \
-        const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5;                                        \
-                                                                                                      \
-        if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||                                                      \
-            ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||                                                      \
-            ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||                                                      \
-            ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) )                                                       \
-        {                                                                                             \
-            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
-        }                                                                                             \
-    }
-
-#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
-
-    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                                                                \
-    {                                                                                                                                     \
-        int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack;                                                                  \
-        static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
-                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
-                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
-                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
-                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
-                                                                                                                                          \
-                                                                                                                                          \
-        pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes );                                                                                   \
-                                                                                                                                          \
-        /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */                                                                 \
-        if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 )                     \
-        {                                                                                                                                 \
-            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );                                     \
-        }                                                                                                                                 \
-    }
-
-#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
-#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
-    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
-#endif
-
-
-
-#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit.  Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten.  Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                            \
+    {                                                                                                 \
+        /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */                            \
+        if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack )                                     \
+        {                                                                                             \
+            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+        }                                                                                             \
+    }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                            \
+    {                                                                                                 \
+                                                                                                      \
+        /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */                            \
+        if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack )                                \
+        {                                                                                             \
+            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+        }                                                                                             \
+    }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                            \
+    {                                                                                                 \
+        const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack;                       \
+        const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5;                                        \
+                                                                                                      \
+        if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||                                                      \
+            ( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||                                                      \
+            ( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||                                                      \
+            ( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) )                                                       \
+        {                                                                                             \
+            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+        }                                                                                             \
+    }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()                                                                                                \
+    {                                                                                                                                     \
+        int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack;                                                                  \
+        static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
+                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
+                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
+                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,   \
+                                                        tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+                                                                                                                                          \
+                                                                                                                                          \
+        pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes );                                                                                   \
+                                                                                                                                          \
+        /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */                                                                 \
+        if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 )                     \
+        {                                                                                                                                 \
+            vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );                                     \
+        }                                                                                                                                 \
+    }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
+#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+    #define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+#endif
+
+
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

+ 867 - 867
FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h

@@ -1,869 +1,869 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
- * interrupt to another.  Their implementation is light weight, making them
- * particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
- * scenarios.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section section and set the
- * receive block time to 0.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
-#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
-
-#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
-    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h"
-#endif
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#if defined( __cplusplus )
-    extern "C" {
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-/**
- * Type by which stream buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
- * xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
- * then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
- * etc.
- */
-struct StreamBufferDef_t;
-typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
-
-
-/**
- * message_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
- * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
- * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
- *
- * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
- * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
- *
- * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
- * able to hold at any one time.
- *
- * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
- * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
- * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
- * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
- * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
- * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
- * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
- * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
- * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
- * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
- * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
- * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
- * that is greater than the buffer size.
- *
- * @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
- * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
- * the stream buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
- * returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
- * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
- * buffer.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- *
- * void vAFunction( void )
- * {
- * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
- * const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
- *
- *  // Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
- *  // both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
- *  // allocated dynamically.
- *  xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
- *
- *  if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
- *  {
- *      // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
- *      // stream buffer.
- *  }
- *  else
- *  {
- *      // The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes )    xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
- *                                              size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
- *                                              uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
- *                                              StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- * Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
- * xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
- *
- * configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
- * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
- *
- * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
- * pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
- *
- * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
- * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
- * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
- * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
- * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
- * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
- * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
- * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
- * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
- * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
- * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
- * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
- * that is greater than the buffer size.
- *
- * @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
- * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which streams are
- * copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
- *
- * @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
- * StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
- * structure.
- *
- * @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
- * created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
- * pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- *
- * // Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams.  The available space
- * // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
- #define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
- *
- * // Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
- * // buffer.
- * static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
- *
- * // The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
- * StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
- *
- * void MyFunction( void )
- * {
- * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
- * const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
- *
- *  xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
- *                                             xTriggerLevel,
- *                                             ucBufferStorage,
- *                                             &xStreamBufferStruct );
- *
- *  // As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
- *  // parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
- *  // reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
- *
- *  // Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
- * }
- *
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) \
-    xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
- *                        const void *pvTxData,
- *                        size_t xDataLengthBytes,
- *                        TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Sends bytes to a stream buffer.  The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
- * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
- * service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
- * being sent.
- *
- * @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
- * into the stream buffer.
- *
- * @param xDataLengthBytes   The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
- * into the stream buffer.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
- * Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
- * buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
- * another xDataLengthBytes bytes.  The block time is specified in tick periods,
- * so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
- * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
- * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
- * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
- * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If a task times out
- * before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
- * as many bytes as possible.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
- * the blocked state.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer.  If a task times
- * out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
- * write as many bytes as possible.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
- * {
- * size_t xBytesSent;
- * uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
- * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
- * const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
- *
- *  // Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
- *  // wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
- *  xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
- *
- *  if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
- *  {
- *      // The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
- *      // space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
- *      // successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
- *  }
- *
- *  // Send the string to the stream buffer.  Return immediately if there is not
- *  // enough space in the buffer.
- *  xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
- *
- *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
- *  {
- *      // The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
- *      // there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
- *      // were sent.  Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                          const void * pvTxData,
-                          size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-                          TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
- *                               const void *pvTxData,
- *                               size_t xDataLengthBytes,
- *                               BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
- * the stream buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
- * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
- * service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
- * being sent.
- *
- * @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
- * buffer.
- *
- * @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
- * into the stream buffer.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
- * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
- * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
- * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
- * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
- * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
- * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
- * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
- * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
- * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
- * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
- * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
- * is passed into the function.  See the example code below for an example.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
- * be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
- * space for all the bytes to be written.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * // A stream buffer that has already been created.
- * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
- *
- * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
- * {
- * size_t xBytesSent;
- * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
- *
- *  // Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
- *  xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
- *                                         ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
- *                                         strlen( pcStringToSend ),
- *                                         &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
- *  {
- *      // There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
- *      // string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
- *  }
- *
- *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
- *  // xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
- *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
- *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
- *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
- *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
- *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
- *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
- *  taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                 const void * pvTxData,
-                                 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
-                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
- *                           void *pvRxData,
- *                           size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
- *                           TickType_t xTicksToWait );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
- *
- * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
- * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
- * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
- * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
- * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
- * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
- * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
- * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
- * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
- * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
- * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
- * block time to 0.
- *
- * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task.  Use
- * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
- * interrupt service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
- * be received.
- *
- * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
- * copied.
- *
- * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
- * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
- * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
- * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
- *
- * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
- * Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
- * empty.  xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
- * zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
- * represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
- * be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
- * ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
- * indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
- * in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
- * Blocked state.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
- * be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
- * out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
- * {
- * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
- * size_t xReceivedBytes;
- * const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
- *
- *  // Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
- *  // Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
- *  // maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
- *  // available.
- *  xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
- *                                         ( void * ) ucRxData,
- *                                         sizeof( ucRxData ),
- *                                         xBlockTime );
- *
- *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
- *  {
- *      // A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
- *      // be processed here....
- *  }
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                             void * pvRxData,
-                             size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-                             TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
- *                                  void *pvRxData,
- *                                  size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
- *                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
- * stream buffer.
- *
- * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
- * Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
- * interrupt service routine (ISR).
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
- * is being received.
- *
- * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
- * copied.
- *
- * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
- * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
- * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
- * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
- * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
- * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
- * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
- * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
- * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
- * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
- * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
- * If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
- * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
- * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
- * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
- * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
- *
- * Example use:
- * <pre>
- * // A stream buffer that has already been created.
- * StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
- *
- * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
- * {
- * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
- * size_t xReceivedBytes;
- * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
- *
- *  // Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
- *  xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
- *                                                ( void * ) ucRxData,
- *                                                sizeof( ucRxData ),
- *                                                &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- *
- *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
- *  {
- *      // ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
- *      // Process the stream here....
- *  }
- *
- *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
- *  // xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
- *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
- *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
- *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
- *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
- *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
- *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
- *  taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * }
- * </pre>
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                    void * pvRxData,
-                                    size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
-                                    BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
- * xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic().  If the stream
- * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
- * then the allocated memory is freed.
- *
- * A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
- * deleted.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
- *
- * \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full.  A stream buffer is full if it
- * does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
- * pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty.  A stream buffer is empty if
- * it does not contain any data.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
- * pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state.  Any data that was in
- * the stream buffer is discarded.  A stream buffer can only be reset if there
- * are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
- * buffer.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
- *
- * @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned.  If there was
- * a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
- * stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
- * equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
- * is full.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
- * the stream buffer would be full.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
- * </pre>
- *
- * Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
- * the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
- * buffer would be empty.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
- *
- * @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
- * the stream buffer would be empty.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
- * </pre>
- *
- * A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
- * stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
- * wait for data is moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is
- * blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
- * then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
- * or the task's block time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked
- * on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
- * task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
- * or the task's block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires
- * before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
- * many bytes are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
- * in a trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger
- * level that is greater than the buffer size.
- *
- * A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
- * using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
- *
- * @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
- *
- * @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
- * then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
- * pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                         size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * For advanced users only.
- *
- * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
- * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
- * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
- * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
- * from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
- * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
- * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
- *
- * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
- * additional information.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
- * written.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
- * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
- * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
- * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
- * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
- * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
- * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
- *
- * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
- * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                              BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/**
- * stream_buffer.h
- *
- * <pre>
- * BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
- * </pre>
- *
- * For advanced users only.
- *
- * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
- * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
- * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
- * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
- * remove it from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
- * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
- * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
- * ANY OTHER TIME.
- *
- * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
- * additional information.
- *
- * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
- * read.
- *
- * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
- * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
- * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
- * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
- * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
- * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
- * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
- *
- * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
- * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
- *
- * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
- * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
- */
-BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                                 BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
-StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-                                                 size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-                                                 BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
-                                                       size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
-                                                       BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
-                                                       uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
-                                                       StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-    void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
-                                             UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-    uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-#if defined( __cplusplus )
-    }
-#endif
-/* *INDENT-ON* */
-
-#endif /* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one task or
+ * interrupt to another.  Their implementation is light weight, making them
+ * particularly suited for interrupt to task and core to core communication
+ * scenarios.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section section and set the
+ * receive block time to 0.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef STREAM_BUFFER_H
+#define STREAM_BUFFER_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+    #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include stream_buffer.h"
+#endif
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+/**
+ * Type by which stream buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() returns an StreamBufferHandle_t variable that can
+ * then be used as a parameter to xStreamBufferSend(), xStreamBufferReceive(),
+ * etc.
+ */
+struct StreamBufferDef_t;
+typedef struct StreamBufferDef_t * StreamBufferHandle_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new stream buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
+ * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
+ * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xStreamBufferCreate() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes the stream buffer will be
+ * able to hold at any one time.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
+ * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
+ * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
+ * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
+ * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
+ * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
+ * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
+ * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
+ * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
+ * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
+ * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
+ * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
+ * that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return If NULL is returned, then the stream buffer cannot be created
+ * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
+ * the stream buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
+ * returned indicates that the stream buffer has been created successfully -
+ * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * void vAFunction( void )
+ * {
+ * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+ * const size_t xStreamBufferSizeBytes = 100, xTriggerLevel = 10;
+ *
+ *  // Create a stream buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+ *  // both the stream buffer structure and the data in the stream buffer is
+ *  // allocated dynamically.
+ *  xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreate( xStreamBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevel );
+ *
+ *  if( xStreamBuffer == NULL )
+ *  {
+ *      // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+ *      // stream buffer.
+ *  }
+ *  else
+ *  {
+ *      // The stream buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreate xStreamBufferCreate
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xStreamBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes )    xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+ *                                              size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+ *                                              uint8_t *pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+ *                                              StaticStreamBuffer_t *pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ * Creates a new stream buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * xStreamBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pucStreamBufferStorageArea parameter.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevelBytes The number of bytes that must be in the stream
+ * buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to wait for data is
+ * moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is blocked on a read
+ * of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1 then the task will be
+ * unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer or the task's block
+ * time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked on a read of an empty
+ * stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the task will not be
+ * unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes or the task's
+ * block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires before the
+ * trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however many bytes
+ * are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result in a
+ * trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger level
+ * that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * @param pucStreamBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
+ * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which streams are
+ * copied when they are written to the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxStaticStreamBuffer Must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticStreamBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the stream buffer's data
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
+ * created stream buffer is returned. If either pucStreamBufferStorageArea or
+ * pxStaticstreamBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ *
+ * // Used to dimension the array used to hold the streams.  The available space
+ * // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+ #define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+ *
+ * // Defines the memory that will actually hold the streams within the stream
+ * // buffer.
+ * static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+ *
+ * // The variable used to hold the stream buffer structure.
+ * StaticStreamBuffer_t xStreamBufferStruct;
+ *
+ * void MyFunction( void )
+ * {
+ * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+ * const size_t xTriggerLevel = 1;
+ *
+ *  xStreamBuffer = xStreamBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+ *                                             xTriggerLevel,
+ *                                             ucBufferStorage,
+ *                                             &xStreamBufferStruct );
+ *
+ *  // As neither the pucStreamBufferStorageArea or pxStaticStreamBuffer
+ *  // parameters were NULL, xStreamBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+ *  // reference the created stream buffer in other stream buffer API calls.
+ *
+ *  // Other code that uses the stream buffer can go here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferCreateStatic xStreamBufferCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xStreamBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer ) \
+    xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, xTriggerLevelBytes, pdFALSE, pucStreamBufferStorageArea, pxStaticStreamBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+ *                        const void *pvTxData,
+ *                        size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+ *                        TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Sends bytes to a stream buffer.  The bytes are copied into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the buffer that holds the bytes to be copied
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes   The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the stream
+ * buffer, should the stream buffer contain too little space to hold the
+ * another xDataLengthBytes bytes.  The block time is specified in tick periods,
+ * so the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If a task times out
+ * before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still write
+ * as many bytes as possible.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in
+ * the blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the stream buffer.  If a task times
+ * out before it can write all xDataLengthBytes into the buffer it will still
+ * write as many bytes as possible.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * void vAFunction( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer )
+ * {
+ * size_t xBytesSent;
+ * uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+ * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+ * const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+ *
+ *  // Send an array to the stream buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+ *  // wait for enough space to be available in the stream buffer.
+ *  xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+ *
+ *  if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+ *  {
+ *      // The call to xStreamBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+ *      // space in the buffer for the data to be written, but it did
+ *      // successfully write xBytesSent bytes.
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // Send the string to the stream buffer.  Return immediately if there is not
+ *  // enough space in the buffer.
+ *  xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSend( xStreamBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+ *
+ *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+ *  {
+ *      // The entire string could not be added to the stream buffer because
+ *      // there was not enough free space in the buffer, but xBytesSent bytes
+ *      // were sent.  Could try again to send the remaining bytes.
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSend xStreamBufferSend
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                          const void * pvTxData,
+                          size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                          TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+ *                               const void *pvTxData,
+ *                               size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+ *                               BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a stream of bytes to
+ * the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferSend() to write to a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() to write to a stream buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which a stream is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the data that is to be copied into the stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The maximum number of bytes to copy from pvTxData
+ * into the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xStreamBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xStreamBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the example code below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the stream buffer, which will
+ * be less than xDataLengthBytes if the stream buffer didn't have enough free
+ * space for all the bytes to be written.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A stream buffer that has already been created.
+ * StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * size_t xBytesSent;
+ * char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+ *
+ *  // Attempt to send the string to the stream buffer.
+ *  xBytesSent = xStreamBufferSendFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
+ *                                         ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+ *                                         strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+ *                                         &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *  if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+ *  {
+ *      // There was not enough free space in the stream buffer for the entire
+ *      // string to be written, ut xBytesSent bytes were written.
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+ *  // xStreamBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+ *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+ *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+ *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+ *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+ *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+ *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+ *  taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendFromISR xStreamBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                 const void * pvTxData,
+                                 size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+ *                           void *pvRxData,
+ *                           size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+ *                           TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Receives bytes from a stream buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xStreamBufferReceive()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read from a stream buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a stream buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which bytes are to
+ * be received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes will be
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
+ * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
+ * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for data to become available if the stream buffer is
+ * empty.  xStreamBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is
+ * zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the absolute time it
+ * represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can
+ * be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into a time specified in
+ * ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause the task to wait
+ * indefinitely (without timing out), provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1
+ * in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  A task does not use any CPU time when it is in the
+ * Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually read from the stream buffer, which will
+ * be less than xBufferLengthBytes if the call to xStreamBufferReceive() timed
+ * out before xBufferLengthBytes were available.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * void vAFunction( StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer )
+ * {
+ * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+ * size_t xReceivedBytes;
+ * const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+ *
+ *  // Receive up to another sizeof( ucRxData ) bytes from the stream buffer.
+ *  // Wait in the Blocked state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a
+ *  // maximum of 100ms for the full sizeof( ucRxData ) number of bytes to be
+ *  // available.
+ *  xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceive( xStreamBuffer,
+ *                                         ( void * ) ucRxData,
+ *                                         sizeof( ucRxData ),
+ *                                         xBlockTime );
+ *
+ *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+ *  {
+ *      // A ucRxData contains another xRecievedBytes bytes of data, which can
+ *      // be processed here....
+ *  }
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceive xStreamBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                             void * pvRxData,
+                             size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                             TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+ *                                  void *pvRxData,
+ *                                  size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+ *                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives bytes from a
+ * stream buffer.
+ *
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceive() to read bytes from a stream buffer from a task.
+ * Use xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() to read bytes from a stream buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which a stream
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received bytes are
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pvRxData parameter.  This sets the maximum number of bytes to receive in one
+ * call.  xStreamBufferReceive will return as many bytes as possible up to a
+ * maximum set by xBufferLengthBytes.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a stream buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes read from the stream buffer, if any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+ * <pre>
+ * // A stream buffer that has already been created.
+ * StreamBuffer_t xStreamBuffer;
+ *
+ * void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+ * size_t xReceivedBytes;
+ * BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+ *
+ *  // Receive the next stream from the stream buffer.
+ *  xReceivedBytes = xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( xStreamBuffer,
+ *                                                ( void * ) ucRxData,
+ *                                                sizeof( ucRxData ),
+ *                                                &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ *  if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+ *  {
+ *      // ucRxData contains xReceivedBytes read from the stream buffer.
+ *      // Process the stream here....
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+ *  // xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+ *  // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+ *  // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+ *  // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+ *  // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+ *  // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+ *  // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+ *  taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * }
+ * </pre>
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                    void * pvRxData,
+                                    size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                    BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Deletes a stream buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xStreamBufferCreate() or xStreamBufferCreateStatic().  If the stream
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xStreamBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A stream buffer handle must not be used after the stream buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vStreamBufferDelete vStreamBufferDelete
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+void vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is full.  A stream buffer is full if it
+ * does not have any free space, and therefore cannot accept any more data.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is full then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsFull xStreamBufferIsFull
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see if it is empty.  A stream buffer is empty if
+ * it does not contain any data.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is empty then pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferIsEmpty xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Resets a stream buffer to its initial, empty, state.  Any data that was in
+ * the stream buffer is discarded.  A stream buffer can only be reset if there
+ * are no tasks blocked waiting to either send to or receive from the stream
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the stream buffer is reset then pdPASS is returned.  If there was
+ * a task blocked waiting to send to or read from the stream buffer then the
+ * stream buffer is not reset and pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReset xStreamBufferReset
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see how much free space it contains, which is
+ * equal to the amount of data that can be sent to the stream buffer before it
+ * is full.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the stream buffer before
+ * the stream buffer would be full.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Queries a stream buffer to see how much data it contains, which is equal to
+ * the number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before the stream
+ * buffer would be empty.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be read from the stream buffer before
+ * the stream buffer would be empty.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferBytesAvailable xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+size_t xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * A stream buffer's trigger level is the number of bytes that must be in the
+ * stream buffer before a task that is blocked on the stream buffer to
+ * wait for data is moved out of the blocked state.  For example, if a task is
+ * blocked on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 1
+ * then the task will be unblocked when a single byte is written to the buffer
+ * or the task's block time expires.  As another example, if a task is blocked
+ * on a read of an empty stream buffer that has a trigger level of 10 then the
+ * task will not be unblocked until the stream buffer contains at least 10 bytes
+ * or the task's block time expires.  If a reading task's block time expires
+ * before the trigger level is reached then the task will still receive however
+ * many bytes are actually available.  Setting a trigger level of 0 will result
+ * in a trigger level of 1 being used.  It is not valid to specify a trigger
+ * level that is greater than the buffer size.
+ *
+ * A trigger level is set when the stream buffer is created, and can be modified
+ * using xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel().
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xTriggerLevel The new trigger level for the stream buffer.
+ *
+ * @return If xTriggerLevel was less than or equal to the stream buffer's length
+ * then the trigger level will be updated and pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise
+ * pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                         size_t xTriggerLevel ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                              BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * stream_buffer.h
+ *
+ * <pre>
+ * BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+BaseType_t xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                                 BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* Functions below here are not part of the public API. */
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                 size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+                                                 BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                       size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
+                                                       BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
+                                                       uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
+                                                       StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+size_t xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+    void vStreamBufferSetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
+                                             UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    UBaseType_t uxStreamBufferGetStreamBufferNumber( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+    uint8_t ucStreamBufferGetStreamBufferType( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+    }
+#endif
+/* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+#endif /* !defined( STREAM_BUFFER_H ) */

+ 213 - 213
FreeRTOS/Source/list.c

@@ -1,215 +1,215 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
- * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
- * task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "list.h"
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
- * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
- * defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
- * generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------
-* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
-*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
-{
-    /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
-     * end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
-     * as the only list entry. */
-    pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-
-    /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
-     * ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
-    pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
-
-    /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
-     * when the list is empty. */
-    pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );     /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-    pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
-
-    pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-
-    /* Write known values into the list if
-     * configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-    listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
-    listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
-{
-    /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
-    pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
-
-    /* Write known values into the list item if
-     * configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
-    listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-    listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
-                     ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-{
-    ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
-
-    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-
-    /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
-     * makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
-     * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
-    pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
-    pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
-
-    /* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-
-    pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-    pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-
-    /* Remember which list the item is in. */
-    pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
-
-    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
-                  ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
-{
-    ListItem_t * pxIterator;
-    const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
-
-    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
-     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
-     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
-    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
-    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
-
-    /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
-     *
-     * If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
-     * new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
-     * stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
-     * share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
-     * the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
-     * first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
-    if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
-    {
-        pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
-        *  If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
-        *  listed below.  In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
-        *  more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
-        *  https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
-        *
-        *   1) Stack overflow -
-        *      see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
-        *   2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
-        *      parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
-        *      interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
-        *      https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
-        *      of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
-        *      https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
-        *   3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
-        *      the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
-        *      not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
-        *   4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
-        *      before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
-        *      before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
-        *   5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
-        *      the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
-        *      configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
-        **********************************************************************/
-
-        for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
-        {
-            /* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
-             * insertion position. */
-        }
-    }
-
-    pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
-    pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
-    pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
-    pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
-
-    /* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
-     * item later. */
-    pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
-
-    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
-{
-/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
- * item. */
-    List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
-
-    pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-    pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
-
-    /* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
-    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
-
-    /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
-    if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
-    {
-        pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-    }
-
-    pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
-    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
-
-    return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+ * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+ * task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+ * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
+ * defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
+ * generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
+{
+    /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+     * end of the list.  To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+     * as the only list entry. */
+    pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+    /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+     * ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+    pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+    /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+     * when the list is empty. */
+    pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );     /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+    pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+
+    pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+    /* Write known values into the list if
+     * configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+    listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
+    listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
+{
+    /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+    pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
+
+    /* Write known values into the list item if
+     * configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+    listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+    listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
+                     ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+    ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+    /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+     * makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+     * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
+    pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
+    pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
+
+    /* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+    pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+    pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+
+    /* Remember which list the item is in. */
+    pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
+                  ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
+{
+    ListItem_t * pxIterator;
+    const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+    /* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
+     * the list data structures being overwritten in memory.  They will not catch
+     * data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
+    listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
+    listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
+
+    /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
+     *
+     * If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
+     * new list item should be placed after it.  This ensures that TCBs which are
+     * stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
+     * share of the CPU.  However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
+     * the iteration loop below will not end.  Therefore the value is checked
+     * first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
+    if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+    {
+        pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+        *  If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
+        *  listed below.  In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
+        *  more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
+        *  https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
+        *
+        *   1) Stack overflow -
+        *      see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+        *   2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
+        *      parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+        *      interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive.  See
+        *      https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
+        *      of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
+        *      https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
+        *   3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+        *      the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
+        *      not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
+        *   4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+        *      before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+        *      before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+        *   5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
+        *      the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
+        *      configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
+        **********************************************************************/
+
+        for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
+        {
+            /* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
+             * insertion position. */
+        }
+    }
+
+    pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+    pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
+    pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+    pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
+
+    /* Remember which list the item is in.  This allows fast removal of the
+     * item later. */
+    pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
+
+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
+{
+/* The list item knows which list it is in.  Obtain the list from the list
+ * item. */
+    List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
+
+    pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+    pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+    /* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
+    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
+
+    /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+    if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+    {
+        pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+    }
+
+    pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
+    ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+
+    return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

+ 3072 - 3072
FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c

@@ -1,3074 +1,3074 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
- * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
- * task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-    #include "croutine.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
- * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
- * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
- * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-
-
-/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
-#define queueUNLOCKED             ( ( int8_t ) -1 )
-#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED    ( ( int8_t ) 0 )
-#define queueINT8_MAX             ( ( int8_t ) 127 )
-
-/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
- * pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
- * Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
- * not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
- * structure instead holds a pointer to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
- * names to the pcHead and structure member to ensure the readability of the code
- * is maintained.  The QueuePointers_t and SemaphoreData_t types are used to form
- * a union as their usage is mutually exclusive dependent on what the queue is
- * being used for. */
-#define uxQueueType               pcHead
-#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX       NULL
-
-typedef struct QueuePointers
-{
-    int8_t * pcTail;     /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
-    int8_t * pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
-} QueuePointers_t;
-
-typedef struct SemaphoreData
-{
-    TaskHandle_t xMutexHolder;        /*< The handle of the task that holds the mutex. */
-    UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount; /*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
-} SemaphoreData_t;
-
-/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
- * zero. */
-#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME          ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-
-#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-
-/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
- * performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
-    #define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
-#else
-    #define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()    portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
- * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
- * rationale: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
- */
-typedef struct QueueDefinition /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-{
-    int8_t * pcHead;           /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
-    int8_t * pcWriteTo;        /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
-
-    union
-    {
-        QueuePointers_t xQueue;     /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a queue. */
-        SemaphoreData_t xSemaphore; /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a semaphore. */
-    } u;
-
-    List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;             /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
-    List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;          /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
-
-    volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting; /*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
-    UBaseType_t uxLength;                   /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
-    UBaseType_t uxItemSize;                 /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
-
-    volatile int8_t cRxLock;                /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
-    volatile int8_t cTxLock;                /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
-
-    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-        uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-        struct QueueDefinition * pxQueueSetContainer;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
-        uint8_t ucQueueType;
-    #endif
-} xQUEUE;
-
-/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
- * name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
- * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
- */
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
- * to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
- * more user friendly. */
-    typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
-    {
-        const char * pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-        QueueHandle_t xHandle;
-    } xQueueRegistryItem;
-
-/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
- * new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
- * debuggers. */
-    typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
-
-/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
- * The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
- * array position being vacant. */
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-
-/*
- * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
- * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
- * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
- * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
- * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
- * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
- */
-static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t * pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
- *
- * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
- */
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t * pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
- * back of the queue.
- */
-static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
-                                      const void * pvItemToQueue,
-                                      const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Copies an item out of a queue.
- */
-static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
-                                  void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-/*
- * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
- * the queue set that the queue contains data.
- */
-    static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-                                   const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-                                   uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
-                                   const uint8_t ucQueueType,
-                                   Queue_t * pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
- * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
- * as a mutex.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-    static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t * pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-/*
- * If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
- * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
- * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
- * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  This function returns
- * that priority.
- */
-    static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
- * accessing the queue event lists.
- */
-#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )                            \
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();                                  \
-    {                                                      \
-        if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )        \
-        {                                                  \
-            ( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
-        }                                                  \
-        if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )        \
-        {                                                  \
-            ( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
-        }                                                  \
-    }                                                      \
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                               BaseType_t xNewQueue )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-    if( ( pxQueue != NULL ) &&
-        ( pxQueue->uxLength >= 1U ) &&
-        /* Check for multiplication overflow. */
-        ( ( SIZE_MAX / pxQueue->uxLength ) >= pxQueue->uxItemSize ) )
-    {
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-
-        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
-        pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-        pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
-        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
-        pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-        pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-
-        if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
-             * the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
-             * will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
-             * the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
-             * it will be possible to write to it. */
-            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
-            vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
-            vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        xReturn = pdFAIL;
-    }
-
-    configASSERT( xReturn != pdFAIL );
-
-    /* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
-     * versions. */
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-                                             const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-                                             uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
-                                             StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
-                                             const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-    {
-        Queue_t * pxNewQueue = NULL;
-
-        /* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
-         * supplied. */
-        configASSERT( pxStaticQueue );
-
-        if( ( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) &&
-            ( pxStaticQueue != NULL ) &&
-            /* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
-             * should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
-            ( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) ) &&
-            ( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) ) )
-        {
-
-            #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-                     * variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
-                     * the real queue and semaphore structures. */
-                    volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
-
-                    /* This assertion cannot be branch covered in unit tests */
-                    configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) ); /* LCOV_EXCL_BR_LINE */
-                    ( void ) xSize;                             /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
-                }
-            #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-            /* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
-             * The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
-             * but is already set. */
-            pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-
-            #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
-                     * note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
-                     * later deleted. */
-                    pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
-                }
-            #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-            prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return pxNewQueue;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-                                       const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-                                       const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-    {
-        Queue_t * pxNewQueue = NULL;
-        size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
-        uint8_t * pucQueueStorage;
-
-        if( ( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) &&
-            /* Check for multiplication overflow. */
-            ( ( SIZE_MAX / uxQueueLength ) >= uxItemSize ) &&
-            /* Check for addition overflow. */
-            ( ( SIZE_MAX - sizeof( Queue_t ) ) >= ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) ) )
-        {
-            /* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
-             * can be in the queue at any time.  It is valid for uxItemSize to be
-             * zero in the case the queue is used as a semaphore. */
-            xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-            /* Allocate the queue and storage area.  Justification for MISRA
-             * deviation as follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory
-             * blocks are aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
-             * pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
-             * alignment requirements of the Queue_t structure - which in this case
-             * is an int8_t *.  Therefore, whenever the stack alignment requirements
-             * are greater than or equal to the pointer to char requirements the cast
-             * is safe.  In other cases alignment requirements are not strict (one or
-             * two bytes). */
-            pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
-
-            if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-            {
-                /* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
-                 * storage area. */
-                pucQueueStorage = ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
-                pucQueueStorage += sizeof( Queue_t ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
-
-                #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
-                         * note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
-                         * deleted. */
-                        pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
-                    }
-                #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-                prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return pxNewQueue;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
-                                   const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
-                                   uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
-                                   const uint8_t ucQueueType,
-                                   Queue_t * pxNewQueue )
-{
-    /* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
-     * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
-    ( void ) ucQueueType;
-
-    if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        /* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
-         * be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
-         * a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
-         * value that is known to be within the memory map. */
-        pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
-        pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
-     * defined. */
-    pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
-    pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
-    ( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
-        }
-    #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-
-    #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
-        }
-    #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-    traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t * pxNewQueue )
-    {
-        if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
-        {
-            /* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
-            * correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
-            * mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
-            * in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
-            pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
-            pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
-
-            /* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
-            pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
-
-            traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
-
-            /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
-            ( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
-    {
-        QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
-        const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-
-        xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
-        prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
-
-        return xNewQueue;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
-                                           StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue )
-    {
-        QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
-        const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
-
-        /* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
-         * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
-        ( void ) ucQueueType;
-
-        xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
-        prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
-
-        return xNewQueue;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-
-    TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-    {
-        TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore;
-
-        configASSERT( xSemaphore );
-
-        /* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
-         * be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
-         * calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
-         * identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
-         * following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( pxSemaphore->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-            {
-                pxReturn = pxSemaphore->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                pxReturn = NULL;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return pxReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
-
-    TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
-    {
-        TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( xSemaphore );
-
-        /* Mutexes cannot be used in interrupt service routines, so the mutex
-         * holder should not change in an ISR, and therefore a critical section is
-         * not required here. */
-        if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-        {
-            pxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pxReturn = NULL;
-        }
-
-        return pxReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-
-        configASSERT( pxMutex );
-
-        /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then xMutexHolder will not
-         * change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
-         * pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
-         * this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
-         * pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
-         * mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
-        if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
-        {
-            traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
-
-            /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if xMutexHolder is equal to
-             * the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
-             * uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
-             * there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
-             * uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
-            ( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
-
-            /* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
-            if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
-                 * task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
-                ( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
-             * holder. */
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-            traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
-                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
-
-        configASSERT( pxMutex );
-
-        /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
-         * xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
-
-        traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
-
-        if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
-        {
-            ( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
-
-            /* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
-             * obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
-             * before reaching here. */
-            if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
-            {
-                ( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
-            }
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-                                                       const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
-                                                       StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue )
-    {
-        QueueHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
-
-        if( ( uxMaxCount != 0 ) &&
-            ( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount ) )
-        {
-            xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-
-            if( xHandle != NULL )
-            {
-                ( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
-
-                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            configASSERT( xHandle );
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xHandle;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
-                                                 const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
-    {
-        QueueHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
-
-        if( ( uxMaxCount != 0 ) &&
-            ( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount ) )
-        {
-            xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
-
-            if( xHandle != NULL )
-            {
-                ( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
-
-                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            configASSERT( xHandle );
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xHandle;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                              const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-                              TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                              const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-{
-    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
-    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-    configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-    configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
-    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-        {
-            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
-     * allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
-     * interest of execution time efficiency. */
-    for( ; ; )
-    {
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
-             * highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
-             * in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
-             * queue is full. */
-            if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
-            {
-                traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
-
-                #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-                    {
-                        const UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-                        xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-                        if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-                        {
-                            if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
-                            {
-                                /* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
-                                 * was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
-                                 * in the queue has not changed. */
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                            else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
-                                 * to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
-                                 * unblock. A context switch is required. */
-                                queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
-                             * queue then unblock it now. */
-                            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                                {
-                                    /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
-                                     * our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
-                                     * do this from within the critical section - the
-                                     * kernel takes care of that. */
-                                    queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* This path is a special case that will only get
-                                 * executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
-                                 * and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
-                                 * different to that in which they were taken. */
-                                queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-                    {
-                        xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-                        /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
-                         * queue then unblock it now. */
-                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
-                                 * our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
-                                 * this from within the critical section - the kernel
-                                 * takes care of that. */
-                                queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            /* This path is a special case that will only get
-                             * executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
-                             * the mutexes were given back in an order that is
-                             * different to that in which they were taken. */
-                            queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                return pdPASS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
-                     * the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-                    /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
-                     * the function. */
-                    traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                    return errQUEUE_FULL;
-                }
-                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
-                     * configure the timeout structure. */
-                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Entry time was already set. */
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-         * now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
-                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
-
-                /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
-                 * event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now
-                 * remove this task from the event list again - but as the
-                 * scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
-                 * ready list instead of the actual ready list. */
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-                /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
-                 * ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
-                 * task is already in the ready list before it yields - in which
-                 * case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
-                 * is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
-                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Try again. */
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The timeout has expired. */
-            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-            traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
-            return errQUEUE_FULL;
-        }
-    } /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                     const void * const pvItemToQueue,
-                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-                                     const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-    configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-    configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
-
-    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-    /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
-     * in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
-     * read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
-     * not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
-     * post). */
-    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-    {
-        if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
-        {
-            const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-            const UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-            /* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
-             *  semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
-             *  in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
-             *  called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
-             *  the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
-            ( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
-
-            /* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
-             * be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
-            if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-            {
-                #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-                    {
-                        if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-                        {
-                            if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
-                            {
-                                /* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
-                                 * was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
-                                 * in the queue has not changed. */
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                            else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
-                                 * to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
-                                 * unblock.  A context switch is required. */
-                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                                {
-                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                                {
-                                    /* The task waiting has a higher priority so
-                                     *  record that a context switch is required. */
-                                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                                    {
-                                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                                    }
-                                    else
-                                    {
-                                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                    }
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-                    {
-                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-                                 * context switch is required. */
-                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                                {
-                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-
-                        /* Not used in this path. */
-                        ( void ) uxPreviousMessagesWaiting;
-                    }
-                #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-                 * knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
-                configASSERT( cTxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
-
-                pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-            }
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-            xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-        }
-    }
-    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                              BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    /* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
-     * item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
-     * read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
-     * not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
-     * post). */
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-    /* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
-     * if the item size is not 0. */
-    configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
-
-    /* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
-     * there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
-     * interrupts, only tasks. */
-    configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
-
-    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-    {
-        const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-        /* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
-         * moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
-         * space'. */
-        if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-        {
-            const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-            /* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
-             * holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
-             * given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
-             * can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
-             * priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
-             * messages (semaphores) available. */
-            pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-            /* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
-             * be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
-            if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-            {
-                #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-                    {
-                        if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-                        {
-                            if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
-                                 * posting to the queue set caused a higher priority
-                                 * task to unblock.  A context switch is required. */
-                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                                {
-                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                                {
-                                    /* The task waiting has a higher priority so
-                                     *  record that a context switch is required. */
-                                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                                    {
-                                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                                    }
-                                    else
-                                    {
-                                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                    }
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-                    {
-                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-                                 * context switch is required. */
-                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                                {
-                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                                }
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-                 * knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
-                configASSERT( cTxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
-
-                pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-            }
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-            xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-        }
-    }
-    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                          void * const pvBuffer,
-                          TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    /* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
-    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-
-    /* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
-     * is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer). */
-    configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-        {
-            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
-     * allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
-     * interest of execution time efficiency. */
-    for( ; ; )
-    {
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-            /* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-             * must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-            if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* Data available, remove one item. */
-                prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-                pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-                /* There is now space in the queue, were any tasks waiting to
-                 * post to the queue?  If so, unblock the highest priority waiting
-                 * task. */
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                return pdPASS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
-                     * the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                    traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                    return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-                }
-                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
-                     * configure the timeout structure. */
-                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Entry time was already set. */
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-         * now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* The timeout has not expired.  If the queue is still empty place
-             * the task on the list of tasks waiting to receive from the queue. */
-            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* The queue contains data again.  Loop back to try and read the
-                 * data. */
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* Timed out.  If there is no data in the queue exit, otherwise loop
-             * back and attempt to read the data. */
-            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    } /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-        BaseType_t xInheritanceOccurred = pdFALSE;
-    #endif
-
-    /* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
-    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-
-    /* Check this really is a semaphore, in which case the item size will be
-     * 0. */
-    configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
-
-    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-        {
-            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
-     * statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
-     * of execution time efficiency. */
-    for( ; ; )
-    {
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* Semaphores are queues with an item size of 0, and where the
-             * number of messages in the queue is the semaphore's count value. */
-            const UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreCount = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-            /* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-             * must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-            if( uxSemaphoreCount > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-
-                /* Semaphores are queues with a data size of zero and where the
-                 * messages waiting is the semaphore's count.  Reduce the count. */
-                pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxSemaphoreCount - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-                    {
-                        if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-                        {
-                            /* Record the information required to implement
-                             * priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
-                            pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount();
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-                /* Check to see if other tasks are blocked waiting to give the
-                 * semaphore, and if so, unblock the highest priority such task. */
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                return pdPASS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* For inheritance to have occurred there must have been an
-                     * initial timeout, and an adjusted timeout cannot become 0, as
-                     * if it were 0 the function would have exited. */
-                    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-                        {
-                            configASSERT( xInheritanceOccurred == pdFALSE );
-                        }
-                    #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-                    /* The semaphore count was 0 and no block time is specified
-                     * (or the block time has expired) so exit now. */
-                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                    traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                    return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-                }
-                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* The semaphore count was 0 and a block time was specified
-                     * so configure the timeout structure ready to block. */
-                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Entry time was already set. */
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        /* Interrupts and other tasks can give to and take from the semaphore
-         * now the critical section has been exited. */
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* A block time is specified and not expired.  If the semaphore
-             * count is 0 then enter the Blocked state to wait for a semaphore to
-             * become available.  As semaphores are implemented with queues the
-             * queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
-            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
-
-                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-                    {
-                        if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-                        {
-                            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-                            {
-                                xInheritanceOccurred = xTaskPriorityInherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
-                            }
-                            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) */
-
-                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* There was no timeout and the semaphore count was not 0, so
-                 * attempt to take the semaphore again. */
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* Timed out. */
-            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-            /* If the semaphore count is 0 exit now as the timeout has
-             * expired.  Otherwise return to attempt to take the semaphore that is
-             * known to be available.  As semaphores are implemented by queues the
-             * queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
-            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* xInheritanceOccurred could only have be set if
-                         * pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX so no need to
-                         * test the mutex type again to check it is actually a mutex. */
-                        if( xInheritanceOccurred != pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-                            {
-                                UBaseType_t uxHighestWaitingPriority;
-
-                                /* This task blocking on the mutex caused another
-                                 * task to inherit this task's priority.  Now this task
-                                 * has timed out the priority should be disinherited
-                                 * again, but only as low as the next highest priority
-                                 * task that is waiting for the same mutex. */
-                                uxHighestWaitingPriority = prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( pxQueue );
-                                vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder, uxHighestWaitingPriority );
-                            }
-                            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    } /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                       void * const pvBuffer,
-                       TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
-    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
-    int8_t * pcOriginalReadPosition;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    /* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
-    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
-
-    /* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
-     * is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
-    configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
-    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-        {
-            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
-     * allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
-     * interest of execution time efficiency. */
-    for( ; ; )
-    {
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-            /* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
-             * must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
-            if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* Remember the read position so it can be reset after the data
-                 * is read from the queue as this function is only peeking the
-                 * data, not removing it. */
-                pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
-
-                prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-                traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
-
-                /* The data is not being removed, so reset the read pointer. */
-                pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
-
-                /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
-                 * any other tasks waiting for the data. */
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
-                        queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                return pdPASS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
-                     * the block time has expired) so leave now. */
-                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-                    traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                    return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-                }
-                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
-                     * configure the timeout structure ready to enter the blocked
-                     * state. */
-                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
-                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Entry time was already set. */
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
-         * now that the critical section has been exited. */
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
-        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* Timeout has not expired yet, check to see if there is data in the
-            * queue now, and if not enter the Blocked state to wait for data. */
-            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
-                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* There is data in the queue now, so don't enter the blocked
-                 * state, instead return to try and obtain the data. */
-                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* The timeout has expired.  If there is still no data in the queue
-             * exit, otherwise go back and try to read the data again. */
-            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
-                return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    } /*lint -restore */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                 void * const pvBuffer,
-                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-    configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-
-    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-    {
-        const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-        /* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
-        if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
-
-            traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-            prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-            pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-            /* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
-             * Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-             * will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
-             * locked. */
-            if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-            {
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
-                         * force a context switch. */
-                        if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                        {
-                            *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
-                 * knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
-                configASSERT( cRxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
-
-                pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
-            }
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-        }
-    }
-    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                              void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-    int8_t * pcOriginalReadPosition;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-    configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
-    configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
-
-    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-    {
-        /* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
-        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
-
-            /* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
-             * actually being removed from the queue. */
-            pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
-            prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
-            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
-        }
-    }
-    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-    UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-    configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-    UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-    UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-    uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-    return uxReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-    traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
-
-    #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-        {
-            vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
-        {
-            /* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
-             * again. */
-            vPortFree( pxQueue );
-        }
-    #elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-        {
-            /* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
-             * check before attempting to free the memory. */
-            if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-            {
-                vPortFree( pxQueue );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    #else /* if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) */
-        {
-            /* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
-             * deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
-            ( void ) pxQueue;
-        }
-    #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-    {
-        return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                               UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
-    {
-        ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-    {
-        return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
-    {
-        UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
-
-        /* If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
-         * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
-         * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
-         * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  For this purpose,
-         * return the priority of the highest priority task that is waiting for the
-         * mutex. */
-        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) > 0U )
-        {
-            uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
-        }
-
-        return uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
-                                      const void * pvItemToQueue,
-                                      const BaseType_t xPosition )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-    UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-    /* This function is called from a critical section. */
-
-    uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
-
-    if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-            {
-                if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
-                {
-                    /* The mutex is no longer being held. */
-                    xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
-                    pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-    }
-    else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
-    {
-        ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
-        pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize;                                                       /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
-
-        if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )                                             /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
-        {
-            pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e9087 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes.  Assert checks null pointer only used when length is 0. */
-        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-
-        if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
-        {
-            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
-        {
-            if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
-                 * one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
-                 * one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
-                 * correct. */
-                --uxMessagesWaiting;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-    pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
-                                  void * const pvBuffer )
-{
-    if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;           /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
-
-        if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
-        {
-            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
-{
-    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
-
-    /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
-     * removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
-     * locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
-     * updated. */
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
-
-        /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
-        while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
-        {
-            /* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
-             * blocked waiting for data to become available? */
-            #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-                {
-                    if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-                    {
-                        if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
-                             * the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
-                             * A context switch is required. */
-                            vTaskMissedYield();
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
-                         * added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
-                         * suspended. */
-                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
-                                 * context switch is required. */
-                                vTaskMissedYield();
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            break;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-                {
-                    /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
-                     * the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
-                    if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
-                             * a context switch is required. */
-                            vTaskMissedYield();
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-            #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-
-            --cTxLock;
-        }
-
-        pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
-
-        while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
-        {
-            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    vTaskMissedYield();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                --cRxLock;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t * pxQueue )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFALSE;
-        }
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-    if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-    }
-
-    return xReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t * pxQueue )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
-        {
-            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFALSE;
-        }
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-    configASSERT( pxQueue );
-
-    if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
-    {
-        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-    }
-
-    return xReturn;
-} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                             const void * pvItemToQueue,
-                             TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-        /* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
-         * is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
-         * between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
-        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-        {
-            if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
-                 * posting? */
-                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
-                     * return indicating that we need to block. */
-                    vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
-                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-                    return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-                    return errQUEUE_FULL;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-        {
-            if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-            {
-                /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
-                prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-                /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
-                     * into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
-                     * Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
-                     * the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
-                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
-                         * that a yield might be appropriate. */
-                        xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
-            }
-        }
-        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                void * pvBuffer,
-                                TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-        /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
-         * is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
-         * between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
-        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-        {
-            if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
-                 * leave with nothing? */
-                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
-                     * indicating that we need to block. */
-                    vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
-                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-                    return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-                    return errQUEUE_FULL;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-        {
-            if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* Data is available from the queue. */
-                pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-
-                if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
-                {
-                    pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
-                ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-                /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
-                     * into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
-                     * Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
-                     * the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
-                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            }
-        }
-        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                    const void * pvItemToQueue,
-                                    BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
-    {
-        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-        /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
-         * exit without doing anything. */
-        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
-        {
-            prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-
-            /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
-             * co-routine has not already been woken. */
-            if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        return pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                       void * pvBuffer,
-                                       BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-        /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
-         * not then just leave without doing anything. */
-        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            /* Copy the data from the queue. */
-            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
-
-            if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
-            {
-                pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
-            ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
-
-            if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-    void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                              const char * pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-    {
-        UBaseType_t ux;
-
-        configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-        QueueRegistryItem_t * pxEntryToWrite = NULL;
-
-        if( pcQueueName != NULL )
-        {
-            /* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
-             * a free slot. */
-            for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-            {
-                /* Replace an existing entry if the queue is already in the registry. */
-                if( xQueue == xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle )
-                {
-                    pxEntryToWrite = &( xQueueRegistry[ ux ] );
-                    break;
-                }
-                /* Otherwise, store in the next empty location */
-                else if( ( pxEntryToWrite == NULL ) && ( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL ) )
-                {
-                    pxEntryToWrite = &( xQueueRegistry[ ux ] );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        if( pxEntryToWrite != NULL )
-        {
-            /* Store the information on this queue. */
-            pxEntryToWrite->pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
-            pxEntryToWrite->xHandle = xQueue;
-
-            traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-    const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-    {
-        UBaseType_t ux;
-        const char * pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-        configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-        /* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
-         * removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
-
-        for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-        {
-            if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
-            {
-                pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
-                break;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-
-        return pcReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 xQueue cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-
-    void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
-    {
-        UBaseType_t ux;
-
-        configASSERT( xQueue );
-
-        /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
-         * registry. */
-        for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
-        {
-            if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
-            {
-                /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
-                xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
-
-                /* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
-                 * appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
-                 * added again. */
-                xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
-                break;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    } /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-    void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
-                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                                         const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
-    {
-        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
-
-        /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
-         * 'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
-         * designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
-         * It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
-         * possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
-         * so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
-         * section. */
-
-        /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
-         *  will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
-         *  list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
-         *  time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
-         *  the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
-         *  calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
-        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
-
-        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-        {
-            /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
-            vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
-    {
-        QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
-
-        pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
-
-        return pxQueue;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-                               QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
-            {
-                /* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
-                xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            }
-            else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
-                 * items in the queue/semaphore. */
-                xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
-                                    QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
-
-        if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
-        {
-            /* The queue was not a member of the set. */
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-        }
-        else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            /* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
-             * not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
-             * the queue. */
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-            {
-                /* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
-                pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
-            }
-            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-    QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
-                                                TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-
-        ( void ) xQueueReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-    QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
-    {
-        QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
-
-        ( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
-
-    static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
-    {
-        Queue_t * pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-        /* This function must be called form a critical section. */
-
-        /* The following line is not reachable in unit tests because every call
-         * to prvNotifyQueueSetContainer is preceded by a check that
-         * pxQueueSetContainer != NULL */
-        configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer ); /* LCOV_EXCL_BR_LINE */
-        configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
-
-        if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
-        {
-            const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
-
-            traceQUEUE_SET_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
-
-            /* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
-            xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
-
-            if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
-            {
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        /* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
-                        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                configASSERT( cTxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
-
-                pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+ * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+ * task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+    #include "croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+ * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+ * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+ * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED             ( ( int8_t ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED    ( ( int8_t ) 0 )
+#define queueINT8_MAX             ( ( int8_t ) 127 )
+
+/* When the Queue_t structure is used to represent a base queue its pcHead and
+ * pcTail members are used as pointers into the queue storage area.  When the
+ * Queue_t structure is used to represent a mutex pcHead and pcTail pointers are
+ * not necessary, and the pcHead pointer is set to NULL to indicate that the
+ * structure instead holds a pointer to the mutex holder (if any).  Map alternative
+ * names to the pcHead and structure member to ensure the readability of the code
+ * is maintained.  The QueuePointers_t and SemaphoreData_t types are used to form
+ * a union as their usage is mutually exclusive dependent on what the queue is
+ * being used for. */
+#define uxQueueType               pcHead
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX       NULL
+
+typedef struct QueuePointers
+{
+    int8_t * pcTail;     /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area.  Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+    int8_t * pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from when the structure is used as a queue. */
+} QueuePointers_t;
+
+typedef struct SemaphoreData
+{
+    TaskHandle_t xMutexHolder;        /*< The handle of the task that holds the mutex. */
+    UBaseType_t uxRecursiveCallCount; /*< Maintains a count of the number of times a recursive mutex has been recursively 'taken' when the structure is used as a mutex. */
+} SemaphoreData_t;
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an item size of
+ * zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH    ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME          ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+
+#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+
+/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+ * performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+    #define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+    #define queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()    portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.  See the following link for the
+ * rationale: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Embedded-RTOS-Queues.html
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+    int8_t * pcHead;           /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+    int8_t * pcWriteTo;        /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+
+    union
+    {
+        QueuePointers_t xQueue;     /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a queue. */
+        SemaphoreData_t xSemaphore; /*< Data required exclusively when this structure is used as a semaphore. */
+    } u;
+
+    List_t xTasksWaitingToSend;             /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+    List_t xTasksWaitingToReceive;          /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue.  Stored in priority order. */
+
+    volatile UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting; /*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+    UBaseType_t uxLength;                   /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+    UBaseType_t uxItemSize;                 /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+    volatile int8_t cRxLock;                /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+    volatile int8_t cTxLock;                /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked.  Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+        uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the memory used by the queue was statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+        struct QueueDefinition * pxQueueSetContainer;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber;
+        uint8_t ucQueueType;
+    #endif
+} xQUEUE;
+
+/* The old xQUEUE name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Queue_t
+ * name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef xQUEUE Queue_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures.  It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+/* The type stored within the queue registry array.  This allows a name
+ * to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+ * more user friendly. */
+    typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+    {
+        const char * pcQueueName; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+        QueueHandle_t xHandle;
+    } xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+/* The old xQueueRegistryItem name is maintained above then typedefed to the
+ * new xQueueRegistryItem name below to enable the use of older kernel aware
+ * debuggers. */
+    typedef xQueueRegistryItem QueueRegistryItem_t;
+
+/* The queue registry is simply an array of QueueRegistryItem_t structures.
+ * The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+ * array position being vacant. */
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA QueueRegistryItem_t xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue.  Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists.  If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking.  When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t * pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t * pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
+                                      const void * pvItemToQueue,
+                                      const BaseType_t xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
+                                  void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+/*
+ * Checks to see if a queue is a member of a queue set, and if so, notifies
+ * the queue set that the queue contains data.
+ */
+    static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Queue_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+                                   const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+                                   uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
+                                   const uint8_t ucQueueType,
+                                   Queue_t * pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Mutexes are a special type of queue.  When a mutex is created, first the
+ * queue is created, then prvInitialiseMutex() is called to configure the queue
+ * as a mutex.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+    static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t * pxNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+/*
+ * If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+ * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+ * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+ * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  This function returns
+ * that priority.
+ */
+    static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked.  Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue )                            \
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();                                  \
+    {                                                      \
+        if( ( pxQueue )->cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )        \
+        {                                                  \
+            ( pxQueue )->cRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+        }                                                  \
+        if( ( pxQueue )->cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )        \
+        {                                                  \
+            ( pxQueue )->cTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+        }                                                  \
+    }                                                      \
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                               BaseType_t xNewQueue )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+    if( ( pxQueue != NULL ) &&
+        ( pxQueue->uxLength >= 1U ) &&
+        /* Check for multiplication overflow. */
+        ( ( SIZE_MAX / pxQueue->uxLength ) >= pxQueue->uxItemSize ) )
+    {
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+
+        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail = pxQueue->pcHead + ( pxQueue->uxLength * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+        pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+        pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead + ( ( pxQueue->uxLength - 1U ) * pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+        pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+        pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+        if( xNewQueue == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* If there are tasks blocked waiting to read from the queue, then
+             * the tasks will remain blocked as after this function exits the queue
+             * will still be empty.  If there are tasks blocked waiting to write to
+             * the queue, then one should be unblocked as after this function exits
+             * it will be possible to write to it. */
+            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Ensure the event queues start in the correct state. */
+            vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+            vListInitialise( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xReturn = pdFAIL;
+    }
+
+    configASSERT( xReturn != pdFAIL );
+
+    /* A value is returned for calling semantic consistency with previous
+     * versions. */
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+                                             const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+                                             uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
+                                             StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
+                                             const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+    {
+        Queue_t * pxNewQueue = NULL;
+
+        /* The StaticQueue_t structure and the queue storage area must be
+         * supplied. */
+        configASSERT( pxStaticQueue );
+
+        if( ( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) &&
+            ( pxStaticQueue != NULL ) &&
+            /* A queue storage area should be provided if the item size is not 0, and
+             * should not be provided if the item size is 0. */
+            ( !( ( pucQueueStorage != NULL ) && ( uxItemSize == 0 ) ) ) &&
+            ( !( ( pucQueueStorage == NULL ) && ( uxItemSize != 0 ) ) ) )
+        {
+
+            #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+                     * variable of type StaticQueue_t or StaticSemaphore_t equals the size of
+                     * the real queue and semaphore structures. */
+                    volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticQueue_t );
+
+                    /* This assertion cannot be branch covered in unit tests */
+                    configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Queue_t ) ); /* LCOV_EXCL_BR_LINE */
+                    ( void ) xSize;                             /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+                }
+            #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+            /* The address of a statically allocated queue was passed in, use it.
+             * The address of a statically allocated storage area was also passed in
+             * but is already set. */
+            pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pxStaticQueue; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+
+            #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Queues can be allocated wither statically or dynamically, so
+                     * note this queue was allocated statically in case the queue is
+                     * later deleted. */
+                    pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+                }
+            #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+            prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return pxNewQueue;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+    QueueHandle_t xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+                                       const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+                                       const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+    {
+        Queue_t * pxNewQueue = NULL;
+        size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+        uint8_t * pucQueueStorage;
+
+        if( ( uxQueueLength > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) &&
+            /* Check for multiplication overflow. */
+            ( ( SIZE_MAX / uxQueueLength ) >= uxItemSize ) &&
+            /* Check for addition overflow. */
+            ( ( SIZE_MAX - sizeof( Queue_t ) ) >= ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) ) )
+        {
+            /* Allocate enough space to hold the maximum number of items that
+             * can be in the queue at any time.  It is valid for uxItemSize to be
+             * zero in the case the queue is used as a semaphore. */
+            xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+            /* Allocate the queue and storage area.  Justification for MISRA
+             * deviation as follows:  pvPortMalloc() always ensures returned memory
+             * blocks are aligned per the requirements of the MCU stack.  In this case
+             * pvPortMalloc() must return a pointer that is guaranteed to meet the
+             * alignment requirements of the Queue_t structure - which in this case
+             * is an int8_t *.  Therefore, whenever the stack alignment requirements
+             * are greater than or equal to the pointer to char requirements the cast
+             * is safe.  In other cases alignment requirements are not strict (one or
+             * two bytes). */
+            pxNewQueue = ( Queue_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Queue_t ) + xQueueSizeInBytes ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 see comment above. */
+
+            if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+            {
+                /* Jump past the queue structure to find the location of the queue
+                 * storage area. */
+                pucQueueStorage = ( uint8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+                pucQueueStorage += sizeof( Queue_t ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic allowed on char types, especially when it assists conveying intent. */
+
+                #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* Queues can be created either statically or dynamically, so
+                         * note this task was created dynamically in case it is later
+                         * deleted. */
+                        pxNewQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+                    }
+                #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+                prvInitialiseNewQueue( uxQueueLength, uxItemSize, pucQueueStorage, ucQueueType, pxNewQueue );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType );
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return pxNewQueue;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewQueue( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
+                                   const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
+                                   uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
+                                   const uint8_t ucQueueType,
+                                   Queue_t * pxNewQueue )
+{
+    /* Remove compiler warnings about unused parameters should
+     * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY not be set to 1. */
+    ( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+    if( uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        /* No RAM was allocated for the queue storage area, but PC head cannot
+         * be set to NULL because NULL is used as a key to say the queue is used as
+         * a mutex.  Therefore just set pcHead to point to the queue as a benign
+         * value that is known to be within the memory map. */
+        pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pxNewQueue;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Set the head to the start of the queue storage area. */
+        pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( int8_t * ) pucQueueStorage;
+    }
+
+    /* Initialise the queue members as described where the queue type is
+     * defined. */
+    pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+    pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+    ( void ) xQueueGenericReset( pxNewQueue, pdTRUE );
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewQueue->ucQueueType = ucQueueType;
+        }
+    #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+    #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewQueue->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+        }
+    #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+    traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    static void prvInitialiseMutex( Queue_t * pxNewQueue )
+    {
+        if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+        {
+            /* The queue create function will set all the queue structure members
+            * correctly for a generic queue, but this function is creating a
+            * mutex.  Overwrite those members that need to be set differently -
+            * in particular the information required for priority inheritance. */
+            pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+            pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+            /* In case this is a recursive mutex. */
+            pxNewQueue->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount = 0;
+
+            traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+
+            /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+            ( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( TickType_t ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType )
+    {
+        QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+        const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+        xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, ucQueueType );
+        prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+        return xNewQueue;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
+                                           StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue )
+    {
+        QueueHandle_t xNewQueue;
+        const UBaseType_t uxMutexLength = ( UBaseType_t ) 1, uxMutexSize = ( UBaseType_t ) 0;
+
+        /* Prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters if
+         * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY does not equal 1. */
+        ( void ) ucQueueType;
+
+        xNewQueue = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMutexLength, uxMutexSize, NULL, pxStaticQueue, ucQueueType );
+        prvInitialiseMutex( ( Queue_t * ) xNewQueue );
+
+        return xNewQueue;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+    TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+    {
+        TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore;
+
+        configASSERT( xSemaphore );
+
+        /* This function is called by xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder(), and should not
+         * be called directly.  Note:  This is a good way of determining if the
+         * calling task is the mutex holder, but not a good way of determining the
+         * identity of the mutex holder, as the holder may change between the
+         * following critical section exiting and the function returning. */
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( pxSemaphore->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+            {
+                pxReturn = pxSemaphore->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pxReturn = NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return pxReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
+
+    TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore )
+    {
+        TaskHandle_t pxReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( xSemaphore );
+
+        /* Mutexes cannot be used in interrupt service routines, so the mutex
+         * holder should not change in an ISR, and therefore a critical section is
+         * not required here. */
+        if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+        {
+            pxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xSemaphore )->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pxReturn = NULL;
+        }
+
+        return pxReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 xSemaphore cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+        configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+        /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then xMutexHolder will not
+         * change outside of this task.  If this task does not hold the mutex then
+         * pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+         * this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+         * pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task.  Therefore no
+         * mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+        if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+        {
+            traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+            /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if xMutexHolder is equal to
+             * the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required.  Also,
+             * uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+             * there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+             * uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+            ( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+            /* Has the recursive call count unwound to 0? */
+            if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* Return the mutex.  This will automatically unblock any other
+                 * task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+                ( void ) xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The mutex cannot be given because the calling task is not the
+             * holder. */
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+            traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
+                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxMutex = ( Queue_t * ) xMutex;
+
+        configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+        /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+         * xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+        traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+        if( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+        {
+            ( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = xQueueSemaphoreTake( pxMutex, xTicksToWait );
+
+            /* pdPASS will only be returned if the mutex was successfully
+             * obtained.  The calling task may have entered the Blocked state
+             * before reaching here. */
+            if( xReturn != pdFAIL )
+            {
+                ( pxMutex->u.xSemaphore.uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+            }
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
+                                                       const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
+                                                       StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue )
+    {
+        QueueHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
+
+        if( ( uxMaxCount != 0 ) &&
+            ( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount ) )
+        {
+            xHandle = xQueueGenericCreateStatic( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, NULL, pxStaticQueue, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+            if( xHandle != NULL )
+            {
+                ( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            configASSERT( xHandle );
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xHandle;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
+                                                 const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )
+    {
+        QueueHandle_t xHandle = NULL;
+
+        if( ( uxMaxCount != 0 ) &&
+            ( uxInitialCount <= uxMaxCount ) )
+        {
+            xHandle = xQueueGenericCreate( uxMaxCount, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE );
+
+            if( xHandle != NULL )
+            {
+                ( ( Queue_t * ) xHandle )->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            configASSERT( xHandle );
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xHandle;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                              const void * const pvItemToQueue,
+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                              const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE, xYieldRequired;
+    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+    configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+    configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+        {
+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+     * allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+     * interest of execution time efficiency. */
+    for( ; ; )
+    {
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* Is there room on the queue now?  The running task must be the
+             * highest priority task wanting to access the queue.  If the head item
+             * in the queue is to be overwritten then it does not matter if the
+             * queue is full. */
+            if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+            {
+                traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+
+                #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+                    {
+                        const UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+                        xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+                        if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+                        {
+                            if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+                            {
+                                /* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
+                                 * was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
+                                 * in the queue has not changed. */
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                            else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+                                 * to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+                                 * unblock. A context switch is required. */
+                                queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+                             * queue then unblock it now. */
+                            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                                {
+                                    /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+                                     * our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to
+                                     * do this from within the critical section - the
+                                     * kernel takes care of that. */
+                                    queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* This path is a special case that will only get
+                                 * executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes
+                                 * and the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+                                 * different to that in which they were taken. */
+                                queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+                    {
+                        xYieldRequired = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+                        /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+                         * queue then unblock it now. */
+                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+                                 * our own so yield immediately.  Yes it is ok to do
+                                 * this from within the critical section - the kernel
+                                 * takes care of that. */
+                                queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            /* This path is a special case that will only get
+                             * executed if the task was holding multiple mutexes and
+                             * the mutexes were given back in an order that is
+                             * different to that in which they were taken. */
+                            queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                return pdPASS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+                     * the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+                    /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+                     * the function. */
+                    traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                    return errQUEUE_FULL;
+                }
+                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+                     * configure the timeout structure. */
+                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Entry time was already set. */
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+         * now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+                /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+                 * event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+                 * remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+                 * scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+                 * ready list instead of the actual ready list. */
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+                /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+                 * ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+                 * task is already in the ready list before it yields - in which
+                 * case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+                 * is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Try again. */
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The timeout has expired. */
+            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+            traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+            return errQUEUE_FULL;
+        }
+    } /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                     const void * const pvItemToQueue,
+                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+                                     const BaseType_t xCopyPosition )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+    configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+    configASSERT( !( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( pxQueue->uxLength != 1 ) ) );
+
+    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+    /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except without blocking if there is no room
+     * in the queue.  Also don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+     * read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+     * not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+     * post). */
+    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+    {
+        if( ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength ) || ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) )
+        {
+            const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+            const UBaseType_t uxPreviousMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+            /* Semaphores use xQueueGiveFromISR(), so pxQueue will not be a
+             *  semaphore or mutex.  That means prvCopyDataToQueue() cannot result
+             *  in a task disinheriting a priority and prvCopyDataToQueue() can be
+             *  called here even though the disinherit function does not check if
+             *  the scheduler is suspended before accessing the ready lists. */
+            ( void ) prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+            /* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+             * be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+            if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+            {
+                #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+                    {
+                        if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+                        {
+                            if( ( xCopyPosition == queueOVERWRITE ) && ( uxPreviousMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+                            {
+                                /* Do not notify the queue set as an existing item
+                                 * was overwritten in the queue so the number of items
+                                 * in the queue has not changed. */
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                            else if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting
+                                 * to the queue set caused a higher priority task to
+                                 * unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                                {
+                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                                {
+                                    /* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+                                     *  record that a context switch is required. */
+                                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                                    {
+                                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                                    }
+                                    else
+                                    {
+                                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                    }
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+                    {
+                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+                                 * context switch is required. */
+                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                                {
+                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+
+                        /* Not used in this path. */
+                        ( void ) uxPreviousMessagesWaiting;
+                    }
+                #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+                 * knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+                configASSERT( cTxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
+
+                pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+            }
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+            xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+        }
+    }
+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                              BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    /* Similar to xQueueGenericSendFromISR() but used with semaphores where the
+     * item size is 0.  Don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a queue
+     * read, instead return a flag to say whether a context switch is required or
+     * not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken by this
+     * post). */
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+    /* xQueueGenericSendFromISR() should be used instead of xQueueGiveFromISR()
+     * if the item size is not 0. */
+    configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+    /* Normally a mutex would not be given from an interrupt, especially if
+     * there is a mutex holder, as priority inheritance makes no sense for an
+     * interrupts, only tasks. */
+    configASSERT( !( ( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX ) && ( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder != NULL ) ) );
+
+    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+    {
+        const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+        /* When the queue is used to implement a semaphore no data is ever
+         * moved through the queue but it is still valid to see if the queue 'has
+         * space'. */
+        if( uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+        {
+            const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+            /* A task can only have an inherited priority if it is a mutex
+             * holder - and if there is a mutex holder then the mutex cannot be
+             * given from an ISR.  As this is the ISR version of the function it
+             * can be assumed there is no mutex holder and no need to determine if
+             * priority disinheritance is needed.  Simply increase the count of
+             * messages (semaphores) available. */
+            pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+            /* The event list is not altered if the queue is locked.  This will
+             * be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+            if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+            {
+                #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+                    {
+                        if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+                        {
+                            if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The semaphore is a member of a queue set, and
+                                 * posting to the queue set caused a higher priority
+                                 * task to unblock.  A context switch is required. */
+                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                                {
+                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                                {
+                                    /* The task waiting has a higher priority so
+                                     *  record that a context switch is required. */
+                                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                                    {
+                                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                                    }
+                                    else
+                                    {
+                                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                    }
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+                #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+                    {
+                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+                                 * context switch is required. */
+                                if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                                {
+                                    *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+                 * knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+                configASSERT( cTxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
+
+                pxQueue->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+            }
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+            xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+        }
+    }
+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                          void * const pvBuffer,
+                          TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    /* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+    /* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+     * is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer). */
+    configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+        {
+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+     * allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+     * interest of execution time efficiency. */
+    for( ; ; )
+    {
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+            /* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+             * must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+            if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* Data available, remove one item. */
+                prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+                pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+                /* There is now space in the queue, were any tasks waiting to
+                 * post to the queue?  If so, unblock the highest priority waiting
+                 * task. */
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                return pdPASS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+                     * the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                    traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                    return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+                }
+                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+                     * configure the timeout structure. */
+                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Entry time was already set. */
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+         * now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* The timeout has not expired.  If the queue is still empty place
+             * the task on the list of tasks waiting to receive from the queue. */
+            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* The queue contains data again.  Loop back to try and read the
+                 * data. */
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Timed out.  If there is no data in the queue exit, otherwise loop
+             * back and attempt to read the data. */
+            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    } /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+        BaseType_t xInheritanceOccurred = pdFALSE;
+    #endif
+
+    /* Check the queue pointer is not NULL. */
+    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+    /* Check this really is a semaphore, in which case the item size will be
+     * 0. */
+    configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize == 0 );
+
+    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+        {
+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /*lint -save -e904 This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+     * statements within the function itself.  This is done in the interest
+     * of execution time efficiency. */
+    for( ; ; )
+    {
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* Semaphores are queues with an item size of 0, and where the
+             * number of messages in the queue is the semaphore's count value. */
+            const UBaseType_t uxSemaphoreCount = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+            /* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+             * must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+            if( uxSemaphoreCount > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+                /* Semaphores are queues with a data size of zero and where the
+                 * messages waiting is the semaphore's count.  Reduce the count. */
+                pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxSemaphoreCount - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+                    {
+                        if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+                        {
+                            /* Record the information required to implement
+                             * priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+                            pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount();
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+                /* Check to see if other tasks are blocked waiting to give the
+                 * semaphore, and if so, unblock the highest priority such task. */
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                return pdPASS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* For inheritance to have occurred there must have been an
+                     * initial timeout, and an adjusted timeout cannot become 0, as
+                     * if it were 0 the function would have exited. */
+                    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+                        {
+                            configASSERT( xInheritanceOccurred == pdFALSE );
+                        }
+                    #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+                    /* The semaphore count was 0 and no block time is specified
+                     * (or the block time has expired) so exit now. */
+                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                    traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                    return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+                }
+                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* The semaphore count was 0 and a block time was specified
+                     * so configure the timeout structure ready to block. */
+                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Entry time was already set. */
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        /* Interrupts and other tasks can give to and take from the semaphore
+         * now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* A block time is specified and not expired.  If the semaphore
+             * count is 0 then enter the Blocked state to wait for a semaphore to
+             * become available.  As semaphores are implemented with queues the
+             * queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+                    {
+                        if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+                        {
+                            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+                            {
+                                xInheritanceOccurred = xTaskPriorityInherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+                            }
+                            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) */
+
+                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* There was no timeout and the semaphore count was not 0, so
+                 * attempt to take the semaphore again. */
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Timed out. */
+            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+            /* If the semaphore count is 0 exit now as the timeout has
+             * expired.  Otherwise return to attempt to take the semaphore that is
+             * known to be available.  As semaphores are implemented by queues the
+             * queue being empty is equivalent to the semaphore count being 0. */
+            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* xInheritanceOccurred could only have be set if
+                         * pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX so no need to
+                         * test the mutex type again to check it is actually a mutex. */
+                        if( xInheritanceOccurred != pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+                            {
+                                UBaseType_t uxHighestWaitingPriority;
+
+                                /* This task blocking on the mutex caused another
+                                 * task to inherit this task's priority.  Now this task
+                                 * has timed out the priority should be disinherited
+                                 * again, but only as low as the next highest priority
+                                 * task that is waiting for the same mutex. */
+                                uxHighestWaitingPriority = prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( pxQueue );
+                                vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder, uxHighestWaitingPriority );
+                            }
+                            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+                traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    } /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                       void * const pvBuffer,
+                       TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    BaseType_t xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+    TimeOut_t xTimeOut;
+    int8_t * pcOriginalReadPosition;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    /* Check the pointer is not NULL. */
+    configASSERT( ( pxQueue ) );
+
+    /* The buffer into which data is received can only be NULL if the data size
+     * is zero (so no data is copied into the buffer. */
+    configASSERT( !( ( ( pvBuffer ) == NULL ) && ( ( pxQueue )->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+    /* Cannot block if the scheduler is suspended. */
+    #if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+        {
+            configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /*lint -save -e904  This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to
+     * allow return statements within the function itself.  This is done in the
+     * interest of execution time efficiency. */
+    for( ; ; )
+    {
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+            /* Is there data in the queue now?  To be running the calling task
+             * must be the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+            if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* Remember the read position so it can be reset after the data
+                 * is read from the queue as this function is only peeking the
+                 * data, not removing it. */
+                pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+
+                prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+                traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+                /* The data is not being removed, so reset the read pointer. */
+                pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+                /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+                 * any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+                        queueYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                return pdPASS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+                     * the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+                    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+                    traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                    return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+                }
+                else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+                     * configure the timeout structure ready to enter the blocked
+                     * state. */
+                    vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+                    xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Entry time was already set. */
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+         * now that the critical section has been exited. */
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+        /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+        if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* Timeout has not expired yet, check to see if there is data in the
+            * queue now, and if not enter the Blocked state to wait for data. */
+            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+                vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+                if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* There is data in the queue now, so don't enter the blocked
+                 * state, instead return to try and obtain the data. */
+                prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* The timeout has expired.  If there is still no data in the queue
+             * exit, otherwise go back and try to read the data again. */
+            prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+            if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceQUEUE_PEEK_FAILED( pxQueue );
+                return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    } /*lint -restore */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                 void * const pvBuffer,
+                                 BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+    configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+
+    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+    {
+        const UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+        /* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+        if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            const int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+            traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+            prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+            pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting - ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+            /* If the queue is locked the event list will not be modified.
+             * Instead update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+             * will know that an ISR has removed data while the queue was
+             * locked. */
+            if( cRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+            {
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+                         * force a context switch. */
+                        if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                        {
+                            *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+                 * knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+                configASSERT( cRxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
+
+                pxQueue->cRxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cRxLock + 1 );
+            }
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+        }
+    }
+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                              void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+    int8_t * pcOriginalReadPosition;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+    configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0U ) ) );
+    configASSERT( pxQueue->uxItemSize != 0 ); /* Can't peek a semaphore. */
+
+    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+     * system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+    {
+        /* Cannot block in an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+            /* Remember the read position so it can be reset as nothing is
+             * actually being removed from the queue. */
+            pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom;
+            prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+        }
+    }
+    portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+    UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+    configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        uxReturn = ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxMessagesWaiting;
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+    UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        uxReturn = pxQueue->uxLength - pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+    UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+    uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+    return uxReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 Pointer cannot be declared const as xQueue is a typedef not pointer. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+    traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+
+    #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+        {
+            vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+        {
+            /* The queue can only have been allocated dynamically - free it
+             * again. */
+            vPortFree( pxQueue );
+        }
+    #elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+        {
+            /* The queue could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+             * check before attempting to free the memory. */
+            if( pxQueue->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+            {
+                vPortFree( pxQueue );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    #else /* if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) ) */
+        {
+            /* The queue must have been statically allocated, so is not going to be
+             * deleted.  Avoid compiler warnings about the unused parameter. */
+            ( void ) pxQueue;
+        }
+    #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+    {
+        return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                               UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber )
+    {
+        ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->uxQueueNumber = uxQueueNumber;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+    {
+        return ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueue )->ucQueueType;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    static UBaseType_t prvGetDisinheritPriorityAfterTimeout( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+    {
+        UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+
+        /* If a task waiting for a mutex causes the mutex holder to inherit a
+         * priority, but the waiting task times out, then the holder should
+         * disinherit the priority - but only down to the highest priority of any
+         * other tasks that are waiting for the same mutex.  For this purpose,
+         * return the priority of the highest priority task that is waiting for the
+         * mutex. */
+        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) > 0U )
+        {
+            uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+        }
+
+        return uxHighestPriorityOfWaitingTasks;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvCopyDataToQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
+                                      const void * pvItemToQueue,
+                                      const BaseType_t xPosition )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+    UBaseType_t uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+    /* This function is called from a critical section. */
+
+    uxMessagesWaiting = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+    if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+            {
+                if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+                {
+                    /* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+                    xReturn = xTaskPriorityDisinherit( pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder );
+                    pxQueue->u.xSemaphore.xMutexHolder = NULL;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+    }
+    else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+    {
+        ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports, plus previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() if the copy size is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+        pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize;                                                       /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+
+        if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )                                             /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+        {
+            pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e9087 !e418 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes.  Assert checks null pointer only used when length is 0. */
+        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+
+        if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as comparison of pointers is the cleanest solution. */
+        {
+            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        if( xPosition == queueOVERWRITE )
+        {
+            if( uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* An item is not being added but overwritten, so subtract
+                 * one from the recorded number of items in the queue so when
+                 * one is added again below the number of recorded items remains
+                 * correct. */
+                --uxMessagesWaiting;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+    pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = uxMessagesWaiting + ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue,
+                                  void * const pvBuffer )
+{
+    if( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;           /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic on char types ok, especially in this use case where it is the clearest way of conveying intent. */
+
+        if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail ) /*lint !e946 MISRA exception justified as use of the relational operator is the cleanest solutions. */
+        {
+            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( size_t ) pxQueue->uxItemSize ); /*lint !e961 !e418 !e9087 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports.  Also previous logic ensures a null pointer can only be passed to memcpy() when the count is 0.  Cast to void required by function signature and safe as no alignment requirement and copy length specified in bytes. */
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+{
+    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+    /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+     * removed from the queue while the queue was locked.  When a queue is
+     * locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+     * updated. */
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        int8_t cTxLock = pxQueue->cTxLock;
+
+        /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+        while( cTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+        {
+            /* Data was posted while the queue was locked.  Are any tasks
+             * blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+            #if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+                {
+                    if( pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+                    {
+                        if( prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            /* The queue is a member of a queue set, and posting to
+                             * the queue set caused a higher priority task to unblock.
+                             * A context switch is required. */
+                            vTaskMissedYield();
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get
+                         * added to the pending ready list as the scheduler is still
+                         * suspended. */
+                        if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+                                 * context switch is required. */
+                                vTaskMissedYield();
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            #else /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+                {
+                    /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+                     * the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+                    if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that
+                             * a context switch is required. */
+                            vTaskMissedYield();
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            #endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+
+            --cTxLock;
+        }
+
+        pxQueue->cTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        int8_t cRxLock = pxQueue->cRxLock;
+
+        while( cRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+        {
+            if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    vTaskMissedYield();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                --cRxLock;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        pxQueue->cRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueEmpty( const Queue_t * pxQueue )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+    if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
+    }
+
+    return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvIsQueueFull( const Queue_t * pxQueue )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+        {
+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+    Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+    configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+    if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength )
+    {
+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
+    }
+
+    return xReturn;
+} /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                             const void * pvItemToQueue,
+                             TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+        /* If the queue is already full we may have to block.  A critical section
+         * is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+         * between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+        {
+            if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+                 * posting? */
+                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+                     * return indicating that we need to block. */
+                    vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+                    return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+                    return errQUEUE_FULL;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+        {
+            if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+            {
+                /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+                prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+                /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+                     * into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+                     * Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+                     * the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+                         * that a yield might be appropriate. */
+                        xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+            }
+        }
+        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                void * pvBuffer,
+                                TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+        /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block.  A critical section
+         * is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+         * between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+        {
+            if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+                 * leave with nothing? */
+                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+                     * indicating that we need to block. */
+                    vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+                    return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+                    return errQUEUE_FULL;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+        {
+            if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* Data is available from the queue. */
+                pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+
+                if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+                {
+                    pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+                ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+                /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+                     * into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+                     * Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+                     * the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            }
+        }
+        portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                    const void * pvItemToQueue,
+                                    BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+    {
+        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+        /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+         * exit without doing anything. */
+        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+        {
+            prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+            /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+             * co-routine has not already been woken. */
+            if( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        return pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                       void * pvBuffer,
+                                       BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+        /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+         * not then just leave without doing anything. */
+        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            /* Copy the data from the queue. */
+            pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+
+            if( pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcTail )
+            {
+                pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+            ( void ) memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->u.xQueue.pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+            if( ( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+    void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                              const char * pcQueueName ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+    {
+        UBaseType_t ux;
+
+        configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+        QueueRegistryItem_t * pxEntryToWrite = NULL;
+
+        if( pcQueueName != NULL )
+        {
+            /* See if there is an empty space in the registry.  A NULL name denotes
+             * a free slot. */
+            for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+            {
+                /* Replace an existing entry if the queue is already in the registry. */
+                if( xQueue == xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle )
+                {
+                    pxEntryToWrite = &( xQueueRegistry[ ux ] );
+                    break;
+                }
+                /* Otherwise, store in the next empty location */
+                else if( ( pxEntryToWrite == NULL ) && ( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL ) )
+                {
+                    pxEntryToWrite = &( xQueueRegistry[ ux ] );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if( pxEntryToWrite != NULL )
+        {
+            /* Store the information on this queue. */
+            pxEntryToWrite->pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+            pxEntryToWrite->xHandle = xQueue;
+
+            traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD( xQueue, pcQueueName );
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+    const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+    {
+        UBaseType_t ux;
+        const char * pcReturn = NULL; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+        configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+        /* Note there is nothing here to protect against another task adding or
+         * removing entries from the registry while it is being searched. */
+
+        for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+        {
+            if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+            {
+                pcReturn = xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName;
+                break;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+
+        return pcReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 xQueue cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+
+    void vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue )
+    {
+        UBaseType_t ux;
+
+        configASSERT( xQueue );
+
+        /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+         * registry. */
+        for( ux = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; ux < ( UBaseType_t ) configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+        {
+            if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+            {
+                /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+                xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+
+                /* Set the handle to NULL to ensure the same queue handle cannot
+                 * appear in the registry twice if it is added, removed, then
+                 * added again. */
+                xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = ( QueueHandle_t ) 0;
+                break;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    } /*lint !e818 xQueue could not be pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+    void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
+                                         TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                                         const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+    {
+        Queue_t * const pxQueue = xQueue;
+
+        /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+         * 'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+         * designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+         * It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+         * possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+         * so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+         * section. */
+
+        /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue.  This function
+         *  will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+         *  list.  It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+         *  time a yield will be performed.  If an item is added to the queue while
+         *  the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+         *  calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+        prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+        if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+        {
+            /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+            vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength )
+    {
+        QueueSetHandle_t pxQueue;
+
+        pxQueue = xQueueGenericCreate( uxEventQueueLength, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( Queue_t * ), queueQUEUE_TYPE_SET );
+
+        return pxQueue;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
+                               QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer != NULL )
+            {
+                /* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to more than one queue set. */
+                xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            }
+            else if( ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* Cannot add a queue/semaphore to a queue set if there are already
+                 * items in the queue/semaphore. */
+                xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ( ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore )->pxQueueSetContainer = xQueueSet;
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
+                                    QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Queue_t * const pxQueueOrSemaphore = ( Queue_t * ) xQueueOrSemaphore;
+
+        if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer != xQueueSet )
+        {
+            /* The queue was not a member of the set. */
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+        }
+        else if( pxQueueOrSemaphore->uxMessagesWaiting != ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            /* It is dangerous to remove a queue from a set when the queue is
+             * not empty because the queue set will still hold pending events for
+             * the queue. */
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+            {
+                /* The queue is no longer contained in the set. */
+                pxQueueOrSemaphore->pxQueueSetContainer = NULL;
+            }
+            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 xQueueSet could not be declared as pointing to const as it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+    QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
+                                                TickType_t const xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+        ( void ) xQueueReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, xTicksToWait ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+    QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet )
+    {
+        QueueSetMemberHandle_t xReturn = NULL;
+
+        ( void ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) xQueueSet, &xReturn, NULL ); /*lint !e961 Casting from one typedef to another is not redundant. */
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
+
+    static BaseType_t prvNotifyQueueSetContainer( const Queue_t * const pxQueue )
+    {
+        Queue_t * pxQueueSetContainer = pxQueue->pxQueueSetContainer;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+        /* This function must be called form a critical section. */
+
+        /* The following line is not reachable in unit tests because every call
+         * to prvNotifyQueueSetContainer is preceded by a check that
+         * pxQueueSetContainer != NULL */
+        configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer ); /* LCOV_EXCL_BR_LINE */
+        configASSERT( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength );
+
+        if( pxQueueSetContainer->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueueSetContainer->uxLength )
+        {
+            const int8_t cTxLock = pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock;
+
+            traceQUEUE_SET_SEND( pxQueueSetContainer );
+
+            /* The data copied is the handle of the queue that contains data. */
+            xReturn = prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueueSetContainer, &pxQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+            if( cTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+            {
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueueSetContainer->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        /* The task waiting has a higher priority. */
+                        xReturn = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                configASSERT( cTxLock != queueINT8_MAX );
+
+                pxQueueSetContainer->cTxLock = ( int8_t ) ( cTxLock + 1 );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_QUEUE_SETS */

+ 5404 - 5404
FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c

@@ -1,5406 +1,5406 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
- * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
- * task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-/* FreeRTOS includes. */
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-#include "stack_macros.h"
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
- * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
- * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
- * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
-
-/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
- * functions but without including stdio.h here. */
-#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
-
-/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
- * to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
- * uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
- * for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
-    #include <stdio.h>
-#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
-
-#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-
-/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
- * performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
-    #define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
-#else
-    #define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()    portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
-#endif
-
-/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
-#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION              ( ( uint8_t ) 0 ) /* Must be zero as it is the initialised value. */
-#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION                  ( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED                 ( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-
-/*
- * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
- * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
- */
-#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE                        ( 0xa5U )
-
-/* Bits used to record how a task's stack and TCB were allocated. */
-#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB    ( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY        ( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
-#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB     ( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
-
-/* If any of the following are set then task stacks are filled with a known
- * value so the high water mark can be determined.  If none of the following are
- * set then don't fill the stack so there is no unnecessary dependency on memset. */
-#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
-    #define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE    1
-#else
-    #define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE    0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
- */
-#define tskRUNNING_CHAR      ( 'X' )
-#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR      ( 'B' )
-#define tskREADY_CHAR        ( 'R' )
-#define tskDELETED_CHAR      ( 'D' )
-#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR    ( 'S' )
-
-/*
- * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to to
- * be global, rather than file scope.
- */
-#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
-    #define static
-#endif
-
-/* The name allocated to the Idle task.  This can be overridden by defining
- * configIDLE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_NAME
-    #define configIDLE_TASK_NAME    "IDLE"
-#endif
-
-#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
-
-/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
- * performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
- * microcontroller architecture. */
-
-/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
- * state task. */
-    #define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority ) \
-    {                                               \
-        if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )   \
-        {                                           \
-            uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );    \
-        }                                           \
-    } /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()                                \
-    {                                                                         \
-        UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;                       \
-                                                                              \
-        /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */      \
-        while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) ) \
-        {                                                                     \
-            configASSERT( uxTopPriority );                                    \
-            --uxTopPriority;                                                  \
-        }                                                                     \
-                                                                              \
-        /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of \
-         * the  same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */                    \
-        listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ); \
-        uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;                                                   \
-    } /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
- * they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
- * being used. */
-    #define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
-    #define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
-
-#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
- * performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
- * architecture being used. */
-
-/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
-    #define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )    portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()                                                  \
-    {                                                                                           \
-        UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;                                                              \
-                                                                                                \
-        /* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */                         \
-        portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );                          \
-        configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 ); \
-        listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );   \
-    } /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
- * is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
- * or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
-    #define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )                                                     \
-    {                                                                                                  \
-        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) \
-        {                                                                                              \
-            portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );                        \
-        }                                                                                              \
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
- * count overflows. */
-#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()                                                \
-    {                                                                             \
-        List_t * pxTemp;                                                          \
-                                                                                  \
-        /* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */ \
-        configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );               \
-                                                                                  \
-        pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;                                               \
-        pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;                            \
-        pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;                                       \
-        xNumOfOverflows++;                                                        \
-        prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();                                            \
-    }
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
- * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
- */
-#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )                                                                 \
-    traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );                                                           \
-    taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );                                                \
-    listINSERT_END( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
-    tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Several functions take a TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
- * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
- * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
- * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
- */
-#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle )    ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? pxCurrentTCB : ( pxHandle ) )
-
-/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
- * of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
- * priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
- * is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
- * being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
- * the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
- * responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
- * to its original value when it is released. */
-#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
-    #define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE    0x8000U
-#else
-    #define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE    0x80000000UL
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
- * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
- * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
- */
-typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock       /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-{
-    volatile StackType_t * pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
-
-    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-        xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
-    #endif
-
-    ListItem_t xStateListItem;                  /*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
-    ListItem_t xEventListItem;                  /*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
-    UBaseType_t uxPriority;                     /*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
-    StackType_t * pxStack;                      /*< Points to the start of the stack. */
-    char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ]; /*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-
-    #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
-        StackType_t * pxEndOfStack; /*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting; /*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxTCBNumber;  /*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
-        UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber; /*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-        UBaseType_t uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
-        UBaseType_t uxMutexesHeld;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-        TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
-        void * pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-        uint32_t ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-        /* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
-         * Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
-         * used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
-         * responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
-         * newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
-         * stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
-         * implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
-         *
-         * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
-         * for additional information. */
-        struct  _reent xNewLib_reent;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-        volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-        volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
-    #endif
-
-    /* See the comments in FreeRTOS.h with the definition of
-     * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
-    #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-        uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;                     /*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-        uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-        int iTaskErrno;
-    #endif
-} tskTCB;
-
-/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
- * below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
-
-/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
- * which static variables must be declared volatile. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
-
-/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------
- * xDelayedTaskList1 and xDelayedTaskList2 could be moved to function scope but
- * doing so breaks some kernel aware debuggers and debuggers that rely on removing
- * the static qualifier. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;                         /*< Delayed tasks. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;                         /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;              /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;      /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;                         /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-
-#endif
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
-
-#endif
-
-/* Global POSIX errno. Its value is changed upon context switching to match
- * the errno of the currently running task. */
-#if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-    int FreeRTOS_errno = 0;
-#endif
-
-/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xPendedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows = ( BaseType_t ) 0;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle = NULL;                          /*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
-
-/* Improve support for OpenOCD. The kernel tracks Ready tasks via priority lists.
- * For tracking the state of remote threads, OpenOCD uses uxTopUsedPriority
- * to determine the number of priority lists to read back from the remote target. */
-const volatile UBaseType_t uxTopUsedPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1U;
-
-/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
- * interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
- * lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
- * If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
- * moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
- * kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
- * when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
- * accessed from a critical section. */
-PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
-
-#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-
-/* Do not move these variables to function scope as doing so prevents the
- * code working with debuggers that need to remove the static qualifier. */
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;    /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
-
-#endif
-
-/*lint -restore */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
- * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
- * is in any other state.
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-    static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-/*
- * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
- * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
- * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
- * creation of the first user task.
- *
- * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
- * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
- *
- * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
- *
- */
-static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
- * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
- *
- * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
- * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-    static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t * pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
- * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
- * and its TCB deleted.
- */
-static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
- * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
- */
-static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                                            const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
- * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
- * a suspended list, etc.).
- *
- * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
- * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray,
-                                                     List_t * pxList,
-                                                     eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
- * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
- */
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-    static TCB_t * prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t * pxList,
-                                                     const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
- * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
- * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
- */
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
-
-    static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
- * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
- *
- * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
- * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
- * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
- * set to a value other than 1.
- */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-    static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
- * will exit the Blocked state.
- */
-static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-/*
- * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
- * human readable tables of task information.
- */
-    static char * prvWriteNameToBuffer( char * pcBuffer,
-                                        const char * pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-static void prvInitialiseNewTask( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-                                  const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                  const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-                                  void * const pvParameters,
-                                  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                                  TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-                                  TCB_t * pxNewTCB,
-                                  const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
- * under the control of the scheduler.
- */
-static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t * pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user definable
- * macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is the only macro
- * called by the function.
- */
-#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-
-    static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-#endif
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-    TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-                                    const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                    const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-                                    void * const pvParameters,
-                                    UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                                    StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
-                                    StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
-        TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
-        configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
-
-        #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-            {
-                /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-                 * variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
-                 * structure. */
-                volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
-                configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-                ( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
-            }
-        #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-        if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
-        {
-            /* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
-             * function - use them. */
-            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
-            pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
-
-            #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-                {
-                    /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-                     * task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
-                    pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-                }
-            #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
-
-            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
-            prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = NULL;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
-                                            TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-
-        configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL );
-        configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
-
-        if( ( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL ) && ( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) )
-        {
-            /* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
-             * on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
-             * not static allocation is being used. */
-            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer;
-
-            /* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-            pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
-
-            #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-                {
-                    /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-                     * task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
-                    pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-                }
-            #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
-
-            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
-                                  pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
-                                  ( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
-                                  pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
-                                  pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
-                                  pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
-                                  pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
-
-            prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
-                                      TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-
-        configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
-
-        if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
-        {
-            /* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
-             * on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
-             * not static allocation is being used. */
-            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-
-            if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-            {
-                /* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-                pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
-
-                #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
-                    {
-                        /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
-                         * this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
-                         * later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
-                        pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
-                    }
-                #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
-
-                prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
-                                      pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
-                                      ( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
-                                      pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
-                                      pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
-                                      pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
-                                      pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
-
-                prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-            }
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-                            const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                            const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
-                            void * const pvParameters,
-                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                            TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        /* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
-         * does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
-         * the TCB then the stack. */
-        #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
-            {
-                /* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
-                 * the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
-                 * allocation is being used. */
-                pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
-
-                if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-                {
-                    /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
-                     * The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
-                     * be deleted later if required. */
-                    pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-                    if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
-                    {
-                        /* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
-                        vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
-                        pxNewTCB = NULL;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-            {
-                StackType_t * pxStack;
-
-                /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
-                pxStack = pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
-
-                if( pxStack != NULL )
-                {
-                    /* Allocate space for the TCB. */
-                    pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of TCB_t is always a pointer to the task's stack. */
-
-                    if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-                    {
-                        /* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
-                        pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        /* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
-                         * it again. */
-                        vPortFreeStack( pxStack );
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    pxNewTCB = NULL;
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-
-        if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
-        {
-            #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e9029 !e731 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-                {
-                    /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
-                     * task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
-                    pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
-                }
-            #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
-
-            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
-            prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-            xReturn = pdPASS;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseNewTask( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
-                                  const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                  const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
-                                  void * const pvParameters,
-                                  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
-                                  TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
-                                  TCB_t * pxNewTCB,
-                                  const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
-{
-    StackType_t * pxTopOfStack;
-    UBaseType_t x;
-
-    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-        /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
-        BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
-
-        if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
-        {
-            xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
-        }
-        uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
-    #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
-
-    /* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
-    #if ( tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE == 1 )
-        {
-            /* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
-            ( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
-        }
-    #endif /* tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE */
-
-    /* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
-     * grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
-     * portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
-     * by the port. */
-    #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
-        {
-            pxTopOfStack = &( pxNewTCB->pxStack[ ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 ] );
-            pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 !e9033 !e9078 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type.  Checked by assert(). */
-
-            /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
-            configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
-
-            #if ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
-                     * debugging. */
-                    pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
-                }
-            #endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
-        }
-    #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-        {
-            pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
-
-            /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
-            configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
-
-            /* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
-             * performed. */
-            pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
-        }
-    #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-
-    /* Store the task name in the TCB. */
-    if( pcName != NULL )
-    {
-        for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
-        {
-            pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
-
-            /* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
-             * configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
-             * string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
-            if( pcName[ x ] == ( char ) 0x00 )
-            {
-                break;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-
-        /* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
-         * was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
-        pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* The task has not been given a name, so just ensure there is a NULL
-         * terminator when it is read out. */
-        pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] = 0x00;
-    }
-
-    /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. */
-    configASSERT( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES );
-    if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-    {
-        uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-    }
-
-    pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
-    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
-            pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
-        }
-    #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-
-    vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-    vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-    /* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
-     * back to  the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
-    listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
-
-    /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
-    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-    listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
-
-    #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
-        }
-    #endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-
-    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
-        }
-    #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-
-    #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
-        }
-    #endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-        {
-            vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
-        }
-    #else
-        {
-            /* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
-            ( void ) xRegions;
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-        {
-            memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-        {
-            memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue ) );
-            memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-        {
-            /* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure.
-             * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
-             * for additional information. */
-            _REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-        {
-            pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
-     * but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
-     * to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
-     * the top of stack variable is updated. */
-    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-        {
-            /* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
-             * pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
-             * function as well. */
-            #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
-                {
-                    #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
-                        {
-                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
-                        }
-                    #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-                        {
-                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
-                        }
-                    #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-                }
-            #else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
-                {
-                    pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
-                }
-            #endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
-        }
-    #else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-        {
-            /* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
-             * pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
-             * function as well. */
-            #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
-                {
-                    #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
-                        {
-                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
-                        }
-                    #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-                        {
-                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
-                        }
-                    #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
-                }
-            #else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
-                {
-                    pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
-                }
-            #endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
-        }
-    #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-
-    if( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
-    {
-        /* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
-         * change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
-        *pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t * pxNewTCB )
-{
-    /* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
-     * updated. */
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
-
-        if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
-        {
-            /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
-             * the suspended state - make this the current task. */
-            pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
-
-            if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-            {
-                /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
-                 * initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
-                 * fails, but we will report the failure. */
-                prvInitialiseTaskLists();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
-             * current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
-             * so far. */
-            if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
-                {
-                    pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-
-        uxTaskNumber++;
-
-        #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-            {
-                /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
-                pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-        traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
-
-        prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
-
-        portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-    {
-        /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
-         * then it should run now. */
-        if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
-        {
-            taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
-             * being deleted. */
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
-
-            /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list. */
-            if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
-            if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-            {
-                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            /* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
-             * detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
-             * portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
-             * not return. */
-            uxTaskNumber++;
-
-            if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-            {
-                /* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
-                 * task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
-                 * Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
-                 * check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
-                 * the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
-                vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-                /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
-                 * there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
-                 * check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
-                ++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
-
-                /* Call the delete hook before portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as
-                 * portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() does not return in the Win32 port. */
-                traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
-
-                /* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
-                 * in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
-                 * after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
-                 * hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
-                 * required. */
-                portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-                traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
-                prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
-
-                /* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
-                 * the task that has just been deleted. */
-                prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        /* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
-         * been deleted. */
-        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-            {
-                configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-                portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
-                                const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
-    {
-        TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-        BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
-
-        configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
-        configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
-        configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        {
-            /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
-             * block. */
-            const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-            /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
-            xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
-
-            if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
-            {
-                /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
-                 * lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
-                 * actually delay is if the wake time has also  overflowed,
-                 * and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
-                 * is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
-                if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
-                {
-                    xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
-                 * delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
-                 * tick time is less than the wake time. */
-                if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
-                {
-                    xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-
-            /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
-            *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
-
-            if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
-
-                /* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
-                 * the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
-                prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-        /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
-         * have put ourselves to sleep. */
-        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xShouldDelay;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
-
-        /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
-        if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-        {
-            configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-            vTaskSuspendAll();
-            {
-                traceTASK_DELAY();
-
-                /* A task that is removed from the event list while the
-                 * scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
-                 * list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
-                 * is resumed.
-                 *
-                 * This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
-                 * executing task. */
-                prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
-            }
-            xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
-         * have put ourselves to sleep. */
-        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) )
-
-    eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        eTaskState eReturn;
-        List_t const * pxStateList, * pxDelayedList, * pxOverflowedDelayedList;
-        const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
-
-        configASSERT( pxTCB );
-
-        if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-        {
-            /* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
-            eReturn = eRunning;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-            {
-                pxStateList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                pxDelayedList = pxDelayedTaskList;
-                pxOverflowedDelayedList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
-            }
-            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-            if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowedDelayedList ) )
-            {
-                /* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
-                 * lists. */
-                eReturn = eBlocked;
-            }
-
-            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-                else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
-                {
-                    /* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
-                     * list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it blocked
-                     * indefinitely? */
-                    if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
-                    {
-                        #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-                            {
-                                BaseType_t x;
-
-                                /* The task does not appear on the event list item of
-                                 * and of the RTOS objects, but could still be in the
-                                 * blocked state if it is waiting on its notification
-                                 * rather than waiting on an object.  If not, is
-                                 * suspended. */
-                                eReturn = eSuspended;
-
-                                for( x = 0; x < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES; x++ )
-                                {
-                                    if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ x ] == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-                                    {
-                                        eReturn = eBlocked;
-                                        break;
-                                    }
-                                }
-                            }
-                        #else /* if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) */
-                            {
-                                eReturn = eSuspended;
-                            }
-                        #endif /* if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) */
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        eReturn = eBlocked;
-                    }
-                }
-            #endif /* if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) */
-
-            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-                else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
-                {
-                    /* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
-                     * tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
-                     * all. */
-                    eReturn = eDeleted;
-                }
-            #endif
-
-            else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
-            {
-                /* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
-                 * Ready (including pending ready) state. */
-                eReturn = eReady;
-            }
-        }
-
-        return eReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t const * pxTCB;
-        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the task
-             * that called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-            uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return uxReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t const * pxTCB;
-        UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
-
-        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
-         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-         * provided on the following link:
-         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-        uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-        {
-            /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
-             * task that is being queried. */
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-            uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-        }
-        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
-
-        return uxReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                           UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
-        BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
-
-        configASSERT( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES );
-
-        /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
-        if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
-        {
-            uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
-             * task that is being changed. */
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-            traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
-
-            #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-                {
-                    uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-                }
-            #else
-                {
-                    uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-                }
-            #endif
-
-            if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
-            {
-                /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
-                 * priority than the calling task. */
-                if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
-                {
-                    if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
-                    {
-                        /* The priority of a task other than the currently
-                         * running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
-                         * raised above that of the running task? */
-                        if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                        {
-                            xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        /* The priority of the running task is being raised,
-                         * but the running task must already be the highest
-                         * priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
-                    }
-                }
-                else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-                {
-                    /* Setting the priority of the running task down means
-                     * there may now be another task of higher priority that
-                     * is ready to execute. */
-                    xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
-                     * require a yield as the running task must be above the
-                     * new priority of the task being modified. */
-                }
-
-                /* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
-                 * before its uxPriority member is changed so the
-                 * taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
-                uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-
-                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
-                         * currently using an inherited priority. */
-                        if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
-                        {
-                            pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-
-                        /* The base priority gets set whatever. */
-                        pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
-                    }
-                #else /* if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) */
-                    {
-                        pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
-                    }
-                #endif /* if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) */
-
-                /* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
-                 * being used for anything else. */
-                if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-                {
-                    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
-                 * nothing more than change its priority variable. However, if
-                 * the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
-                 * in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
-                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before
-                     * adding it to its new ready list.  As we are in a critical
-                     * section we can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
-                    if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-                    {
-                        /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
-                         * there is no need to check again and the port level
-                         * reset macro can be called directly. */
-                        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                /* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
-                 * optimised task selection is not being used. */
-                ( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
-             * being suspended. */
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
-
-            traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
-
-            /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
-             * suspended list. */
-            if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
-            if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-            {
-                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-            #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-                {
-                    BaseType_t x;
-
-                    for( x = 0; x < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES; x++ )
-                    {
-                        if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ x ] == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-                        {
-                            /* The task was blocked to wait for a notification, but is
-                             * now suspended, so no notification was received. */
-                            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ x ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            #endif /* if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) */
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
-             * task that is now in the Suspended state. */
-            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-            {
-                prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-            }
-            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-        {
-            if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                /* The current task has just been suspended. */
-                configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-                portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
-                 * to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
-                 * must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
-                if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) /*lint !e931 Right has no side effect, just volatile. */
-                {
-                    /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
-                     * NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
-                     * be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
-                     * is. */
-                    pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    vTaskSwitchContext();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-    static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-        const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
-
-        /* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
-         * section. */
-
-        /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
-        configASSERT( xTask );
-
-        /* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
-        if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
-            if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the Suspended
-                 * state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
-                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961.  The cast is only redundant when NULL is used. */
-                {
-                    xReturn = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-    {
-        TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
-
-        /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
-        configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-
-        /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
-         * currently executing task. */
-        if( ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) && ( pxTCB != NULL ) )
-        {
-            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-            {
-                if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
-
-                    /* The ready list can be accessed even if the scheduler is
-                     * suspended because this is inside a critical section. */
-                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-                    /* A higher priority task may have just been resumed. */
-                    if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                    {
-                        /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
-                         * but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
-                         * next yield. */
-                        taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
-        TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
-        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-        configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
-
-        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
-         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-         * provided on the following link:
-         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-        {
-            if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
-
-                /* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
-                if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
-                     * suspended list to the ready list directly. */
-                    if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                    {
-                        xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
-
-                        /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-                         * using the return value to initiate a context switch
-                         * from the ISR using portYIELD_FROM_ISR. */
-                        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
-                     * is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
-                     * unsuspended. */
-                    vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-        return xYieldRequired;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-    /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
-    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-        {
-            StaticTask_t * pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
-            StackType_t * pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
-            uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
-
-            /* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
-             * address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
-            vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
-            xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic( prvIdleTask,
-                                                 configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
-                                                 ulIdleTaskStackSize,
-                                                 ( void * ) NULL,       /*lint !e961.  The cast is not redundant for all compilers. */
-                                                 portPRIVILEGE_BIT,     /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
-                                                 pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
-                                                 pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
-
-            if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
-            {
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            }
-        }
-    #else /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-        {
-            /* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
-            xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask,
-                                   configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
-                                   configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
-                                   ( void * ) NULL,
-                                   portPRIVILEGE_BIT,  /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
-                                   &xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
-        }
-    #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-        {
-            if( xReturn == pdPASS )
-            {
-                xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-    #endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-
-    if( xReturn == pdPASS )
-    {
-        /* freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user
-         * definable macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is
-         * the only macro called by the function. */
-        #ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-            {
-                freertos_tasks_c_additions_init();
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
-         * before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
-         * the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
-         * so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
-         * starts to run. */
-        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-        #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-            {
-                /* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
-                 * structure specific to the task that will run first.
-                 * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
-                 * for additional information. */
-                _impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-
-        xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
-        xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
-        xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
-
-        /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
-         * macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
-         * the run time counter time base.   NOTE:  If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
-         * is set to 0 and the following line fails to build then ensure you do not
-         * have portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() defined in your
-         * FreeRTOSConfig.h file. */
-        portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
-
-        traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
-
-        /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
-         * portable interface. */
-        if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
-             * function will not return. */
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
-        }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
-         * because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
-         * or the timer task. */
-        configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
-    }
-
-    /* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
-     * meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
-    ( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
-
-    /* OpenOCD makes use of uxTopUsedPriority for thread debugging. Prevent uxTopUsedPriority
-     * from getting optimized out as it is no longer used by the kernel. */
-    ( void ) uxTopUsedPriority;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
-{
-    /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
-     * routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
-     * layer must ensure interrupts enable  bit is left in the correct state. */
-    portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-    xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
-    vPortEndScheduler();
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
-{
-    /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
-     * BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
-     * post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
-     * https://goo.gl/wu4acr */
-
-    /* portSOFRWARE_BARRIER() is only implemented for emulated/simulated ports that
-     * do not otherwise exhibit real time behaviour. */
-    portSOFTWARE_BARRIER();
-
-    /* The scheduler is suspended if uxSchedulerSuspended is non-zero.  An increment
-     * is used to allow calls to vTaskSuspendAll() to nest. */
-    ++uxSchedulerSuspended;
-
-    /* Enforces ordering for ports and optimised compilers that may otherwise place
-     * the above increment elsewhere. */
-    portMEMORY_BARRIER();
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-    static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
-    {
-        TickType_t xReturn;
-        UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
-
-        /* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
-         * configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
-         * task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
-         * running. */
-        #if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
-            {
-                if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-                {
-                    uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
-                }
-            }
-        #else
-            {
-                const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
-
-                /* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
-                 * variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
-                 * significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
-                 * above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
-                 * care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
-                if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
-                {
-                    uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 ) */
-
-        if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
-        {
-            xReturn = 0;
-        }
-        else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
-        {
-            /* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
-             * time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
-             * processed. */
-            xReturn = 0;
-        }
-        else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
-             * idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
-             * configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
-            xReturn = 0;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
-{
-    TCB_t * pxTCB = NULL;
-    BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
-
-    /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
-     * previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
-    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
-
-    /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
-     * list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
-     * removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
-     * scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
-     * tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        --uxSchedulerSuspended;
-
-        if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-        {
-            if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-            {
-                /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
-                 * appropriate ready list. */
-                while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-                    portMEMORY_BARRIER();
-                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-                    /* If the moved task has a priority higher than or equal to
-                     * the current task then a yield must be performed. */
-                    if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                    {
-                        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if( pxTCB != NULL )
-                {
-                    /* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
-                     * which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
-                     * re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
-                     * important for low power tickless implementations, where
-                     * this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
-                     * state. */
-                    prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-                }
-
-                /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
-                 * they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
-                 * not  slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
-                 * time. */
-                {
-                    TickType_t xPendedCounts = xPendedTicks; /* Non-volatile copy. */
-
-                    if( xPendedCounts > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-                    {
-                        do
-                        {
-                            if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
-                            {
-                                xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-
-                            --xPendedCounts;
-                        } while( xPendedCounts > ( TickType_t ) 0U );
-
-                        xPendedTicks = 0;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
-                        {
-                            xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
-                        }
-                    #endif
-                    taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return xAlreadyYielded;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
-{
-    TickType_t xTicks;
-
-    /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
-    portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        xTicks = xTickCount;
-    }
-    portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return xTicks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
-{
-    TickType_t xReturn;
-    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
-     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
-     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
-     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
-     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
-     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
-     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
-     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
-     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
-     * system call  interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
-     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
-     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
-     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-    {
-        xReturn = xTickCount;
-    }
-    portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
-{
-    /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
-     * BaseType_t. */
-    return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-char * pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-{
-    TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-    /* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
-     * queried. */
-    pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-    configASSERT( pxTCB );
-    return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-    static TCB_t * prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t * pxList,
-                                                     const char pcNameToQuery[] )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxNextTCB, * pxFirstTCB, * pxReturn = NULL;
-        UBaseType_t x;
-        char cNextChar;
-        BaseType_t xBreakLoop;
-
-        /* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
-
-        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-            do
-            {
-                listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-                /* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
-                 * mismatch. */
-                xBreakLoop = pdFALSE;
-
-                for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
-                {
-                    cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
-
-                    if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
-                    {
-                        /* Characters didn't match. */
-                        xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else if( cNextChar == ( char ) 0x00 )
-                    {
-                        /* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
-                         * found. */
-                        pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
-                        xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    if( xBreakLoop != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                if( pxReturn != NULL )
-                {
-                    /* The handle has been found. */
-                    break;
-                }
-            } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return pxReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
-
-    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-    {
-        UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        /* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
-        configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        {
-            /* Search the ready lists. */
-            do
-            {
-                uxQueue--;
-                pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
-
-                if( pxTCB != NULL )
-                {
-                    /* Found the handle. */
-                    break;
-                }
-            } while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-            /* Search the delayed lists. */
-            if( pxTCB == NULL )
-            {
-                pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-            }
-
-            if( pxTCB == NULL )
-            {
-                pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-            }
-
-            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-                {
-                    if( pxTCB == NULL )
-                    {
-                        /* Search the suspended list. */
-                        pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
-                    }
-                }
-            #endif
-
-            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-                {
-                    if( pxTCB == NULL )
-                    {
-                        /* Search the deleted list. */
-                        pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
-                    }
-                }
-            #endif
-        }
-        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-        return pxTCB;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
-                                      const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
-                                      uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
-    {
-        UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        {
-            /* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
-            if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
-            {
-                /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-                 * task in the Ready state. */
-                do
-                {
-                    uxQueue--;
-                    uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
-                } while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-                /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
-                 * task in the Blocked state. */
-                uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
-                uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
-
-                #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
-                         * each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
-                        uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
-                    }
-                #endif
-
-                #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
-                         * each task in the Suspended state. */
-                        uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
-                    }
-                #endif
-
-                #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-                    {
-                        if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
-                        {
-                            #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-                                portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
-                            #else
-                                *pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
-                            #endif
-                        }
-                    }
-                #else /* if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) */
-                    {
-                        if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
-                        {
-                            *pulTotalRunTime = 0;
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) */
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-        return uxTask;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
-
-    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
-    {
-        /* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
-         * started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
-        configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
-        return xIdleTaskHandle;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
- * This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
- * implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
- * 1. */
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-    void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
-    {
-        /* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
-         * was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
-         * each stepped tick. */
-        configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
-        xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
-        traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp )
-{
-    BaseType_t xYieldOccurred;
-
-    /* Must not be called with the scheduler suspended as the implementation
-     * relies on xPendedTicks being wound down to 0 in xTaskResumeAll(). */
-    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
-
-    /* Use xPendedTicks to mimic xTicksToCatchUp number of ticks occurring when
-     * the scheduler is suspended so the ticks are executed in xTaskResumeAll(). */
-    vTaskSuspendAll();
-    xPendedTicks += xTicksToCatchUp;
-    xYieldOccurred = xTaskResumeAll();
-
-    return xYieldOccurred;
-}
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB = xTask;
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( pxTCB );
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        {
-            /* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
-             * it is actually in the Blocked state. */
-            if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
-            {
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-
-                /* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
-                 * interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
-                 * scheduler is suspended. */
-                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-                /* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
-                 * the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
-                 * even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
-                 * is used. */
-                taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-                {
-                    if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-                    {
-                        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-                        /* This lets the task know it was forcibly removed from the
-                         * blocked state so it should not re-evaluate its block time and
-                         * then block again. */
-                        pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-                /* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
-                prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-                /* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
-                 * switch if preemption is turned off. */
-                #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
-                         * performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
-                         * higher than the currently executing task. */
-                        if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                        {
-                            /* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
-                             * is unsuspended. */
-                            xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            }
-        }
-        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
-{
-    TCB_t * pxTCB;
-    TickType_t xItemValue;
-    BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
-
-    /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
-     * Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
-     * tasks to be unblocked. */
-    traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
-
-    if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-    {
-        /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
-         * block. */
-        const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + ( TickType_t ) 1;
-
-        /* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
-         * delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
-        xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
-
-        if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U ) /*lint !e774 'if' does not always evaluate to false as it is looking for an overflow. */
-        {
-            taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
-         * the  queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
-         * has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
-         * look any further down the list. */
-        if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-        {
-            for( ; ; )
-            {
-                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    /* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
-                     * to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
-                     * unlikely that the
-                     * if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
-                     * next time through. */
-                    xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-                    break;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
-                     * item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
-                     * at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
-                     * be removed from the Blocked state. */
-                    pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-                    xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-                    if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
-                    {
-                        /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
-                         * item value is the time at which the task at the head
-                         * of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
-                         * state -  so record the item value in
-                         * xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
-                        xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
-                        break; /*lint !e9011 Code structure here is deemed easier to understand with multiple breaks. */
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
-                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-                    /* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
-                     * it from the event list. */
-                    if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-                    {
-                        listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    /* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
-                     * list. */
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-                    /* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
-                     * context switch if preemption is turned off. */
-                    #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-                        {
-                            /* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
-                             * only be performed if the unblocked task has a
-                             * priority that is equal to or higher than the
-                             * currently executing task. */
-                            if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                            {
-                                xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                            }
-                        }
-                    #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        /* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
-         * processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
-         * writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
-        #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
-            {
-                if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-                {
-                    xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
-
-        #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
-            {
-                /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
-                 * count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
-                if( xPendedTicks == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    vApplicationTickHook();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
-
-        #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
-            {
-                if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        ++xPendedTicks;
-
-        /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
-         * scheduler is locked. */
-        #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
-            {
-                vApplicationTickHook();
-            }
-        #endif
-    }
-
-    return xSwitchRequired;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                     TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
-    {
-        TCB_t * xTCB;
-
-        /* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
-         * getting set. */
-        if( xTask == NULL )
-        {
-            xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xTCB = xTask;
-        }
-
-        /* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-         * the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-    TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
-
-        /* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        /* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-         * the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-    TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
-        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-        /* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        /* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
-         * the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
-        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-        {
-            xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
-        }
-        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                             void * pvParameter )
-    {
-        TCB_t * xTCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
-        if( xTask == NULL )
-        {
-            xTCB = pxCurrentTCB;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xTCB = xTask;
-        }
-
-        if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
-        {
-            xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            xReturn = pdFAIL;
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
-{
-    if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-    {
-        /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
-         * switch. */
-        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
-        traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
-
-        #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-            {
-                #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
-                    portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
-                #else
-                    ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
-                #endif
-
-                /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
-                 * accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
-                 * stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
-                 * protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
-                 * overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
-                 * against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
-                 * are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
-                if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
-                {
-                    pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
-            }
-        #endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
-
-        /* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
-        taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
-
-        /* Before the currently running task is switched out, save its errno. */
-        #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-            {
-                pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno = FreeRTOS_errno;
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        /* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
-         * optimised asm code. */
-        taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-        traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
-
-        /* After the new task is switched in, update the global errno. */
-        #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
-            {
-                FreeRTOS_errno = pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno;
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-            {
-                /* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
-                 * structure specific to this task.
-                 * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
-                 * for additional information. */
-                _impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList,
-                            const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
-     * SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
-
-    /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
-     * This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
-     * is the first to be woken by the event.
-     *
-     * Note: Lists are sorted in ascending order by ListItem_t.xItemValue.
-     * Normally, the xItemValue of a TCB's ListItem_t members is:
-     *      xItemValue = ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - uxPriority )
-     * Therefore, the event list is sorted in descending priority order.
-     *
-     * The queue that contains the event list is locked, preventing
-     * simultaneous access from interrupts. */
-    vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList,
-                                     const TickType_t xItemValue,
-                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-{
-    configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
-     * the event groups implementation. */
-    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
-
-    /* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
-     * event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
-     * task that is not in the Blocked state. */
-    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
-
-    /* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
-     * list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
-     * event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
-     * directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
-     * the task level). */
-    listINSERT_END( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList,
-                                          TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                                          const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
-    {
-        configASSERT( pxEventList );
-
-        /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
-         * 'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
-         * designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
-         * it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
-
-
-        /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
-         * In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
-         * be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
-         * can be used in place of vListInsert. */
-        listINSERT_END( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-        /* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
-         * value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
-         * prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
-        if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
-        }
-
-        traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
-        prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
-{
-    TCB_t * pxUnblockedTCB;
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
-     * called from a critical section within an ISR. */
-
-    /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
-     * be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
-     * the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
-     *
-     * If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
-     * get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
-     * means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
-     *
-     * This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
-     * pxEventList is not empty. */
-    pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-    configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
-    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-    if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-    {
-        listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-        prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
-
-        #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-            {
-                /* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-                 * might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
-                 * unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
-                 * normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
-                 * value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-                 * tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
-                 * at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
-                 * ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
-                prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-            }
-        #endif
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
-         * pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-        listINSERT_END( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-    }
-
-    if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-    {
-        /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
-         * priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
-         * it should force a context switch now. */
-        xReturn = pdTRUE;
-
-        /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
-         * "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
-        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        xReturn = pdFALSE;
-    }
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem,
-                                        const TickType_t xItemValue )
-{
-    TCB_t * pxUnblockedTCB;
-
-    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
-     * the event flags implementation. */
-    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
-
-    /* Store the new item value in the event list. */
-    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
-
-    /* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
-     * event flags. */
-    pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-    configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
-    listREMOVE_ITEM( pxEventListItem );
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-        {
-            /* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-             * might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
-             * unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
-             * normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
-             * value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-             * tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
-             * at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
-             * ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
-            prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
-     * scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
-     * lists. */
-    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
-
-    if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-    {
-        /* The unblocked task has a priority above that of the calling task, so
-         * a context switch is required.  This function is called with the
-         * scheduler suspended so xYieldPending is set so the context switch
-         * occurs immediately that the scheduler is resumed (unsuspended). */
-        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-{
-    configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
-        pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
-{
-    /* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
-    pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
-    pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
-                                 TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
-{
-    BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-    configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
-    configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
-
-    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-    {
-        /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
-        const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-        const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
-
-        #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-            if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
-            {
-                /* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
-                 * but has the same result. */
-                pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-                xReturn = pdTRUE;
-            }
-            else
-        #endif
-
-        #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-            if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
-            {
-                /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
-                 * specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
-                 * indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
-                xReturn = pdFALSE;
-            }
-            else
-        #endif
-
-        if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
-        {
-            /* The tick count is greater than the time at which
-             * vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
-             * vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
-             * around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
-             * was called. */
-            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-            *pxTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
-        }
-        else if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
-        {
-            /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
-            *pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
-            vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
-            xReturn = pdFALSE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            *pxTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
-            xReturn = pdTRUE;
-        }
-    }
-    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-    return xReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void vTaskMissedYield( void )
-{
-    xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-        TCB_t const * pxTCB;
-
-        if( xTask != NULL )
-        {
-            pxTCB = xTask;
-            uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            uxReturn = 0U;
-        }
-
-        return uxReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                             const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        if( xTask != NULL )
-        {
-            pxTCB = xTask;
-            pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-
-/*
- * -----------------------------------------------------------
- * The Idle task.
- * ----------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
- * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
- *
- * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
- *
- */
-static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
-{
-    /* Stop warnings. */
-    ( void ) pvParameters;
-
-    /** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
-     * SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
-
-    /* In case a task that has a secure context deletes itself, in which case
-     * the idle task is responsible for deleting the task's secure context, if
-     * any. */
-    portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( configMINIMAL_SECURE_STACK_SIZE );
-
-    for( ; ; )
-    {
-        /* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
-         * is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
-        prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
-
-        #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
-            {
-                /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
-                 * see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
-                 * preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
-                 * will automatically get the processor anyway. */
-                taskYIELD();
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
-
-        #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
-            {
-                /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
-                 * timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
-                 * to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
-                 * timeslice.
-                 *
-                 * A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
-                 * the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
-                 * the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
-                 * then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
-                if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
-                {
-                    taskYIELD();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
-
-        #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
-            {
-                extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
-
-                /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
-                 * allows the application designer to add background functionality
-                 * without the overhead of a separate task.
-                 * NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
-                 * CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
-                vApplicationIdleHook();
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
-
-        /* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
-         * to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
-         * user defined low power mode  implementations require
-         * configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
-        #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-            {
-                TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
-
-                /* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
-                 * each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
-                 * test of the expected idle time is performed without the
-                 * scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
-                 * valid. */
-                xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
-
-                if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
-                {
-                    vTaskSuspendAll();
-                    {
-                        /* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
-                         * time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
-                         * be used. */
-                        configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
-                        xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
-
-                        /* Define the following macro to set xExpectedIdleTime to 0
-                         * if the application does not want
-                         * portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to be called. */
-                        configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
-
-                        if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
-                        {
-                            traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
-                            portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
-                            traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-
-    eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
-    {
-        /* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
-        const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
-        eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
-
-        /* This function must be called from a critical section. */
-
-        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
-        {
-            /* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
-            eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-        }
-        else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
-            eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-        }
-        else if( xPendedTicks != 0 )
-        {
-            /* A tick interrupt has already occurred but was held pending
-             * because the scheduler is suspended. */
-            eReturn = eAbortSleep;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
-             * have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
-             * then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
-             * interrupts. */
-            if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
-            {
-                eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-
-        return eReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-
-    void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
-                                            BaseType_t xIndex,
-                                            void * pvValue )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
-        {
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
-            configASSERT( pxTCB != NULL );
-            pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
-
-    void * pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
-                                               BaseType_t xIndex )
-    {
-        void * pvReturn = NULL;
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
-        {
-            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
-            pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pvReturn = NULL;
-        }
-
-        return pvReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify,
-                                  const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        /* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
-         * the calling task. */
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
-
-        vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
-    }
-
-#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
-{
-    UBaseType_t uxPriority;
-
-    for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
-    {
-        vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
-    }
-
-    vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
-    vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
-    vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-        {
-            vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
-        }
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-        {
-            vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
-        }
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-
-    /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
-     * using list2. */
-    pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
-    pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
-{
-    /** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-        {
-            TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-            /* uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp is used to prevent taskENTER_CRITICAL()
-             * being called too often in the idle task. */
-            while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
-            {
-                taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-                {
-                    pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                    --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-                    --uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
-                }
-                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-                prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
-            }
-        }
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                       TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
-                       BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
-                       eTaskState eState )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-
-        /* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
-        pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
-        pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-        pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
-        pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
-
-        #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-            {
-                pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-            }
-        #else
-            {
-                pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
-            {
-                pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
-            }
-        #else
-            {
-                pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        /* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the
-         * value of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the
-         * state is just set to whatever is passed in. */
-        if( eState != eInvalid )
-        {
-            if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
-            {
-                pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eRunning;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
-
-                #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a
-                         *  chance it is actually just blocked indefinitely - so really
-                         *  it should be reported as being in the Blocked state. */
-                        if( eState == eSuspended )
-                        {
-                            vTaskSuspendAll();
-                            {
-                                if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
-                                {
-                                    pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
-                                }
-                            }
-                            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( pxTCB );
-        }
-
-        /* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
-         * parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
-        if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
-                {
-                    pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
-                }
-            #else
-                {
-                    pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
-                }
-            #endif
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-    static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray,
-                                                     List_t * pxList,
-                                                     eTaskState eState )
-    {
-        configLIST_VOLATILE TCB_t * pxNextTCB, * pxFirstTCB;
-        UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
-
-        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-        {
-            listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-            /* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
-             * pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
-             * pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
-             * meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
-            do
-            {
-                listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-                vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
-                uxTask++;
-            } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return uxTask;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
-
-    static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
-    {
-        uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
-
-        while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
-        {
-            pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
-            ulCount++;
-        }
-
-        ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
-
-        return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 )
-
-/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
- * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
- * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
- * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
- * applications that expect an 8-bit return type. */
-    configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        uint8_t * pucEndOfStack;
-        configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxReturn;
-
-        /* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are
-         * the same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
-         * allows the user to determine the return type.  It gets around the
-         * problem of the value overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking
-         * backward compatibility for applications that expect an 8-bit return
-         * type. */
-
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
-            {
-                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
-            }
-        #else
-            {
-                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        uxReturn = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
-
-        return uxReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
-
-    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        uint8_t * pucEndOfStack;
-        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
-            {
-                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
-            }
-        #else
-            {
-                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
-
-        return uxReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
-
-    static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t * pxTCB )
-    {
-        /* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
-         * above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
-         * want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
-        portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
-
-        /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
-         * to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level.
-         * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
-         * for additional information. */
-        #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
-            {
-                _reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
-
-        #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
-            {
-                /* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
-                 * the stack and TCB. */
-                vPortFreeStack( pxTCB->pxStack );
-                vPortFree( pxTCB );
-            }
-        #elif ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
-            {
-                /* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
-                 * check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
-                 * memory. */
-                if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
-                {
-                    /* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
-                     * must be freed. */
-                    vPortFreeStack( pxTCB->pxStack );
-                    vPortFree( pxTCB );
-                }
-                else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
-                {
-                    /* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
-                     * only memory that must be freed. */
-                    vPortFree( pxTCB );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
-                     * nothing needs to be freed. */
-                    configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB );
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-    }
-
-#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
-{
-    if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
-    {
-        /* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
-         * the maximum possible value so it is  extremely unlikely that the
-         * if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
-         * there is an item in the delayed list. */
-        xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
-         * the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
-         * which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
-         * from the Blocked state. */
-        xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
-    }
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
-
-    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
-    {
-        TaskHandle_t xReturn;
-
-        /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
-         * an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
-         * individual execution thread. */
-        xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-            {
-                xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
-            }
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
-    {
-        TCB_t * const pxMutexHolderTCB = pxMutexHolder;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-        /* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
-         * locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL.  _RB_ Is this still
-         * needed as interrupts can no longer use mutexes? */
-        if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-        {
-            /* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
-             * the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
-             * inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
-            if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-            {
-                /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
-                 * priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
-                 * not being used for anything else. */
-                if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-                {
-                    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
-                 * to be moved into a new list. */
-                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    if( uxListRemove( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-                    {
-                        /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
-                         * there is no need to check again and the port level
-                         * reset macro can be called directly. */
-                        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
-                    pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxMutexHolderTCB );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* Just inherit the priority. */
-                    pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
-                }
-
-                traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxMutexHolderTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
-
-                /* Inheritance occurred. */
-                xReturn = pdTRUE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxBasePriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                {
-                    /* The base priority of the mutex holder is lower than the
-                     * priority of the task attempting to take the mutex, but the
-                     * current priority of the mutex holder is not lower than the
-                     * priority of the task attempting to take the mutex.
-                     * Therefore the mutex holder must have already inherited a
-                     * priority, but inheritance would have occurred if that had
-                     * not been the case. */
-                    xReturn = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
-    {
-        TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
-
-        if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-        {
-            /* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
-             * If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
-             * interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
-             * be the running state task. */
-            configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
-            configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
-            ( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
-
-            /* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
-             * task? */
-            if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
-            {
-                /* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
-                if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    /* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
-                     * the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
-                     * given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
-                     * holding task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
-                     * the holding task from the ready list. */
-                    if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-                    {
-                        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    /* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
-                     * new  ready list. */
-                    traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
-                    pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-
-                    /* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
-                     * any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
-                     * running to give back the mutex. */
-                    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-                    /* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
-                     * This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
-                     * multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
-                     * in an order different to that in which they were taken.
-                     * If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
-                     * returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
-                     * switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
-                     * a task is waiting on it or not. */
-                    xReturn = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder,
-                                              UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
-    {
-        TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
-        UBaseType_t uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxPriorityToUse;
-        const UBaseType_t uxOnlyOneMutexHeld = ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
-
-        if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
-        {
-            /* If pxMutexHolder is not NULL then the holder must hold at least
-             * one mutex. */
-            configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
-
-            /* Determine the priority to which the priority of the task that
-             * holds the mutex should be set.  This will be the greater of the
-             * holding task's base priority and the priority of the highest
-             * priority task that is waiting to obtain the mutex. */
-            if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority < uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
-            {
-                uxPriorityToUse = uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                uxPriorityToUse = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
-            }
-
-            /* Does the priority need to change? */
-            if( pxTCB->uxPriority != uxPriorityToUse )
-            {
-                /* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held.  This is a
-                 * simplification in the priority inheritance implementation.  If
-                 * the task that holds the mutex is also holding other mutexes then
-                 * the other mutexes may have caused the priority inheritance. */
-                if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == uxOnlyOneMutexHeld )
-                {
-                    /* If a task has timed out because it already holds the
-                     * mutex it was trying to obtain then it cannot of inherited
-                     * its own priority. */
-                    configASSERT( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB );
-
-                    /* Disinherit the priority, remembering the previous
-                     * priority to facilitate determining the subject task's
-                     * state. */
-                    traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, uxPriorityToUse );
-                    uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
-                    pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriorityToUse;
-
-                    /* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
-                     * being used for anything else. */
-                    if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
-                    {
-                        listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriorityToUse ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-
-                    /* If the running task is not the task that holds the mutex
-                     * then the task that holds the mutex could be in either the
-                     * Ready, Blocked or Suspended states.  Only remove the task
-                     * from its current state list if it is in the Ready state as
-                     * the task's priority is going to change and there is one
-                     * Ready list per priority. */
-                    if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-                        {
-                            /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
-                             * there is no need to check again and the port level
-                             * reset macro can be called directly. */
-                            portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-
-                        prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
-    {
-        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-
-        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
-
-            /* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
-             * function so  assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
-             * context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
-             * interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
-             * protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
-             * critical section. */
-            if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
-            {
-                portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskExitCritical( void )
-    {
-        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
-            {
-                ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
-
-                if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
-                {
-                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
-
-    static char * prvWriteNameToBuffer( char * pcBuffer,
-                                        const char * pcTaskName )
-    {
-        size_t x;
-
-        /* Start by copying the entire string. */
-        strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
-
-        /* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
-         * printed out. */
-        for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
-        {
-            pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
-        }
-
-        /* Terminate. */
-        pcBuffer[ x ] = ( char ) 0x00;
-
-        /* Return the new end of string. */
-        return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
-    {
-        TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray;
-        UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
-        char cStatus;
-
-        /*
-         * PLEASE NOTE:
-         *
-         * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
-         * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
-         * scheduler.
-         *
-         * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
-         * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
-         * displays task: names, states, priority, stack usage and task number.
-         * Stack usage specified as the number of unused StackType_t words stack can hold
-         * on top of stack - not the number of bytes.
-         *
-         * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
-         * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
-         * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
-         * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
-         * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
-         * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
-         * snprintf() implementation!).
-         *
-         * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
-         * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
-         * through a call to vTaskList().
-         */
-
-
-        /* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
-        *pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
-
-        /* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
-         * function is executing. */
-        uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-
-        /* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
-         * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
-         * equate to NULL. */
-        pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
-
-        if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
-        {
-            /* Generate the (binary) data. */
-            uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
-
-            /* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
-            for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
-            {
-                switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
-                {
-                    case eRunning:
-                        cStatus = tskRUNNING_CHAR;
-                        break;
-
-                    case eReady:
-                        cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
-                        break;
-
-                    case eBlocked:
-                        cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
-                        break;
-
-                    case eSuspended:
-                        cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
-                        break;
-
-                    case eDeleted:
-                        cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
-                        break;
-
-                    case eInvalid: /* Fall through. */
-                    default:       /* Should not get here, but it is included
-                                    * to prevent static checking errors. */
-                        cStatus = ( char ) 0x00;
-                        break;
-                }
-
-                /* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
-                 * can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
-                pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
-
-                /* Write the rest of the string. */
-                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
-                pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer );                                                                                                                                                                                                /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
-            }
-
-            /* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-             * is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
-            vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
-
-    void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer )
-    {
-        TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray;
-        UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
-        uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
-
-        #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
-            {
-                #error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
-            }
-        #endif
-
-        /*
-         * PLEASE NOTE:
-         *
-         * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
-         * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
-         * scheduler.
-         *
-         * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
-         * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
-         * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
-         * in both absolute and percentage terms.
-         *
-         * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
-         * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
-         * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
-         * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
-         * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
-         * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
-         * a full snprintf() implementation!).
-         *
-         * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
-         * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
-         * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
-         */
-
-        /* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
-        *pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
-
-        /* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
-         * function is executing. */
-        uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
-
-        /* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
-         * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
-         * equate to NULL. */
-        pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
-
-        if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
-        {
-            /* Generate the (binary) data. */
-            uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
-
-            /* For percentage calculations. */
-            ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
-
-            /* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
-            if( ulTotalTime > 0UL )
-            {
-                /* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
-                for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
-                {
-                    /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
-                     * This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
-                     * ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
-                    ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
-
-                    /* Write the task name to the string, padding with
-                     * spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
-                     * easily. */
-                    pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
-
-                    if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
-                    {
-                        #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
-                            {
-                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
-                            }
-                        #else
-                            {
-                                /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
-                                 * printf() library can be used. */
-                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
-                            }
-                        #endif
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
-                         * consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
-                        #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
-                            {
-                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
-                            }
-                        #else
-                            {
-                                /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
-                                 * printf() library can be used. */
-                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
-                            }
-                        #endif
-                    }
-
-                    pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            /* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
-             * is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
-            vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
-{
-    TickType_t uxReturn;
-
-    uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-
-    /* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
-     * queues and semaphores. */
-    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-
-    return uxReturn;
-}
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
-
-    TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
-    {
-        /* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
-         * then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
-        if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
-        {
-            ( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
-        }
-
-        return pxCurrentTCB;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWait,
-                                      BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
-                                      TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        uint32_t ulReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( uxIndexToWait < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
-            if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] == 0UL )
-            {
-                /* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-                pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-
-                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-                    traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait );
-
-                    /* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
-                     * section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
-                     * critical section exits) - but it is not something that
-                     * application code should ever do. */
-                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE( uxIndexToWait );
-            ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ];
-
-            if( ulReturn != 0UL )
-            {
-                if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] = 0UL;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-
-            pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return ulReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWait,
-                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
-                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
-                                       uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
-                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( uxIndexToWait < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
-            if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-            {
-                /* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
-                 * set  by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
-                 * clear the value to zero. */
-                pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
-
-                /* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
-                pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-
-                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
-                {
-                    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
-                    traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait );
-
-                    /* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
-                     * section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
-                     * critical section exits) - but it is not something that
-                     * application code should ever do. */
-                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT( uxIndexToWait );
-
-            if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
-            {
-                /* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
-                 * have changed. */
-                *pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ];
-            }
-
-            /* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
-             * blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
-             * task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
-             * unblocked because of a timeout. */
-            if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-            {
-                /* A notification was not received. */
-                xReturn = pdFALSE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* A notification was already pending or a notification was
-                 * received while the task was waiting. */
-                pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
-                xReturn = pdTRUE;
-            }
-
-            pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-                                   UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-                                   uint32_t ulValue,
-                                   eNotifyAction eAction,
-                                   uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-
-        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-            {
-                *pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-            }
-
-            ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-
-            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-            switch( eAction )
-            {
-                case eSetBits:
-                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] |= ulValue;
-                    break;
-
-                case eIncrement:
-                    ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
-                    break;
-
-                case eSetValueWithOverwrite:
-                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
-                    break;
-
-                case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite:
-
-                    if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-                    {
-                        pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        /* The value could not be written to the task. */
-                        xReturn = pdFAIL;
-                    }
-
-                    break;
-
-                case eNoAction:
-
-                    /* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-                     * updated. */
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-
-                    /* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
-                     * Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
-                     * compiler can't assume is const. */
-                    configASSERT( xTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0 );
-
-                    break;
-            }
-
-            traceTASK_NOTIFY( uxIndexToNotify );
-
-            /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-             * notification then unblock it now. */
-            if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-            {
-                listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-
-                /* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-                configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-                #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
-                    {
-                        /* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
-                         * xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
-                         * out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
-                         * a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
-                         * because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
-                         * the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
-                         * tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
-                         * sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
-                         * xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
-                         * earliest possible time. */
-                        prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
-                    }
-                #endif
-
-                if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                {
-                    /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-                     * executing task so a yield is required. */
-                    taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-                                          UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-                                          uint32_t ulValue,
-                                          eNotifyAction eAction,
-                                          uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
-                                          BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
-        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-
-        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
-         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-         * provided on the following link:
-         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-
-        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-        {
-            if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
-            {
-                *pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-            }
-
-            ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-            switch( eAction )
-            {
-                case eSetBits:
-                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] |= ulValue;
-                    break;
-
-                case eIncrement:
-                    ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
-                    break;
-
-                case eSetValueWithOverwrite:
-                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
-                    break;
-
-                case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite:
-
-                    if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-                    {
-                        pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        /* The value could not be written to the task. */
-                        xReturn = pdFAIL;
-                    }
-
-                    break;
-
-                case eNoAction:
-
-                    /* The task is being notified without its notify value being
-                     * updated. */
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-
-                    /* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
-                     * Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
-                     * compiler can't assume is const. */
-                    configASSERT( xTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0 );
-                    break;
-            }
-
-            traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify );
-
-            /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-             * notification then unblock it now. */
-            if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-            {
-                /* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-                configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-                if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
-                     * this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-                    listINSERT_END( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-                }
-
-                if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                {
-                    /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-                     * executing task so a yield is required. */
-                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                    {
-                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-
-                    /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-                     * using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
-                     * safe FreeRTOS function. */
-                    xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    void vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
-                                        UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
-                                        BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
-        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
-
-        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
-        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-
-        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
-         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
-         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
-         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
-         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
-         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
-         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
-         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
-         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
-         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
-         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
-         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
-         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
-         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
-         * provided on the following link:
-         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
-        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
-
-        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
-
-        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
-        {
-            ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
-            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
-
-            /* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
-             * semaphore. */
-            ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
-
-            traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify );
-
-            /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
-             * notification then unblock it now. */
-            if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
-            {
-                /* The task should not have been on an event list. */
-                configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
-
-                if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
-                {
-                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
-                     * this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
-                    listINSERT_END( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
-                }
-
-                if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
-                {
-                    /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
-                     * executing task so a yield is required. */
-                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
-                    {
-                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
-                    }
-
-                    /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
-                     * using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
-                     * safe FreeRTOS function. */
-                    xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                             UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( uxIndexToClear < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
-
-        /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
-         * its notification state cleared. */
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToClear ] == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
-            {
-                pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToClear ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
-                xReturn = pdPASS;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = pdFAIL;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
-
-    uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
-                                            UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
-                                            uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
-    {
-        TCB_t * pxTCB;
-        uint32_t ulReturn;
-
-        /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
-         * its notification state cleared. */
-        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            /* Return the notification as it was before the bits were cleared,
-             * then clear the bit mask. */
-            ulReturn = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToClear ];
-            pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToClear ] &= ~ulBitsToClear;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return ulReturn;
-    }
-
-#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
-
-    uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void )
-    {
-        return xIdleTaskHandle->ulRunTimeCounter;
-    }
-
-#endif
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait,
-                                            const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
-{
-    TickType_t xTimeToWake;
-    const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
-        {
-            /* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
-             * reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
-             * when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
-            pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
-        }
-    #endif
-
-    /* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
-     * as the same list item is used for both lists. */
-    if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
-    {
-        /* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
-         * check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
-        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); /*lint !e931 pxCurrentTCB cannot change as it is the calling task.  pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority and uxTopReadyPriority cannot change as called with scheduler suspended or in a critical section. */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-    }
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
-        {
-            if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
-            {
-                /* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
-                 * list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
-                 * indefinitely. */
-                listINSERT_END( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
-                 * does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
-                 * kernel will manage it correctly. */
-                xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
-
-                /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-                listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-                if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
-                {
-                    /* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
-                     * list. */
-                    vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
-                     * is used. */
-                    vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-                    /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
-                     * head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
-                     * needs to be updated too. */
-                    if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-                    {
-                        xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    #else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-        {
-            /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
-             * does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
-             * will manage it correctly. */
-            xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
-
-            /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
-            listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
-
-            if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
-            {
-                /* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
-                vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
-                vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
-
-                /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
-                 * list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
-                 * too. */
-                if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
-                {
-                    xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-            }
-
-            /* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
-            ( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
-        }
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
-}
-
-/* Code below here allows additional code to be inserted into this source file,
- * especially where access to file scope functions and data is needed (for example
- * when performing module tests). */
-
-#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
-    #include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
-#endif
-
-
-#if ( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 )
-
-    #include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
-
-    #ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
-        static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
-        {
-            FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
-        }
-    #endif
-
-#endif /* if ( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 ) */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+ * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+ * task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "stack_macros.h"
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+ * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+ * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+ * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
+
+/* Set configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 2 to include the stats formatting
+ * functions but without including stdio.h here. */
+#if ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 )
+
+/* At the bottom of this file are two optional functions that can be used
+ * to generate human readable text from the raw data generated by the
+ * uxTaskGetSystemState() function.  Note the formatting functions are provided
+ * for convenience only, and are NOT considered part of the kernel. */
+    #include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS == 1 ) */
+
+#if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+
+/* If the cooperative scheduler is being used then a yield should not be
+ * performed just because a higher priority task has been woken. */
+    #define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()
+#else
+    #define taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION()    portYIELD_WITHIN_API()
+#endif
+
+/* Values that can be assigned to the ucNotifyState member of the TCB. */
+#define taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION              ( ( uint8_t ) 0 ) /* Must be zero as it is the initialised value. */
+#define taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION                  ( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED                 ( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created.  This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE                        ( 0xa5U )
+
+/* Bits used to record how a task's stack and TCB were allocated. */
+#define tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB    ( ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY        ( ( uint8_t ) 1 )
+#define tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB     ( ( uint8_t ) 2 )
+
+/* If any of the following are set then task stacks are filled with a known
+ * value so the high water mark can be determined.  If none of the following are
+ * set then don't fill the stack so there is no unnecessary dependency on memset. */
+#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+    #define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE    1
+#else
+    #define tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE    0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskRUNNING_CHAR      ( 'X' )
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR      ( 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR        ( 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR      ( 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR    ( 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require the data the debugger needs access to to
+ * be global, rather than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+    #define static
+#endif
+
+/* The name allocated to the Idle task.  This can be overridden by defining
+ * configIDLE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#ifndef configIDLE_TASK_NAME
+    #define configIDLE_TASK_NAME    "IDLE"
+#endif
+
+#if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+
+/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 0 then task selection is
+ * performed in a generic way that is not optimised to any particular
+ * microcontroller architecture. */
+
+/* uxTopReadyPriority holds the priority of the highest priority ready
+ * state task. */
+    #define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority ) \
+    {                                               \
+        if( ( uxPriority ) > uxTopReadyPriority )   \
+        {                                           \
+            uxTopReadyPriority = ( uxPriority );    \
+        }                                           \
+    } /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+        UBaseType_t uxTopPriority = uxTopReadyPriority;                       \
+                                                                              \
+        /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */      \
+        while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) ) \
+        {                                                                     \
+            configASSERT( uxTopPriority );                                    \
+            --uxTopPriority;                                                  \
+        }                                                                     \
+                                                                              \
+        /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY indexes through the list, so the tasks of \
+         * the  same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */                    \
+        listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ); \
+        uxTopReadyPriority = uxTopPriority;                                                   \
+    } /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Define away taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() and portRESET_READY_PRIORITY() as
+ * they are only required when a port optimised method of task selection is
+ * being used. */
+    #define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )
+    #define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+#else /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/* If configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION is 1 then task selection is
+ * performed in a way that is tailored to the particular microcontroller
+ * architecture being used. */
+
+/* A port optimised version is provided.  Call the port defined macros. */
+    #define taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )    portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority )
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #define taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK()                                                  \
+    {                                                                                           \
+        UBaseType_t uxTopPriority;                                                              \
+                                                                                                \
+        /* Find the highest priority list that contains ready tasks. */                         \
+        portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );                          \
+        configASSERT( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) ) > 0 ); \
+        listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopPriority ] ) );   \
+    } /* taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK() */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* A port optimised version is provided, call it only if the TCB being reset
+ * is being referenced from a ready list.  If it is referenced from a delayed
+ * or suspended list then it won't be in a ready list. */
+    #define taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority )                                                     \
+    {                                                                                                  \
+        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( uxPriority ) ] ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) \
+        {                                                                                              \
+            portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( ( uxPriority ), ( uxTopReadyPriority ) );                        \
+        }                                                                                              \
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* pxDelayedTaskList and pxOverflowDelayedTaskList are switched when the tick
+ * count overflows. */
+#define taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS()                                                \
+    {                                                                             \
+        List_t * pxTemp;                                                          \
+                                                                                  \
+        /* The delayed tasks list should be empty when the lists are switched. */ \
+        configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );               \
+                                                                                  \
+        pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;                                               \
+        pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;                            \
+        pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;                                       \
+        xNumOfOverflows++;                                                        \
+        prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();                                            \
+    }
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready list for
+ * the task.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB )                                                                 \
+    traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB );                                                           \
+    taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority );                                                \
+    listINSERT_END( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xStateListItem ) ); \
+    tracePOST_MOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take a TaskHandle_t parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter.  This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle )    ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? pxCurrentTCB : ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* The item value of the event list item is normally used to hold the priority
+ * of the task to which it belongs (coded to allow it to be held in reverse
+ * priority order).  However, it is occasionally borrowed for other purposes.  It
+ * is important its value is not updated due to a task priority change while it is
+ * being used for another purpose.  The following bit definition is used to inform
+ * the scheduler that the value should not be changed - in which case it is the
+ * responsibility of whichever module is using the value to ensure it gets set back
+ * to its original value when it is released. */
+#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+    #define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE    0x8000U
+#else
+    #define taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE    0x80000000UL
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Task control block.  A task control block (TCB) is allocated for each task,
+ * and stores task state information, including a pointer to the task's context
+ * (the task's run time environment, including register values)
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock       /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+{
+    volatile StackType_t * pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack.  THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+
+    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+        xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer.  THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE TCB STRUCT. */
+    #endif
+
+    ListItem_t xStateListItem;                  /*< The list that the state list item of a task is reference from denotes the state of that task (Ready, Blocked, Suspended ). */
+    ListItem_t xEventListItem;                  /*< Used to reference a task from an event list. */
+    UBaseType_t uxPriority;                     /*< The priority of the task.  0 is the lowest priority. */
+    StackType_t * pxStack;                      /*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+    char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ]; /*< Descriptive name given to the task when created.  Facilitates debugging only. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+
+    #if ( ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) || ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 ) )
+        StackType_t * pxEndOfStack; /*< Points to the highest valid address for the stack. */
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting; /*< Holds the critical section nesting depth for ports that do not maintain their own count in the port layer. */
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxTCBNumber;  /*< Stores a number that increments each time a TCB is created.  It allows debuggers to determine when a task has been deleted and then recreated. */
+        UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber; /*< Stores a number specifically for use by third party trace code. */
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+        UBaseType_t uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+        UBaseType_t uxMutexesHeld;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+        TaskHookFunction_t pxTaskTag;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS > 0 )
+        void * pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS ];
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+        uint32_t ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Stores the amount of time the task has spent in the Running state. */
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+        /* Allocate a Newlib reent structure that is specific to this task.
+         * Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
+         * used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves.  FreeRTOS is not
+         * responsible for resulting newlib operation.  User must be familiar with
+         * newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
+         * stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
+         * implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
+         *
+         * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+         * for additional information. */
+        struct  _reent xNewLib_reent;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+        volatile uint32_t ulNotifiedValue[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
+        volatile uint8_t ucNotifyState[ configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES ];
+    #endif
+
+    /* See the comments in FreeRTOS.h with the definition of
+     * tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE. */
+    #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+        uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated;                     /*< Set to pdTRUE if the task is a statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+        uint8_t ucDelayAborted;
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+        int iTaskErrno;
+    #endif
+} tskTCB;
+
+/* The old tskTCB name is maintained above then typedefed to the new TCB_t name
+ * below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+typedef tskTCB TCB_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+ * which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA TCB_t * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------
+ * xDelayedTaskList1 and xDelayedTaskList2 could be moved to function scope but
+ * doing so breaks some kernel aware debuggers and debuggers that rely on removing
+ * the static qualifier. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList1;                         /*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xDelayedTaskList2;                         /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxDelayedTaskList;              /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;      /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xPendingReadyList;                         /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended.  They will be moved to the ready list when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but their memory not yet freed. */
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* Global POSIX errno. Its value is changed upon context switching to match
+ * the errno of the currently running task. */
+#if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+    int FreeRTOS_errno = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xPendedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile BaseType_t xNumOfOverflows = ( BaseType_t ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static UBaseType_t uxTaskNumber = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile TickType_t xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /* Initialised to portMAX_DELAY before the scheduler starts. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xIdleTaskHandle = NULL;                          /*< Holds the handle of the idle task.  The idle task is created automatically when the scheduler is started. */
+
+/* Improve support for OpenOCD. The kernel tracks Ready tasks via priority lists.
+ * For tracking the state of remote threads, OpenOCD uses uxTopUsedPriority
+ * to determine the number of priority lists to read back from the remote target. */
+const volatile UBaseType_t uxTopUsedPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1U;
+
+/* Context switches are held pending while the scheduler is suspended.  Also,
+ * interrupts must not manipulate the xStateListItem of a TCB, or any of the
+ * lists the xStateListItem can be referenced from, if the scheduler is suspended.
+ * If an interrupt needs to unblock a task while the scheduler is suspended then it
+ * moves the task's event list item into the xPendingReadyList, ready for the
+ * kernel to move the task from the pending ready list into the real ready list
+ * when the scheduler is unsuspended.  The pending ready list itself can only be
+ * accessed from a critical section. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile UBaseType_t uxSchedulerSuspended = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+/* Do not move these variables to function scope as doing so prevents the
+ * code working with debuggers that need to remove the static qualifier. */
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint32_t ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL;    /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile uint32_t ulTotalRunTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the total amount of execution time as defined by the run time counter clock. */
+
+#endif
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+    static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+    static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t * pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task.  This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted.  If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state.  Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                                            const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Fills an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each task that is
+ * referenced from the pxList list (which may be a ready list, a delayed list,
+ * a suspended list, etc.).
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray,
+                                                     List_t * pxList,
+                                                     eTaskState eState ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Searches pxList for a task with name pcNameToQuery - returning a handle to
+ * the task if it is found, or NULL if the task is not found.
+ */
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+    static TCB_t * prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t * pxList,
+                                                     const char pcNameToQuery[] ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+
+    static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return the amount of time, in ticks, that will pass before the kernel will
+ * next move a task from the Blocked state to the Running state.
+ *
+ * This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+ * This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() can be called when user
+ * defined low power mode implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be
+ * set to a value other than 1.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+    static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the time at which the next Blocked state task
+ * will exit the Blocked state.
+ */
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+/*
+ * Helper function used to pad task names with spaces when printing out
+ * human readable tables of task information.
+ */
+    static char * prvWriteNameToBuffer( char * pcBuffer,
+                                        const char * pcTaskName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Task_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+                                  const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                  const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+                                  void * const pvParameters,
+                                  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                  TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+                                  TCB_t * pxNewTCB,
+                                  const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a new task has been created and initialised to place the task
+ * under the control of the scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t * pxNewTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user definable
+ * macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is the only macro
+ * called by the function.
+ */
+#ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+
+    static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+    TaskHandle_t xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+                                    const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                    const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+                                    void * const pvParameters,
+                                    UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                    StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
+                                    StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
+        TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+        configASSERT( pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+        #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+            {
+                /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+                 * variable of type StaticTask_t equals the size of the real task
+                 * structure. */
+                volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTask_t );
+                configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+                ( void ) xSize; /* Prevent lint warning when configASSERT() is not used. */
+            }
+        #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+        if( ( pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) && ( puxStackBuffer != NULL ) )
+        {
+            /* The memory used for the task's TCB and stack are passed into this
+             * function - use them. */
+            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 Unusual cast is ok as the structures are designed to have the same alignment, and the size is checked by an assert. */
+            pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) puxStackBuffer;
+
+            #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+                {
+                    /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+                     * task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+                    pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+                }
+            #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ulStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, &xReturn, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+            prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = NULL;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* SUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
+                                            TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+        configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL );
+        configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL );
+
+        if( ( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL ) && ( pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer != NULL ) )
+        {
+            /* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+             * on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+             * not static allocation is being used. */
+            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxTaskDefinition->pxTaskBuffer;
+
+            /* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+            pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+            #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+                {
+                    /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+                     * task was created statically in case the task is later deleted. */
+                    pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+                }
+            #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+                                  pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+                                  ( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+                                  pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+                                  pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+                                  pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+                                  pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+            prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
+                                      TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+
+        configASSERT( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer );
+
+        if( pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer != NULL )
+        {
+            /* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends
+             * on the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or
+             * not static allocation is being used. */
+            pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+            if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+            {
+                /* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+                pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxTaskDefinition->puxStackBuffer;
+
+                #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 )
+                    {
+                        /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note
+                         * this task had a statically allocated stack in case it is
+                         * later deleted.  The TCB was allocated dynamically. */
+                        pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY;
+                    }
+                #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+                prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskDefinition->pvTaskCode,
+                                      pxTaskDefinition->pcName,
+                                      ( uint32_t ) pxTaskDefinition->usStackDepth,
+                                      pxTaskDefinition->pvParameters,
+                                      pxTaskDefinition->uxPriority,
+                                      pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB,
+                                      pxTaskDefinition->xRegions );
+
+                prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+                            const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                            const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE usStackDepth,
+                            void * const pvParameters,
+                            UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                            TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxNewTCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        /* If the stack grows down then allocate the stack then the TCB so the stack
+         * does not grow into the TCB.  Likewise if the stack grows up then allocate
+         * the TCB then the stack. */
+        #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+            {
+                /* Allocate space for the TCB.  Where the memory comes from depends on
+                 * the implementation of the port malloc function and whether or not static
+                 * allocation is being used. */
+                pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) );
+
+                if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+                {
+                    /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+                     * The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+                     * be deleted later if required. */
+                    pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( StackType_t * ) pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+                    if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+                    {
+                        /* Could not allocate the stack.  Delete the allocated TCB. */
+                        vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+                        pxNewTCB = NULL;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+            {
+                StackType_t * pxStack;
+
+                /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created. */
+                pxStack = pvPortMallocStack( ( ( ( size_t ) usStackDepth ) * sizeof( StackType_t ) ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation is the stack. */
+
+                if( pxStack != NULL )
+                {
+                    /* Allocate space for the TCB. */
+                    pxNewTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( TCB_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of TCB_t is always a pointer to the task's stack. */
+
+                    if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+                    {
+                        /* Store the stack location in the TCB. */
+                        pxNewTCB->pxStack = pxStack;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* The stack cannot be used as the TCB was not created.  Free
+                         * it again. */
+                        vPortFreeStack( pxStack );
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pxNewTCB = NULL;
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+        if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+        {
+            #if ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e9029 !e731 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+                {
+                    /* Tasks can be created statically or dynamically, so note this
+                     * task was created dynamically in case it is later deleted. */
+                    pxNewTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated = tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB;
+                }
+            #endif /* tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE */
+
+            prvInitialiseNewTask( pxTaskCode, pcName, ( uint32_t ) usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask, pxNewTCB, NULL );
+            prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+            xReturn = pdPASS;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseNewTask( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
+                                  const char * const pcName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                  const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
+                                  void * const pvParameters,
+                                  UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                  TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask,
+                                  TCB_t * pxNewTCB,
+                                  const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+{
+    StackType_t * pxTopOfStack;
+    UBaseType_t x;
+
+    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+        /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+        BaseType_t xRunPrivileged;
+
+        if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0U )
+        {
+            xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+        }
+        uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+    #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+    /* Avoid dependency on memset() if it is not required. */
+    #if ( tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE == 1 )
+        {
+            /* Fill the stack with a known value to assist debugging. */
+            ( void ) memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, ( int ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, ( size_t ) ulStackDepth * sizeof( StackType_t ) );
+        }
+    #endif /* tskSET_NEW_STACKS_TO_KNOWN_VALUE */
+
+    /* Calculate the top of stack address.  This depends on whether the stack
+     * grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or vice versa.
+     * portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as required
+     * by the port. */
+    #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+        {
+            pxTopOfStack = &( pxNewTCB->pxStack[ ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 ] );
+            pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ); /*lint !e923 !e9033 !e9078 MISRA exception.  Avoiding casts between pointers and integers is not practical.  Size differences accounted for using portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE type.  Checked by assert(). */
+
+            /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+            configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+            #if ( configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Also record the stack's high address, which may assist
+                     * debugging. */
+                    pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxTopOfStack;
+                }
+            #endif /* configRECORD_STACK_HIGH_ADDRESS */
+        }
+    #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+        {
+            pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+            /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+            configASSERT( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+            /* The other extreme of the stack space is required if stack checking is
+             * performed. */
+            pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( ulStackDepth - ( uint32_t ) 1 );
+        }
+    #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+
+    /* Store the task name in the TCB. */
+    if( pcName != NULL )
+    {
+        for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+        {
+            pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ x ] = pcName[ x ];
+
+            /* Don't copy all configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN if the string is shorter than
+             * configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN characters just in case the memory after the
+             * string is not accessible (extremely unlikely). */
+            if( pcName[ x ] == ( char ) 0x00 )
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Ensure the name string is terminated in the case that the string length
+         * was greater or equal to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN. */
+        pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ] = '\0';
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* The task has not been given a name, so just ensure there is a NULL
+         * terminator when it is read out. */
+        pxNewTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] = 0x00;
+    }
+
+    /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. */
+    configASSERT( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES );
+    if( uxPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+    {
+        uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+    }
+
+    pxNewTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+    #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+            pxNewTCB->uxMutexesHeld = 0;
+        }
+    #endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+
+    vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+    vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+    /* Set the pxNewTCB as a link back from the ListItem_t.  This is so we can get
+     * back to  the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+    listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xStateListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+    /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+    listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxNewTCB->xEventListItem ), pxNewTCB );
+
+    #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
+        }
+    #endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+
+    #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+        }
+    #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+    #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+        }
+    #endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+        {
+            vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxNewTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxNewTCB->pxStack, ulStackDepth );
+        }
+    #else
+        {
+            /* Avoid compiler warning about unreferenced parameter. */
+            ( void ) xRegions;
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+        {
+            memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+        {
+            memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->ulNotifiedValue ) );
+            memset( ( void * ) &( pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState[ 0 ] ), 0x00, sizeof( pxNewTCB->ucNotifyState ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+        {
+            /* Initialise this task's Newlib reent structure.
+             * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+             * for additional information. */
+            _REENT_INIT_PTR( ( &( pxNewTCB->xNewLib_reent ) ) );
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+        {
+            pxNewTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+     * but had been interrupted by the scheduler.  The return address is set
+     * to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+     * the top of stack variable is updated. */
+    #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+        {
+            /* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
+             * pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
+             * function as well. */
+            #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+                {
+                    #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+                        {
+                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+                        }
+                    #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+                        {
+                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+                        }
+                    #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+                }
+            #else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+                {
+                    pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+                }
+            #endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+        }
+    #else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+        {
+            /* If the port has capability to detect stack overflow,
+             * pass the stack end address to the stack initialization
+             * function as well. */
+            #if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
+                {
+                    #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+                        {
+                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+                        }
+                    #else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+                        {
+                            pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+                        }
+                    #endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
+                }
+            #else /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+                {
+                    pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+                }
+            #endif /* portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING */
+        }
+    #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+    if( pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+    {
+        /* Pass the handle out in an anonymous way.  The handle can be used to
+         * change the created task's priority, delete the created task, etc.*/
+        *pxCreatedTask = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNewTCB;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddNewTaskToReadyList( TCB_t * pxNewTCB )
+{
+    /* Ensure interrupts don't access the task lists while the lists are being
+     * updated. */
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+
+        if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+        {
+            /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+             * the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+            pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+            if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+            {
+                /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+                 * initialisation required.  We will not recover if this call
+                 * fails, but we will report the failure. */
+                prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+             * current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+             * so far. */
+            if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+                {
+                    pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+
+        uxTaskNumber++;
+
+        #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+            {
+                /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+                pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+        traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+
+        prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxNewTCB );
+
+        portSETUP_TCB( pxNewTCB );
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+    {
+        /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+         * then it should run now. */
+        if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < pxNewTCB->uxPriority )
+        {
+            taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is
+             * being deleted. */
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToDelete );
+
+            /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list. */
+            if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+            if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+            {
+                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            /* Increment the uxTaskNumber also so kernel aware debuggers can
+             * detect that the task lists need re-generating.  This is done before
+             * portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as in the Windows port that macro will
+             * not return. */
+            uxTaskNumber++;
+
+            if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+            {
+                /* A task is deleting itself.  This cannot complete within the
+                 * task itself, as a context switch to another task is required.
+                 * Place the task in the termination list.  The idle task will
+                 * check the termination list and free up any memory allocated by
+                 * the scheduler for the TCB and stack of the deleted task. */
+                vListInsertEnd( &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+                /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+                 * there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+                 * check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+                ++uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+
+                /* Call the delete hook before portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() as
+                 * portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK() does not return in the Win32 port. */
+                traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+
+                /* The pre-delete hook is primarily for the Windows simulator,
+                 * in which Windows specific clean up operations are performed,
+                 * after which it is not possible to yield away from this task -
+                 * hence xYieldPending is used to latch that a context switch is
+                 * required. */
+                portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pxTCB, &xYieldPending );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+                traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+                prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+
+                /* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to
+                 * the task that has just been deleted. */
+                prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        /* Force a reschedule if it is the currently running task that has just
+         * been deleted. */
+        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+            {
+                configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+                portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
+                                const TickType_t xTimeIncrement )
+    {
+        TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+        BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+        configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+        configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0U ) );
+        configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        {
+            /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+             * block. */
+            const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+            /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+            xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+            if( xConstTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+            {
+                /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+                 * lasted called.  In this case the only time we should ever
+                 * actually delay is if the wake time has also  overflowed,
+                 * and the wake time is greater than the tick time.  When this
+                 * is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+                if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+                {
+                    xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* The tick time has not overflowed.  In this case we will
+                 * delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+                 * tick time is less than the wake time. */
+                if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xConstTickCount ) )
+                {
+                    xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+            *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+            if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( xTimeToWake );
+
+                /* prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() needs the block time, not
+                 * the time to wake, so subtract the current tick count. */
+                prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake - xConstTickCount, pdFALSE );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+        /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+         * have put ourselves to sleep. */
+        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xShouldDelay;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskDelayUntil */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+        /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+        if( xTicksToDelay > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+        {
+            configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+            vTaskSuspendAll();
+            {
+                traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+                /* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+                 * scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+                 * list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+                 * is resumed.
+                 *
+                 * This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+                 * executing task. */
+                prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pdFALSE );
+            }
+            xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+         * have put ourselves to sleep. */
+        if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelay */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 ) )
+
+    eTaskState eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        eTaskState eReturn;
+        List_t const * pxStateList, * pxDelayedList, * pxOverflowedDelayedList;
+        const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+        configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+        if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+        {
+            /* The task calling this function is querying its own state. */
+            eReturn = eRunning;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+            {
+                pxStateList = listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                pxDelayedList = pxDelayedTaskList;
+                pxOverflowedDelayedList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+            }
+            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+            if( ( pxStateList == pxDelayedList ) || ( pxStateList == pxOverflowedDelayedList ) )
+            {
+                /* The task being queried is referenced from one of the Blocked
+                 * lists. */
+                eReturn = eBlocked;
+            }
+
+            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+                else if( pxStateList == &xSuspendedTaskList )
+                {
+                    /* The task being queried is referenced from the suspended
+                     * list.  Is it genuinely suspended or is it blocked
+                     * indefinitely? */
+                    if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL )
+                    {
+                        #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+                            {
+                                BaseType_t x;
+
+                                /* The task does not appear on the event list item of
+                                 * and of the RTOS objects, but could still be in the
+                                 * blocked state if it is waiting on its notification
+                                 * rather than waiting on an object.  If not, is
+                                 * suspended. */
+                                eReturn = eSuspended;
+
+                                for( x = 0; x < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES; x++ )
+                                {
+                                    if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ x ] == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+                                    {
+                                        eReturn = eBlocked;
+                                        break;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                            }
+                        #else /* if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) */
+                            {
+                                eReturn = eSuspended;
+                            }
+                        #endif /* if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) */
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        eReturn = eBlocked;
+                    }
+                }
+            #endif /* if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) */
+
+            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+                else if( ( pxStateList == &xTasksWaitingTermination ) || ( pxStateList == NULL ) )
+                {
+                    /* The task being queried is referenced from the deleted
+                     * tasks list, or it is not referenced from any lists at
+                     * all. */
+                    eReturn = eDeleted;
+                }
+            #endif
+
+            else /*lint !e525 Negative indentation is intended to make use of pre-processor clearer. */
+            {
+                /* If the task is not in any other state, it must be in the
+                 * Ready (including pending ready) state. */
+                eReturn = eReady;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return eReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t const * pxTCB;
+        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the task
+             * that called uxTaskPriorityGet() that is being queried. */
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+            uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return uxReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t const * pxTCB;
+        UBaseType_t uxReturn, uxSavedInterruptState;
+
+        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
+         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+         * provided on the following link:
+         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+        uxSavedInterruptState = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+        {
+            /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+             * task that is being queried. */
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+            uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+        }
+        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptState );
+
+        return uxReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                           UBaseType_t uxNewPriority )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        UBaseType_t uxCurrentBasePriority, uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+        BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+        configASSERT( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES );
+
+        /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+        if( uxNewPriority >= ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+        {
+            uxNewPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( UBaseType_t ) 1U;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* If null is passed in here then it is the priority of the calling
+             * task that is being changed. */
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+            traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTCB, uxNewPriority );
+
+            #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+                {
+                    uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+                }
+            #else
+                {
+                    uxCurrentBasePriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+                }
+            #endif
+
+            if( uxCurrentBasePriority != uxNewPriority )
+            {
+                /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+                 * priority than the calling task. */
+                if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentBasePriority )
+                {
+                    if( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB )
+                    {
+                        /* The priority of a task other than the currently
+                         * running task is being raised.  Is the priority being
+                         * raised above that of the running task? */
+                        if( uxNewPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                        {
+                            xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* The priority of the running task is being raised,
+                         * but the running task must already be the highest
+                         * priority task able to run so no yield is required. */
+                    }
+                }
+                else if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+                {
+                    /* Setting the priority of the running task down means
+                     * there may now be another task of higher priority that
+                     * is ready to execute. */
+                    xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Setting the priority of any other task down does not
+                     * require a yield as the running task must be above the
+                     * new priority of the task being modified. */
+                }
+
+                /* Remember the ready list the task might be referenced from
+                 * before its uxPriority member is changed so the
+                 * taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY() macro can function correctly. */
+                uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+
+                #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+                         * currently using an inherited priority. */
+                        if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+                        {
+                            pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+
+                        /* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+                        pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+                    }
+                #else /* if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) */
+                    {
+                        pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+                    }
+                #endif /* if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) */
+
+                /* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+                 * being used for anything else. */
+                if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+                {
+                    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxNewPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+                 * nothing more than change its priority variable. However, if
+                 * the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+                 * in the list appropriate to its new priority. */
+                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before
+                     * adding it to its new ready list.  As we are in a critical
+                     * section we can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+                    if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+                    {
+                        /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+                         * there is no need to check again and the port level
+                         * reset macro can be called directly. */
+                        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxTopReadyPriority );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                if( xYieldRequired != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                /* Remove compiler warning about unused variables when the port
+                 * optimised task selection is not being used. */
+                ( void ) uxPriorityUsedOnEntry;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* If null is passed in here then it is the running task that is
+             * being suspended. */
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSuspend );
+
+            traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+            /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the
+             * suspended list. */
+            if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                taskRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+            if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+            {
+                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            vListInsertEnd( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+            #if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+                {
+                    BaseType_t x;
+
+                    for( x = 0; x < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES; x++ )
+                    {
+                        if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ x ] == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+                        {
+                            /* The task was blocked to wait for a notification, but is
+                             * now suspended, so no notification was received. */
+                            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ x ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            #endif /* if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 ) */
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* Reset the next expected unblock time in case it referred to the
+             * task that is now in the Suspended state. */
+            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+            {
+                prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+            }
+            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+        {
+            if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                /* The current task has just been suspended. */
+                configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+                portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+                 * to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+                 * must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+                if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks ) /*lint !e931 Right has no side effect, just volatile. */
+                {
+                    /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+                     * NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+                     * be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+                     * is. */
+                    pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    vTaskSwitchContext();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+    static BaseType_t prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( const TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+        const TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTask;
+
+        /* Accesses xPendingReadyList so must be called from a critical
+         * section. */
+
+        /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+        configASSERT( xTask );
+
+        /* Is the task being resumed actually in the suspended list? */
+        if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+            if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the Suspended
+                 * state, or because is is blocked with no timeout? */
+                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961.  The cast is only redundant when NULL is used. */
+                {
+                    xReturn = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 xTask cannot be a pointer to const because it is a typedef. */
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+    {
+        TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+
+        /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+        configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+        /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+         * currently executing task. */
+        if( ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) && ( pxTCB != NULL ) )
+        {
+            taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+            {
+                if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+                    /* The ready list can be accessed even if the scheduler is
+                     * suspended because this is inside a critical section. */
+                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+                    /* A higher priority task may have just been resumed. */
+                    if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                    {
+                        /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run,
+                         * but will leave the lists in the correct state for the
+                         * next yield. */
+                        taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+        TCB_t * const pxTCB = xTaskToResume;
+        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+        configASSERT( xTaskToResume );
+
+        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
+         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+         * provided on the following link:
+         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+        {
+            if( prvTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+                /* Check the ready lists can be accessed. */
+                if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* Ready lists can be accessed so move the task from the
+                     * suspended list to the ready list directly. */
+                    if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                    {
+                        xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+
+                        /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+                         * using the return value to initiate a context switch
+                         * from the ISR using portYIELD_FROM_ISR. */
+                        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* The delayed or ready lists cannot be accessed so the task
+                     * is held in the pending ready list until the scheduler is
+                     * unsuspended. */
+                    vListInsertEnd( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+        return xYieldRequired;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+    /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+        {
+            StaticTask_t * pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+            StackType_t * pxIdleTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+            uint32_t ulIdleTaskStackSize;
+
+            /* The Idle task is created using user provided RAM - obtain the
+             * address of the RAM then create the idle task. */
+            vApplicationGetIdleTaskMemory( &pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer, &pxIdleTaskStackBuffer, &ulIdleTaskStackSize );
+            xIdleTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic( prvIdleTask,
+                                                 configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+                                                 ulIdleTaskStackSize,
+                                                 ( void * ) NULL,       /*lint !e961.  The cast is not redundant for all compilers. */
+                                                 portPRIVILEGE_BIT,     /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+                                                 pxIdleTaskStackBuffer,
+                                                 pxIdleTaskTCBBuffer ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+
+            if( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL )
+            {
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            }
+        }
+    #else /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+        {
+            /* The Idle task is being created using dynamically allocated RAM. */
+            xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask,
+                                   configIDLE_TASK_NAME,
+                                   configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
+                                   ( void * ) NULL,
+                                   portPRIVILEGE_BIT,  /* In effect ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), but tskIDLE_PRIORITY is zero. */
+                                   &xIdleTaskHandle ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception, justified as it is not a redundant explicit cast to all supported compilers. */
+        }
+    #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+        {
+            if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+            {
+                xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+    #endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+    if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+    {
+        /* freertos_tasks_c_additions_init() should only be called if the user
+         * definable macro FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT() is defined, as that is
+         * the only macro called by the function. */
+        #ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+            {
+                freertos_tasks_c_additions_init();
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+         * before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler().  The stacks of
+         * the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+         * so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+         * starts to run. */
+        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+        #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+            {
+                /* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+                 * structure specific to the task that will run first.
+                 * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+                 * for additional information. */
+                _impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+        xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+        xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+        xTickCount = ( TickType_t ) configINITIAL_TICK_COUNT;
+
+        /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+         * macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+         * the run time counter time base.   NOTE:  If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+         * is set to 0 and the following line fails to build then ensure you do not
+         * have portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() defined in your
+         * FreeRTOSConfig.h file. */
+        portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+        traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+        /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+         * portable interface. */
+        if( xPortStartScheduler() != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+             * function will not return. */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started,
+         * because there was not enough FreeRTOS heap to create the idle task
+         * or the timer task. */
+        configASSERT( xReturn != errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY );
+    }
+
+    /* Prevent compiler warnings if INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle is set to 0,
+     * meaning xIdleTaskHandle is not used anywhere else. */
+    ( void ) xIdleTaskHandle;
+
+    /* OpenOCD makes use of uxTopUsedPriority for thread debugging. Prevent uxTopUsedPriority
+     * from getting optimized out as it is no longer used by the kernel. */
+    ( void ) uxTopUsedPriority;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+    /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+     * routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary.  The port
+     * layer must ensure interrupts enable  bit is left in the correct state. */
+    portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+    xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+    vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+    /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+     * BaseType_t.  Please read Richard Barry's reply in the following link to a
+     * post in the FreeRTOS support forum before reporting this as a bug! -
+     * https://goo.gl/wu4acr */
+
+    /* portSOFRWARE_BARRIER() is only implemented for emulated/simulated ports that
+     * do not otherwise exhibit real time behaviour. */
+    portSOFTWARE_BARRIER();
+
+    /* The scheduler is suspended if uxSchedulerSuspended is non-zero.  An increment
+     * is used to allow calls to vTaskSuspendAll() to nest. */
+    ++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+    /* Enforces ordering for ports and optimised compilers that may otherwise place
+     * the above increment elsewhere. */
+    portMEMORY_BARRIER();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+    static TickType_t prvGetExpectedIdleTime( void )
+    {
+        TickType_t xReturn;
+        UBaseType_t uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdFALSE;
+
+        /* uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks takes care of the case where
+         * configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0, so there may be tasks above the idle priority
+         * task that are in the Ready state, even though the idle task is
+         * running. */
+        #if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 )
+            {
+                if( uxTopReadyPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+                {
+                    uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+                }
+            }
+        #else
+            {
+                const UBaseType_t uxLeastSignificantBit = ( UBaseType_t ) 0x01;
+
+                /* When port optimised task selection is used the uxTopReadyPriority
+                 * variable is used as a bit map.  If bits other than the least
+                 * significant bit are set then there are tasks that have a priority
+                 * above the idle priority that are in the Ready state.  This takes
+                 * care of the case where the co-operative scheduler is in use. */
+                if( uxTopReadyPriority > uxLeastSignificantBit )
+                {
+                    uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks = pdTRUE;
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* if ( configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 0 ) */
+
+        if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority > tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+        {
+            xReturn = 0;
+        }
+        else if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > 1 )
+        {
+            /* There are other idle priority tasks in the ready state.  If
+             * time slicing is used then the very next tick interrupt must be
+             * processed. */
+            xReturn = 0;
+        }
+        else if( uxHigherPriorityReadyTasks != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* There are tasks in the Ready state that have a priority above the
+             * idle priority.  This path can only be reached if
+             * configUSE_PREEMPTION is 0. */
+            xReturn = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = xNextTaskUnblockTime - xTickCount;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+    TCB_t * pxTCB = NULL;
+    BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+    /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+     * previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+    /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+     * list while the scheduler was suspended.  If this was the case then the
+     * removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList.  Once the
+     * scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+     * tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        --uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+        if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+        {
+            if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+            {
+                /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+                 * appropriate ready list. */
+                while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyList ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+                    portMEMORY_BARRIER();
+                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+                    /* If the moved task has a priority higher than or equal to
+                     * the current task then a yield must be performed. */
+                    if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                    {
+                        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if( pxTCB != NULL )
+                {
+                    /* A task was unblocked while the scheduler was suspended,
+                     * which may have prevented the next unblock time from being
+                     * re-calculated, in which case re-calculate it now.  Mainly
+                     * important for low power tickless implementations, where
+                     * this can prevent an unnecessary exit from low power
+                     * state. */
+                    prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+                }
+
+                /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+                 * they should be processed now.  This ensures the tick count does
+                 * not  slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct
+                 * time. */
+                {
+                    TickType_t xPendedCounts = xPendedTicks; /* Non-volatile copy. */
+
+                    if( xPendedCounts > ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+                    {
+                        do
+                        {
+                            if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
+                            {
+                                xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+
+                            --xPendedCounts;
+                        } while( xPendedCounts > ( TickType_t ) 0U );
+
+                        xPendedTicks = 0;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION != 0 )
+                        {
+                            xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+                        }
+                    #endif
+                    taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+    TickType_t xTicks;
+
+    /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+    portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        xTicks = xTickCount;
+    }
+    portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+    TickType_t xReturn;
+    UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+    /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a maximum
+     * system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.  Interrupts that are
+     * above the maximum system call priority are kept permanently enabled, even
+     * when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section, but cannot make any calls to
+     * FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT() is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+     * then portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+     * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has been
+     * assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call priority.
+     * Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called from interrupts
+     * that have been assigned a priority at or (logically) below the maximum
+     * system call  interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a separate interrupt
+     * safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as simple as possible.
+     * More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is provided on the following
+     * link: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+    portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+    uxSavedInterruptStatus = portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+    {
+        xReturn = xTickCount;
+    }
+    portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+UBaseType_t uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+    /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+     * BaseType_t. */
+    return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+char * pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+{
+    TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+    /* If null is passed in here then the name of the calling task is being
+     * queried. */
+    pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+    configASSERT( pxTCB );
+    return &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+    static TCB_t * prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( List_t * pxList,
+                                                     const char pcNameToQuery[] )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxNextTCB, * pxFirstTCB, * pxReturn = NULL;
+        UBaseType_t x;
+        char cNextChar;
+        BaseType_t xBreakLoop;
+
+        /* This function is called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+            do
+            {
+                listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+                /* Check each character in the name looking for a match or
+                 * mismatch. */
+                xBreakLoop = pdFALSE;
+
+                for( x = ( UBaseType_t ) 0; x < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN; x++ )
+                {
+                    cNextChar = pxNextTCB->pcTaskName[ x ];
+
+                    if( cNextChar != pcNameToQuery[ x ] )
+                    {
+                        /* Characters didn't match. */
+                        xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else if( cNextChar == ( char ) 0x00 )
+                    {
+                        /* Both strings terminated, a match must have been
+                         * found. */
+                        pxReturn = pxNextTCB;
+                        xBreakLoop = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    if( xBreakLoop != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if( pxReturn != NULL )
+                {
+                    /* The handle has been found. */
+                    break;
+                }
+            } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return pxReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle == 1 )
+
+    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+    {
+        UBaseType_t uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        /* Task names will be truncated to configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 bytes. */
+        configASSERT( strlen( pcNameToQuery ) < configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        {
+            /* Search the ready lists. */
+            do
+            {
+                uxQueue--;
+                pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), pcNameToQuery );
+
+                if( pxTCB != NULL )
+                {
+                    /* Found the handle. */
+                    break;
+                }
+            } while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+            /* Search the delayed lists. */
+            if( pxTCB == NULL )
+            {
+                pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+            }
+
+            if( pxTCB == NULL )
+            {
+                pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+            }
+
+            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+                {
+                    if( pxTCB == NULL )
+                    {
+                        /* Search the suspended list. */
+                        pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xSuspendedTaskList, pcNameToQuery );
+                    }
+                }
+            #endif
+
+            #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+                {
+                    if( pxTCB == NULL )
+                    {
+                        /* Search the deleted list. */
+                        pxTCB = prvSearchForNameWithinSingleList( &xTasksWaitingTermination, pcNameToQuery );
+                    }
+                }
+            #endif
+        }
+        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+        return pxTCB;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetHandle */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
+                                      const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
+                                      uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime )
+    {
+        UBaseType_t uxTask = 0, uxQueue = configMAX_PRIORITIES;
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        {
+            /* Is there a space in the array for each task in the system? */
+            if( uxArraySize >= uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+            {
+                /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+                 * task in the Ready state. */
+                do
+                {
+                    uxQueue--;
+                    uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), eReady );
+                } while( uxQueue > ( UBaseType_t ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+                /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on each
+                 * task in the Blocked state. */
+                uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+                uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, eBlocked );
+
+                #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+                         * each task that has been deleted but not yet cleaned up. */
+                        uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xTasksWaitingTermination, eDeleted );
+                    }
+                #endif
+
+                #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* Fill in an TaskStatus_t structure with information on
+                         * each task in the Suspended state. */
+                        uxTask += prvListTasksWithinSingleList( &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), &xSuspendedTaskList, eSuspended );
+                    }
+                #endif
+
+                #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+                    {
+                        if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+                        {
+                            #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+                                portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ( *pulTotalRunTime ) );
+                            #else
+                                *pulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+                            #endif
+                        }
+                    }
+                #else /* if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) */
+                    {
+                        if( pulTotalRunTime != NULL )
+                        {
+                            *pulTotalRunTime = 0;
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) */
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+        return uxTask;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 )
+
+    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void )
+    {
+        /* If xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+         * started, then xIdleTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+        configASSERT( ( xIdleTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+        return xIdleTaskHandle;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality to 1.
+ * This is to ensure vTaskStepTick() is available when user defined low power mode
+ * implementations require configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than
+ * 1. */
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+    void vTaskStepTick( const TickType_t xTicksToJump )
+    {
+        /* Correct the tick count value after a period during which the tick
+         * was suppressed.  Note this does *not* call the tick hook function for
+         * each stepped tick. */
+        configASSERT( ( xTickCount + xTicksToJump ) <= xNextTaskUnblockTime );
+        xTickCount += xTicksToJump;
+        traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( xTicksToJump );
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp )
+{
+    BaseType_t xYieldOccurred;
+
+    /* Must not be called with the scheduler suspended as the implementation
+     * relies on xPendedTicks being wound down to 0 in xTaskResumeAll(). */
+    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended == 0 );
+
+    /* Use xPendedTicks to mimic xTicksToCatchUp number of ticks occurring when
+     * the scheduler is suspended so the ticks are executed in xTaskResumeAll(). */
+    vTaskSuspendAll();
+    xPendedTicks += xTicksToCatchUp;
+    xYieldOccurred = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+    return xYieldOccurred;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB = xTask;
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( pxTCB );
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        {
+            /* A task can only be prematurely removed from the Blocked state if
+             * it is actually in the Blocked state. */
+            if( eTaskGetState( xTask ) == eBlocked )
+            {
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+                /* Remove the reference to the task from the blocked list.  An
+                 * interrupt won't touch the xStateListItem because the
+                 * scheduler is suspended. */
+                ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+                /* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove it from
+                 * the event list too.  Interrupts can touch the event list item,
+                 * even though the scheduler is suspended, so a critical section
+                 * is used. */
+                taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+                {
+                    if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+                    {
+                        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+                        /* This lets the task know it was forcibly removed from the
+                         * blocked state so it should not re-evaluate its block time and
+                         * then block again. */
+                        pxTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+                /* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready list. */
+                prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+                /* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate context
+                 * switch if preemption is turned off. */
+                #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* Preemption is on, but a context switch should only be
+                         * performed if the unblocked task has a priority that is
+                         * higher than the currently executing task. */
+                        if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                        {
+                            /* Pend the yield to be performed when the scheduler
+                             * is unsuspended. */
+                            xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            }
+        }
+        ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+    TCB_t * pxTCB;
+    TickType_t xItemValue;
+    BaseType_t xSwitchRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+    /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+     * Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+     * tasks to be unblocked. */
+    traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+
+    if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+    {
+        /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this
+         * block. */
+        const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount + ( TickType_t ) 1;
+
+        /* Increment the RTOS tick, switching the delayed and overflowed
+         * delayed lists if it wraps to 0. */
+        xTickCount = xConstTickCount;
+
+        if( xConstTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0U ) /*lint !e774 'if' does not always evaluate to false as it is looking for an overflow. */
+        {
+            taskSWITCH_DELAYED_LISTS();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire.  Tasks are stored in
+         * the  queue in the order of their wake time - meaning once one task
+         * has been found whose block time has not expired there is no need to
+         * look any further down the list. */
+        if( xConstTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+        {
+            for( ; ; )
+            {
+                if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    /* The delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime
+                     * to the maximum possible value so it is extremely
+                     * unlikely that the
+                     * if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass
+                     * next time through. */
+                    xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+                    break;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the
+                     * item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time
+                     * at which the task at the head of the delayed list must
+                     * be removed from the Blocked state. */
+                    pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+                    xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+                    if( xConstTickCount < xItemValue )
+                    {
+                        /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the
+                         * item value is the time at which the task at the head
+                         * of the blocked list must be removed from the Blocked
+                         * state -  so record the item value in
+                         * xNextTaskUnblockTime. */
+                        xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue;
+                        break; /*lint !e9011 Code structure here is deemed easier to understand with multiple breaks. */
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */
+                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+                    /* Is the task waiting on an event also?  If so remove
+                     * it from the event list. */
+                    if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+                    {
+                        listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    /* Place the unblocked task into the appropriate ready
+                     * list. */
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+                    /* A task being unblocked cannot cause an immediate
+                     * context switch if preemption is turned off. */
+                    #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+                        {
+                            /* Preemption is on, but a context switch should
+                             * only be performed if the unblocked task has a
+                             * priority that is equal to or higher than the
+                             * currently executing task. */
+                            if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                            {
+                                xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                            }
+                        }
+                    #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* Tasks of equal priority to the currently running task will share
+         * processing time (time slice) if preemption is on, and the application
+         * writer has not explicitly turned time slicing off. */
+        #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) )
+            {
+                if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+                {
+                    xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIME_SLICING == 1 ) ) */
+
+        #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+            {
+                /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the pended tick
+                 * count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked). */
+                if( xPendedTicks == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    vApplicationTickHook();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_TICK_HOOK */
+
+        #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 )
+            {
+                if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    xSwitchRequired = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ++xPendedTicks;
+
+        /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+         * scheduler is locked. */
+        #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+            {
+                vApplicationTickHook();
+            }
+        #endif
+    }
+
+    return xSwitchRequired;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                     TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction )
+    {
+        TCB_t * xTCB;
+
+        /* If xTask is NULL then it is the task hook of the calling task that is
+         * getting set. */
+        if( xTask == NULL )
+        {
+            xTCB = ( TCB_t * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xTCB = xTask;
+        }
+
+        /* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+         * the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+    TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+
+        /* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        /* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+         * the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+    TaskHookFunction_t xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        TaskHookFunction_t xReturn;
+        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+        /* If xTask is NULL then set the calling task's hook. */
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        /* Save the hook function in the TCB.  A critical section is required as
+         * the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+        {
+            xReturn = pxTCB->pxTaskTag;
+        }
+        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                             void * pvParameter )
+    {
+        TCB_t * xTCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+        if( xTask == NULL )
+        {
+            xTCB = pxCurrentTCB;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xTCB = xTask;
+        }
+
+        if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+        {
+            xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            xReturn = pdFAIL;
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+    if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+    {
+        /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+         * switch. */
+        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xYieldPending = pdFALSE;
+        traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+
+        #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+            {
+                #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+                    portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+                #else
+                    ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+                #endif
+
+                /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the
+                 * accumulated time so far.  The time the task started running was
+                 * stored in ulTaskSwitchedInTime.  Note that there is no overflow
+                 * protection here so count values are only valid until the timer
+                 * overflows.  The guard against negative values is to protect
+                 * against suspect run time stat counter implementations - which
+                 * are provided by the application, not the kernel. */
+                if( ulTotalRunTime > ulTaskSwitchedInTime )
+                {
+                    pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTotalRunTime - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTotalRunTime;
+            }
+        #endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+        /* Check for stack overflow, if configured. */
+        taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+        /* Before the currently running task is switched out, save its errno. */
+        #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+            {
+                pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno = FreeRTOS_errno;
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        /* Select a new task to run using either the generic C or port
+         * optimised asm code. */
+        taskSELECT_HIGHEST_PRIORITY_TASK(); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+        traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+
+        /* After the new task is switched in, update the global errno. */
+        #if ( configUSE_POSIX_ERRNO == 1 )
+            {
+                FreeRTOS_errno = pxCurrentTCB->iTaskErrno;
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+            {
+                /* Switch Newlib's _impure_ptr variable to point to the _reent
+                 * structure specific to this task.
+                 * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+                 * for additional information. */
+                _impure_ptr = &( pxCurrentTCB->xNewLib_reent );
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( List_t * const pxEventList,
+                            const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH EITHER INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+     * SCHEDULER SUSPENDED AND THE QUEUE BEING ACCESSED LOCKED. */
+
+    /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+     * This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+     * is the first to be woken by the event.
+     *
+     * Note: Lists are sorted in ascending order by ListItem_t.xItemValue.
+     * Normally, the xItemValue of a TCB's ListItem_t members is:
+     *      xItemValue = ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - uxPriority )
+     * Therefore, the event list is sorted in descending priority order.
+     *
+     * The queue that contains the event list is locked, preventing
+     * simultaneous access from interrupts. */
+    vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( List_t * pxEventList,
+                                     const TickType_t xItemValue,
+                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+    configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+     * the event groups implementation. */
+    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != 0 );
+
+    /* Store the item value in the event list item.  It is safe to access the
+     * event list item here as interrupts won't access the event list item of a
+     * task that is not in the Blocked state. */
+    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+    /* Place the event list item of the TCB at the end of the appropriate event
+     * list.  It is safe to access the event list here because it is part of an
+     * event group implementation - and interrupts don't access event groups
+     * directly (instead they access them indirectly by pending function calls to
+     * the task level). */
+    listINSERT_END( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( List_t * const pxEventList,
+                                          TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                                          const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely )
+    {
+        configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+        /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+         * 'Restricted' in its name.  It is not part of the public API.  It is
+         * designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+         * it should be called with the scheduler suspended. */
+
+
+        /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+         * In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+         * be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+         * can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+        listINSERT_END( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+        /* If the task should block indefinitely then set the block time to a
+         * value that will be recognised as an indefinite delay inside the
+         * prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList() function. */
+        if( xWaitIndefinitely != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            xTicksToWait = portMAX_DELAY;
+        }
+
+        traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL( ( xTickCount + xTicksToWait ) );
+        prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, xWaitIndefinitely );
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * const pxEventList )
+{
+    TCB_t * pxUnblockedTCB;
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED FROM A CRITICAL SECTION.  It can also be
+     * called from a critical section within an ISR. */
+
+    /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so the first in the list can
+     * be removed as it is known to be the highest priority.  Remove the TCB from
+     * the delayed list, and add it to the ready list.
+     *
+     * If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+     * get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead.  This
+     * means exclusive access to the event list is guaranteed here.
+     *
+     * This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+     * pxEventList is not empty. */
+    pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+    configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+    if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+    {
+        listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+        prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+        #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+            {
+                /* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+                 * might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
+                 * unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
+                 * normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
+                 * value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+                 * tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
+                 * at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
+                 * ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
+                prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+            }
+        #endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold this task
+         * pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+        listINSERT_END( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+    }
+
+    if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+    {
+        /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has a higher
+         * priority than the calling task.  This allows the calling task to know if
+         * it should force a context switch now. */
+        xReturn = pdTRUE;
+
+        /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not using the
+         * "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR safe FreeRTOS function. */
+        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        xReturn = pdFALSE;
+    }
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( ListItem_t * pxEventListItem,
+                                        const TickType_t xItemValue )
+{
+    TCB_t * pxUnblockedTCB;
+
+    /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED.  It is used by
+     * the event flags implementation. */
+    configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended != pdFALSE );
+
+    /* Store the new item value in the event list. */
+    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxEventListItem, xItemValue | taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE );
+
+    /* Remove the event list form the event flag.  Interrupts do not access
+     * event flags. */
+    pxUnblockedTCB = listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxEventListItem ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+    configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+    listREMOVE_ITEM( pxEventListItem );
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+        {
+            /* If a task is blocked on a kernel object then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+             * might be set to the blocked task's time out time.  If the task is
+             * unblocked for a reason other than a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is
+             * normally left unchanged, because it is automatically reset to a new
+             * value when the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+             * tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter sleep mode
+             * at the earliest possible time - so reset xNextTaskUnblockTime here to
+             * ensure it is updated at the earliest possible time. */
+            prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /* Remove the task from the delayed list and add it to the ready list.  The
+     * scheduler is suspended so interrupts will not be accessing the ready
+     * lists. */
+    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxUnblockedTCB );
+
+    if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+    {
+        /* The unblocked task has a priority above that of the calling task, so
+         * a context switch is required.  This function is called with the
+         * scheduler suspended so xYieldPending is set so the context switch
+         * occurs immediately that the scheduler is resumed (unsuspended). */
+        xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+    configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+        pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+    /* For internal use only as it does not use a critical section. */
+    pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+    pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
+                                 TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+    BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+    configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+    configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+    taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+    {
+        /* Minor optimisation.  The tick count cannot change in this block. */
+        const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+        const TickType_t xElapsedTime = xConstTickCount - pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering;
+
+        #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+            if( pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted != ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+            {
+                /* The delay was aborted, which is not the same as a time out,
+                 * but has the same result. */
+                pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+                xReturn = pdTRUE;
+            }
+            else
+        #endif
+
+        #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+            if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+            {
+                /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time
+                 * specified is the maximum block time then the task should block
+                 * indefinitely, and therefore never time out. */
+                xReturn = pdFALSE;
+            }
+            else
+        #endif
+
+        if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( xConstTickCount >= pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) /*lint !e525 Indentation preferred as is to make code within pre-processor directives clearer. */
+        {
+            /* The tick count is greater than the time at which
+             * vTaskSetTimeout() was called, but has also overflowed since
+             * vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.  It must have wrapped all the way
+             * around and gone past again. This passed since vTaskSetTimeout()
+             * was called. */
+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
+            *pxTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
+        }
+        else if( xElapsedTime < *pxTicksToWait ) /*lint !e961 Explicit casting is only redundant with some compilers, whereas others require it to prevent integer conversion errors. */
+        {
+            /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+            *pxTicksToWait -= xElapsedTime;
+            vTaskInternalSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+            xReturn = pdFALSE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            *pxTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
+            xReturn = pdTRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+    return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+    xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+        TCB_t const * pxTCB;
+
+        if( xTask != NULL )
+        {
+            pxTCB = xTask;
+            uxReturn = pxTCB->uxTaskNumber;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            uxReturn = 0U;
+        }
+
+        return uxReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskSetTaskNumber( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                             const UBaseType_t uxHandle )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        if( xTask != NULL )
+        {
+            pxTCB = xTask;
+            pxTCB->uxTaskNumber = uxHandle;
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions.  The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+    /* Stop warnings. */
+    ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+    /** THIS IS THE RTOS IDLE TASK - WHICH IS CREATED AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE
+     * SCHEDULER IS STARTED. **/
+
+    /* In case a task that has a secure context deletes itself, in which case
+     * the idle task is responsible for deleting the task's secure context, if
+     * any. */
+    portALLOCATE_SECURE_CONTEXT( configMINIMAL_SECURE_STACK_SIZE );
+
+    for( ; ; )
+    {
+        /* See if any tasks have deleted themselves - if so then the idle task
+         * is responsible for freeing the deleted task's TCB and stack. */
+        prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+        #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+            {
+                /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+                 * see if any other task has become available.  If we are using
+                 * preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+                 * will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+                taskYIELD();
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_PREEMPTION */
+
+        #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+            {
+                /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+                 * timesliced.  If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+                 * to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+                 * timeslice.
+                 *
+                 * A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+                 * the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter.  If
+                 * the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+                 * then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+                if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
+                {
+                    taskYIELD();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) ) */
+
+        #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+            {
+                extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+                /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task.  This
+                 * allows the application designer to add background functionality
+                 * without the overhead of a separate task.
+                 * NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+                 * CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+                vApplicationIdleHook();
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_IDLE_HOOK */
+
+        /* This conditional compilation should use inequality to 0, not equality
+         * to 1.  This is to ensure portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() is called when
+         * user defined low power mode  implementations require
+         * configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE to be set to a value other than 1. */
+        #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+            {
+                TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime;
+
+                /* It is not desirable to suspend then resume the scheduler on
+                 * each iteration of the idle task.  Therefore, a preliminary
+                 * test of the expected idle time is performed without the
+                 * scheduler suspended.  The result here is not necessarily
+                 * valid. */
+                xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+                if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+                {
+                    vTaskSuspendAll();
+                    {
+                        /* Now the scheduler is suspended, the expected idle
+                         * time can be sampled again, and this time its value can
+                         * be used. */
+                        configASSERT( xNextTaskUnblockTime >= xTickCount );
+                        xExpectedIdleTime = prvGetExpectedIdleTime();
+
+                        /* Define the following macro to set xExpectedIdleTime to 0
+                         * if the application does not want
+                         * portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP() to be called. */
+                        configPRE_SUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
+
+                        if( xExpectedIdleTime >= configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP )
+                        {
+                            traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN();
+                            portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime );
+                            traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END();
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+
+    eSleepModeStatus eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus( void )
+    {
+        /* The idle task exists in addition to the application tasks. */
+        const UBaseType_t uxNonApplicationTasks = 1;
+        eSleepModeStatus eReturn = eStandardSleep;
+
+        /* This function must be called from a critical section. */
+
+        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xPendingReadyList ) != 0 )
+        {
+            /* A task was made ready while the scheduler was suspended. */
+            eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+        }
+        else if( xYieldPending != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* A yield was pended while the scheduler was suspended. */
+            eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+        }
+        else if( xPendedTicks != 0 )
+        {
+            /* A tick interrupt has already occurred but was held pending
+             * because the scheduler is suspended. */
+            eReturn = eAbortSleep;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* If all the tasks are in the suspended list (which might mean they
+             * have an infinite block time rather than actually being suspended)
+             * then it is safe to turn all clocks off and just wait for external
+             * interrupts. */
+            if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == ( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks - uxNonApplicationTasks ) )
+            {
+                eReturn = eNoTasksWaitingTimeout;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+
+        return eReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+    void vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
+                                            BaseType_t xIndex,
+                                            void * pvValue )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+        {
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToSet );
+            configASSERT( pxTCB != NULL );
+            pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ] = pvValue;
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS != 0 )
+
+    void * pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
+                                               BaseType_t xIndex )
+    {
+        void * pvReturn = NULL;
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        if( xIndex < configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS )
+        {
+            pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToQuery );
+            pvReturn = pxTCB->pvThreadLocalStoragePointers[ xIndex ];
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pvReturn = NULL;
+        }
+
+        return pvReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify,
+                                  const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        /* If null is passed in here then we are modifying the MPU settings of
+         * the calling task. */
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+        vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+    }
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+    UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+    for( uxPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U; uxPriority < ( UBaseType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+    {
+        vListInitialise( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+    }
+
+    vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+    vListInitialise( &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+    vListInitialise( &xPendingReadyList );
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+        {
+            vListInitialise( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+        }
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+        {
+            vListInitialise( &xSuspendedTaskList );
+        }
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+
+    /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+     * using list2. */
+    pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+    pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+    /** THIS FUNCTION IS CALLED FROM THE RTOS IDLE TASK **/
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+        {
+            TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+            /* uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp is used to prevent taskENTER_CRITICAL()
+             * being called too often in the idle task. */
+            while( uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp > ( UBaseType_t ) 0U )
+            {
+                taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+                {
+                    pxTCB = listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                    --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+                    --uxDeletedTasksWaitingCleanUp;
+                }
+                taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+                prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+            }
+        }
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                       TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
+                       BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
+                       eTaskState eState )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+
+        /* xTask is NULL then get the state of the calling task. */
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        pxTaskStatus->xHandle = ( TaskHandle_t ) pxTCB;
+        pxTaskStatus->pcTaskName = ( const char * ) &( pxTCB->pcTaskName[ 0 ] );
+        pxTaskStatus->uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+        pxTaskStatus->pxStackBase = pxTCB->pxStack;
+        pxTaskStatus->xTaskNumber = pxTCB->uxTCBNumber;
+
+        #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+            {
+                pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+            }
+        #else
+            {
+                pxTaskStatus->uxBasePriority = 0;
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+            {
+                pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter;
+            }
+        #else
+            {
+                pxTaskStatus->ulRunTimeCounter = 0;
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        /* Obtaining the task state is a little fiddly, so is only done if the
+         * value of eState passed into this function is eInvalid - otherwise the
+         * state is just set to whatever is passed in. */
+        if( eState != eInvalid )
+        {
+            if( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB )
+            {
+                pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eRunning;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eState;
+
+                #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* If the task is in the suspended list then there is a
+                         *  chance it is actually just blocked indefinitely - so really
+                         *  it should be reported as being in the Blocked state. */
+                        if( eState == eSuspended )
+                        {
+                            vTaskSuspendAll();
+                            {
+                                if( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != NULL )
+                                {
+                                    pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eBlocked;
+                                }
+                            }
+                            ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pxTaskStatus->eCurrentState = eTaskGetState( pxTCB );
+        }
+
+        /* Obtaining the stack space takes some time, so the xGetFreeStackSpace
+         * parameter is provided to allow it to be skipped. */
+        if( xGetFreeStackSpace != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+                {
+                    pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+                }
+            #else
+                {
+                    pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack );
+                }
+            #endif
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pxTaskStatus->usStackHighWaterMark = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+    static UBaseType_t prvListTasksWithinSingleList( TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray,
+                                                     List_t * pxList,
+                                                     eTaskState eState )
+    {
+        configLIST_VOLATILE TCB_t * pxNextTCB, * pxFirstTCB;
+        UBaseType_t uxTask = 0;
+
+        if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+        {
+            listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+            /* Populate an TaskStatus_t structure within the
+             * pxTaskStatusArray array for each task that is referenced from
+             * pxList.  See the definition of TaskStatus_t in task.h for the
+             * meaning of each TaskStatus_t structure member. */
+            do
+            {
+                listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList ); /*lint !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with timers and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+                vTaskGetInfo( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxNextTCB, &( pxTaskStatusArray[ uxTask ] ), pdTRUE, eState );
+                uxTask++;
+            } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return uxTask;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) )
+
+    static configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const uint8_t * pucStackByte )
+    {
+        uint32_t ulCount = 0U;
+
+        while( *pucStackByte == ( uint8_t ) tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+        {
+            pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+            ulCount++;
+        }
+
+        ulCount /= ( uint32_t ) sizeof( StackType_t ); /*lint !e961 Casting is not redundant on smaller architectures. */
+
+        return ( configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE ) ulCount;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 == 1 )
+
+/* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are the
+ * same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE allows the
+ * user to determine the return type.  It gets around the problem of the value
+ * overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking backward compatibility for
+ * applications that expect an 8-bit return type. */
+    configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        uint8_t * pucEndOfStack;
+        configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+        /* uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark() and uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2() are
+         * the same except for their return type.  Using configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
+         * allows the user to determine the return type.  It gets around the
+         * problem of the value overflowing on 8-bit types without breaking
+         * backward compatibility for applications that expect an 8-bit return
+         * type. */
+
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+            {
+                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+            }
+        #else
+            {
+                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        uxReturn = prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+        return uxReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+    UBaseType_t uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        uint8_t * pucEndOfStack;
+        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+            {
+                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+            }
+        #else
+            {
+                pucEndOfStack = ( uint8_t * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) prvTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pucEndOfStack );
+
+        return uxReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+    static void prvDeleteTCB( TCB_t * pxTCB )
+    {
+        /* This call is required specifically for the TriCore port.  It must be
+         * above the vPortFree() calls.  The call is also used by ports/demos that
+         * want to allocate and clean RAM statically. */
+        portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB );
+
+        /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task.  It is up
+         * to the task to free any memory allocated at the application level.
+         * See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
+         * for additional information. */
+        #if ( configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT == 1 )
+            {
+                _reclaim_reent( &( pxTCB->xNewLib_reent ) );
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT */
+
+        #if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) && ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 0 ) )
+            {
+                /* The task can only have been allocated dynamically - free both
+                 * the stack and TCB. */
+                vPortFreeStack( pxTCB->pxStack );
+                vPortFree( pxTCB );
+            }
+        #elif ( tskSTATIC_AND_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION_POSSIBLE != 0 ) /*lint !e731 !e9029 Macro has been consolidated for readability reasons. */
+            {
+                /* The task could have been allocated statically or dynamically, so
+                 * check what was statically allocated before trying to free the
+                 * memory. */
+                if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskDYNAMICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB )
+                {
+                    /* Both the stack and TCB were allocated dynamically, so both
+                     * must be freed. */
+                    vPortFreeStack( pxTCB->pxStack );
+                    vPortFree( pxTCB );
+                }
+                else if( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_ONLY )
+                {
+                    /* Only the stack was statically allocated, so the TCB is the
+                     * only memory that must be freed. */
+                    vPortFree( pxTCB );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Neither the stack nor the TCB were allocated dynamically, so
+                     * nothing needs to be freed. */
+                    configASSERT( pxTCB->ucStaticallyAllocated == tskSTATICALLY_ALLOCATED_STACK_AND_TCB );
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+    }
+
+#endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskDelete */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime( void )
+{
+    if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+    {
+        /* The new current delayed list is empty.  Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to
+         * the maximum possible value so it is  extremely unlikely that the
+         * if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+         * there is an item in the delayed list. */
+        xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+         * the item at the head of the delayed list.  This is the time at
+         * which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+         * from the Blocked state. */
+        xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
+    }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+    TaskHandle_t xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+    {
+        TaskHandle_t xReturn;
+
+        /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+         * an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+         * individual execution thread. */
+        xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+            {
+                xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskPriorityInherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+    {
+        TCB_t * const pxMutexHolderTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+        /* If the mutex was given back by an interrupt while the queue was
+         * locked then the mutex holder might now be NULL.  _RB_ Is this still
+         * needed as interrupts can no longer use mutexes? */
+        if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+        {
+            /* If the holder of the mutex has a priority below the priority of
+             * the task attempting to obtain the mutex then it will temporarily
+             * inherit the priority of the task attempting to obtain the mutex. */
+            if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+            {
+                /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new
+                 * priority.  Only reset the event list item value if the value is
+                 * not being used for anything else. */
+                if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+                {
+                    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need
+                 * to be moved into a new list. */
+                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    if( uxListRemove( &( pxMutexHolderTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+                    {
+                        /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+                         * there is no need to check again and the port level
+                         * reset macro can be called directly. */
+                        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+                    pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxMutexHolderTCB );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* Just inherit the priority. */
+                    pxMutexHolderTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+                }
+
+                traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxMutexHolderTCB, pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+                /* Inheritance occurred. */
+                xReturn = pdTRUE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if( pxMutexHolderTCB->uxBasePriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                {
+                    /* The base priority of the mutex holder is lower than the
+                     * priority of the task attempting to take the mutex, but the
+                     * current priority of the mutex holder is not lower than the
+                     * priority of the task attempting to take the mutex.
+                     * Therefore the mutex holder must have already inherited a
+                     * priority, but inheritance would have occurred if that had
+                     * not been the case. */
+                    xReturn = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskPriorityDisinherit( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder )
+    {
+        TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFALSE;
+
+        if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+        {
+            /* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds the mutex.
+             * If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be given from an
+             * interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the holding task then it must
+             * be the running state task. */
+            configASSERT( pxTCB == pxCurrentTCB );
+            configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+            ( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld )--;
+
+            /* Has the holder of the mutex inherited the priority of another
+             * task? */
+            if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+            {
+                /* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held. */
+                if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    /* A task can only have an inherited priority if it holds
+                     * the mutex.  If the mutex is held by a task then it cannot be
+                     * given from an interrupt, and if a mutex is given by the
+                     * holding task then it must be the running state task.  Remove
+                     * the holding task from the ready list. */
+                    if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+                    {
+                        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    /* Disinherit the priority before adding the task into the
+                     * new  ready list. */
+                    traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, pxTCB->uxBasePriority );
+                    pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+
+                    /* Reset the event list item value.  It cannot be in use for
+                     * any other purpose if this task is running, and it must be
+                     * running to give back the mutex. */
+                    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxTCB->uxPriority ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+                    /* Return true to indicate that a context switch is required.
+                     * This is only actually required in the corner case whereby
+                     * multiple mutexes were held and the mutexes were given back
+                     * in an order different to that in which they were taken.
+                     * If a context switch did not occur when the first mutex was
+                     * returned, even if a task was waiting on it, then a context
+                     * switch should occur when the last mutex is returned whether
+                     * a task is waiting on it or not. */
+                    xReturn = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskPriorityDisinheritAfterTimeout( TaskHandle_t const pxMutexHolder,
+                                              UBaseType_t uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+    {
+        TCB_t * const pxTCB = pxMutexHolder;
+        UBaseType_t uxPriorityUsedOnEntry, uxPriorityToUse;
+        const UBaseType_t uxOnlyOneMutexHeld = ( UBaseType_t ) 1;
+
+        if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+        {
+            /* If pxMutexHolder is not NULL then the holder must hold at least
+             * one mutex. */
+            configASSERT( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld );
+
+            /* Determine the priority to which the priority of the task that
+             * holds the mutex should be set.  This will be the greater of the
+             * holding task's base priority and the priority of the highest
+             * priority task that is waiting to obtain the mutex. */
+            if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority < uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask )
+            {
+                uxPriorityToUse = uxHighestPriorityWaitingTask;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                uxPriorityToUse = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+            }
+
+            /* Does the priority need to change? */
+            if( pxTCB->uxPriority != uxPriorityToUse )
+            {
+                /* Only disinherit if no other mutexes are held.  This is a
+                 * simplification in the priority inheritance implementation.  If
+                 * the task that holds the mutex is also holding other mutexes then
+                 * the other mutexes may have caused the priority inheritance. */
+                if( pxTCB->uxMutexesHeld == uxOnlyOneMutexHeld )
+                {
+                    /* If a task has timed out because it already holds the
+                     * mutex it was trying to obtain then it cannot of inherited
+                     * its own priority. */
+                    configASSERT( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB );
+
+                    /* Disinherit the priority, remembering the previous
+                     * priority to facilitate determining the subject task's
+                     * state. */
+                    traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCB, uxPriorityToUse );
+                    uxPriorityUsedOnEntry = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+                    pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriorityToUse;
+
+                    /* Only reset the event list item value if the value is not
+                     * being used for anything else. */
+                    if( ( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) & taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE ) == 0UL )
+                    {
+                        listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriorityToUse ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+
+                    /* If the running task is not the task that holds the mutex
+                     * then the task that holds the mutex could be in either the
+                     * Ready, Blocked or Suspended states.  Only remove the task
+                     * from its current state list if it is in the Ready state as
+                     * the task's priority is going to change and there is one
+                     * Ready list per priority. */
+                    if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriorityUsedOnEntry ] ), &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        if( uxListRemove( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+                        {
+                            /* It is known that the task is in its ready list so
+                             * there is no need to check again and the port level
+                             * reset macro can be called directly. */
+                            portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority );
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+
+                        prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+    {
+        portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+
+            /* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical
+             * function so  assert() if it is being called from an interrupt
+             * context.  Only API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an
+             * interrupt.  Only assert if the critical nesting count is 1 to
+             * protect against recursive calls if the assert function also uses a
+             * critical section. */
+            if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
+            {
+                portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+    {
+        if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0U )
+            {
+                ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+                if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0U )
+                {
+                    portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) )
+
+    static char * prvWriteNameToBuffer( char * pcBuffer,
+                                        const char * pcTaskName )
+    {
+        size_t x;
+
+        /* Start by copying the entire string. */
+        strcpy( pcBuffer, pcTaskName );
+
+        /* Pad the end of the string with spaces to ensure columns line up when
+         * printed out. */
+        for( x = strlen( pcBuffer ); x < ( size_t ) ( configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - 1 ); x++ )
+        {
+            pcBuffer[ x ] = ' ';
+        }
+
+        /* Terminate. */
+        pcBuffer[ x ] = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+        /* Return the new end of string. */
+        return &( pcBuffer[ x ] );
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    void vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer )
+    {
+        TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray;
+        UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+        char cStatus;
+
+        /*
+         * PLEASE NOTE:
+         *
+         * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+         * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+         * scheduler.
+         *
+         * vTaskList() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part of the
+         * uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+         * displays task: names, states, priority, stack usage and task number.
+         * Stack usage specified as the number of unused StackType_t words stack can hold
+         * on top of stack - not the number of bytes.
+         *
+         * vTaskList() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library function that
+         * might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and provide different
+         * results on different platforms.  An alternative, tiny, third party,
+         * and limited functionality implementation of sprintf() is provided in
+         * many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in a file called
+         * printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide a full
+         * snprintf() implementation!).
+         *
+         * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+         * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+         * through a call to vTaskList().
+         */
+
+
+        /* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+        *pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+        /* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+         * function is executing. */
+        uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+        /* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  if
+         * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+         * equate to NULL. */
+        pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+        if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+        {
+            /* Generate the (binary) data. */
+            uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, NULL );
+
+            /* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+            for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+            {
+                switch( pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].eCurrentState )
+                {
+                    case eRunning:
+                        cStatus = tskRUNNING_CHAR;
+                        break;
+
+                    case eReady:
+                        cStatus = tskREADY_CHAR;
+                        break;
+
+                    case eBlocked:
+                        cStatus = tskBLOCKED_CHAR;
+                        break;
+
+                    case eSuspended:
+                        cStatus = tskSUSPENDED_CHAR;
+                        break;
+
+                    case eDeleted:
+                        cStatus = tskDELETED_CHAR;
+                        break;
+
+                    case eInvalid: /* Fall through. */
+                    default:       /* Should not get here, but it is included
+                                    * to prevent static checking errors. */
+                        cStatus = ( char ) 0x00;
+                        break;
+                }
+
+                /* Write the task name to the string, padding with spaces so it
+                 * can be printed in tabular form more easily. */
+                pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+                /* Write the rest of the string. */
+                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].uxCurrentPriority, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].usStackHighWaterMark, ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].xTaskNumber ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+                pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer );                                                                                                                                                                                                /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+            }
+
+            /* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+             * is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+            vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+
+    void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer )
+    {
+        TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatusArray;
+        UBaseType_t uxArraySize, x;
+        uint32_t ulTotalTime, ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+        #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY != 1 )
+            {
+                #error configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must also be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h to use vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+            }
+        #endif
+
+        /*
+         * PLEASE NOTE:
+         *
+         * This function is provided for convenience only, and is used by many
+         * of the demo applications.  Do not consider it to be part of the
+         * scheduler.
+         *
+         * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() calls uxTaskGetSystemState(), then formats part
+         * of the uxTaskGetSystemState() output into a human readable table that
+         * displays the amount of time each task has spent in the Running state
+         * in both absolute and percentage terms.
+         *
+         * vTaskGetRunTimeStats() has a dependency on the sprintf() C library
+         * function that might bloat the code size, use a lot of stack, and
+         * provide different results on different platforms.  An alternative,
+         * tiny, third party, and limited functionality implementation of
+         * sprintf() is provided in many of the FreeRTOS/Demo sub-directories in
+         * a file called printf-stdarg.c (note printf-stdarg.c does not provide
+         * a full snprintf() implementation!).
+         *
+         * It is recommended that production systems call uxTaskGetSystemState()
+         * directly to get access to raw stats data, rather than indirectly
+         * through a call to vTaskGetRunTimeStats().
+         */
+
+        /* Make sure the write buffer does not contain a string. */
+        *pcWriteBuffer = ( char ) 0x00;
+
+        /* Take a snapshot of the number of tasks in case it changes while this
+         * function is executing. */
+        uxArraySize = uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+
+        /* Allocate an array index for each task.  NOTE!  If
+         * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is set to 0 then pvPortMalloc() will
+         * equate to NULL. */
+        pxTaskStatusArray = pvPortMalloc( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks * sizeof( TaskStatus_t ) ); /*lint !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack and this allocation allocates a struct that has the alignment requirements of a pointer. */
+
+        if( pxTaskStatusArray != NULL )
+        {
+            /* Generate the (binary) data. */
+            uxArraySize = uxTaskGetSystemState( pxTaskStatusArray, uxArraySize, &ulTotalTime );
+
+            /* For percentage calculations. */
+            ulTotalTime /= 100UL;
+
+            /* Avoid divide by zero errors. */
+            if( ulTotalTime > 0UL )
+            {
+                /* Create a human readable table from the binary data. */
+                for( x = 0; x < uxArraySize; x++ )
+                {
+                    /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+                     * This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+                     * ulTotalRunTimeDiv100 has already been divided by 100. */
+                    ulStatsAsPercentage = pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalTime;
+
+                    /* Write the task name to the string, padding with
+                     * spaces so it can be printed in tabular form more
+                     * easily. */
+                    pcWriteBuffer = prvWriteNameToBuffer( pcWriteBuffer, pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].pcTaskName );
+
+                    if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+                    {
+                        #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+                            {
+                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+                            }
+                        #else
+                            {
+                                /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+                                 * printf() library can be used. */
+                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+                            }
+                        #endif
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+                         * consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+                        #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+                            {
+                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter );
+                            }
+                        #else
+                            {
+                                /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+                                 * printf() library can be used. */
+                                sprintf( pcWriteBuffer, "\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", ( unsigned int ) pxTaskStatusArray[ x ].ulRunTimeCounter ); /*lint !e586 sprintf() allowed as this is compiled with many compilers and this is a utility function only - not part of the core kernel implementation. */
+                            }
+                        #endif
+                    }
+
+                    pcWriteBuffer += strlen( pcWriteBuffer ); /*lint !e9016 Pointer arithmetic ok on char pointers especially as in this case where it best denotes the intent of the code. */
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            /* Free the array again.  NOTE!  If configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION
+             * is 0 then vPortFree() will be #defined to nothing. */
+            vPortFree( pxTaskStatusArray );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif /* ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS > 0 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+TickType_t uxTaskResetEventItemValue( void )
+{
+    TickType_t uxReturn;
+
+    uxReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+    /* Reset the event list item to its normal value - so it can be used with
+     * queues and semaphores. */
+    listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority ) ); /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+
+    return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+    TaskHandle_t pvTaskIncrementMutexHeldCount( void )
+    {
+        /* If xSemaphoreCreateMutex() is called before any tasks have been created
+         * then pxCurrentTCB will be NULL. */
+        if( pxCurrentTCB != NULL )
+        {
+            ( pxCurrentTCB->uxMutexesHeld )++;
+        }
+
+        return pxCurrentTCB;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWait,
+                                      BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
+                                      TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        uint32_t ulReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( uxIndexToWait < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* Only block if the notification count is not already non-zero. */
+            if( pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] == 0UL )
+            {
+                /* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+                pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+                    traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait );
+
+                    /* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+                     * section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+                     * critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+                     * application code should ever do. */
+                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE( uxIndexToWait );
+            ulReturn = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ];
+
+            if( ulReturn != 0UL )
+            {
+                if( xClearCountOnExit != pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] = 0UL;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] = ulReturn - ( uint32_t ) 1;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+
+            pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return ulReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWait,
+                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
+                                       uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
+                                       uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
+                                       TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( uxIndexToWait < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* Only block if a notification is not already pending. */
+            if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+            {
+                /* Clear bits in the task's notification value as bits may get
+                 * set  by the notifying task or interrupt.  This can be used to
+                 * clear the value to zero. */
+                pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] &= ~ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
+
+                /* Mark this task as waiting for a notification. */
+                pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+
+                if( xTicksToWait > ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+                {
+                    prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, pdTRUE );
+                    traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK( uxIndexToWait );
+
+                    /* All ports are written to allow a yield in a critical
+                     * section (some will yield immediately, others wait until the
+                     * critical section exits) - but it is not something that
+                     * application code should ever do. */
+                    portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT( uxIndexToWait );
+
+            if( pulNotificationValue != NULL )
+            {
+                /* Output the current notification value, which may or may not
+                 * have changed. */
+                *pulNotificationValue = pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ];
+            }
+
+            /* If ucNotifyValue is set then either the task never entered the
+             * blocked state (because a notification was already pending) or the
+             * task unblocked because of a notification.  Otherwise the task
+             * unblocked because of a timeout. */
+            if( pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+            {
+                /* A notification was not received. */
+                xReturn = pdFALSE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* A notification was already pending or a notification was
+                 * received while the task was waiting. */
+                pxCurrentTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToWait ] &= ~ulBitsToClearOnExit;
+                xReturn = pdTRUE;
+            }
+
+            pxCurrentTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToWait ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
+                                   UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
+                                   uint32_t ulValue,
+                                   eNotifyAction eAction,
+                                   uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+
+        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
+        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+            {
+                *pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ];
+            }
+
+            ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
+
+            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+            switch( eAction )
+            {
+                case eSetBits:
+                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] |= ulValue;
+                    break;
+
+                case eIncrement:
+                    ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
+                    break;
+
+                case eSetValueWithOverwrite:
+                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
+                    break;
+
+                case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite:
+
+                    if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+                    {
+                        pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* The value could not be written to the task. */
+                        xReturn = pdFAIL;
+                    }
+
+                    break;
+
+                case eNoAction:
+
+                    /* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+                     * updated. */
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+
+                    /* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+                     * Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+                     * compiler can't assume is const. */
+                    configASSERT( xTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+
+                    break;
+            }
+
+            traceTASK_NOTIFY( uxIndexToNotify );
+
+            /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+             * notification then unblock it now. */
+            if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+            {
+                listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+
+                /* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+                configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+                #if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE != 0 )
+                    {
+                        /* If a task is blocked waiting for a notification then
+                         * xNextTaskUnblockTime might be set to the blocked task's time
+                         * out time.  If the task is unblocked for a reason other than
+                         * a timeout xNextTaskUnblockTime is normally left unchanged,
+                         * because it will automatically get reset to a new value when
+                         * the tick count equals xNextTaskUnblockTime.  However if
+                         * tickless idling is used it might be more important to enter
+                         * sleep mode at the earliest possible time - so reset
+                         * xNextTaskUnblockTime here to ensure it is updated at the
+                         * earliest possible time. */
+                        prvResetNextTaskUnblockTime();
+                    }
+                #endif
+
+                if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                {
+                    /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+                     * executing task so a yield is required. */
+                    taskYIELD_IF_USING_PREEMPTION();
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
+                                          UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
+                                          uint32_t ulValue,
+                                          eNotifyAction eAction,
+                                          uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
+                                          BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdPASS;
+        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
+
+        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
+         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+         * provided on the following link:
+         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+        {
+            if( pulPreviousNotificationValue != NULL )
+            {
+                *pulPreviousNotificationValue = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ];
+            }
+
+            ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
+            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+            switch( eAction )
+            {
+                case eSetBits:
+                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] |= ulValue;
+                    break;
+
+                case eIncrement:
+                    ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
+                    break;
+
+                case eSetValueWithOverwrite:
+                    pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
+                    break;
+
+                case eSetValueWithoutOverwrite:
+
+                    if( ucOriginalNotifyState != taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+                    {
+                        pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] = ulValue;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        /* The value could not be written to the task. */
+                        xReturn = pdFAIL;
+                    }
+
+                    break;
+
+                case eNoAction:
+
+                    /* The task is being notified without its notify value being
+                     * updated. */
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+
+                    /* Should not get here if all enums are handled.
+                     * Artificially force an assert by testing a value the
+                     * compiler can't assume is const. */
+                    configASSERT( xTickCount == ( TickType_t ) 0 );
+                    break;
+            }
+
+            traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify );
+
+            /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+             * notification then unblock it now. */
+            if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+            {
+                /* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+                configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+                if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+                     * this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+                    listINSERT_END( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+                }
+
+                if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                {
+                    /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+                     * executing task so a yield is required. */
+                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                    {
+                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+
+                    /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+                     * using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter to an ISR
+                     * safe FreeRTOS function. */
+                    xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    void vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
+                                        UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
+                                        BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        uint8_t ucOriginalNotifyState;
+        UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+        configASSERT( xTaskToNotify );
+        configASSERT( uxIndexToNotify < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
+
+        /* RTOS ports that support interrupt nesting have the concept of a
+         * maximum  system call (or maximum API call) interrupt priority.
+         * Interrupts that are  above the maximum system call priority are keep
+         * permanently enabled, even when the RTOS kernel is in a critical section,
+         * but cannot make any calls to FreeRTOS API functions.  If configASSERT()
+         * is defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h then
+         * portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() will result in an assertion
+         * failure if a FreeRTOS API function is called from an interrupt that has
+         * been assigned a priority above the configured maximum system call
+         * priority.  Only FreeRTOS functions that end in FromISR can be called
+         * from interrupts  that have been assigned a priority at or (logically)
+         * below the maximum system call interrupt priority.  FreeRTOS maintains a
+         * separate interrupt safe API to ensure interrupt entry is as fast and as
+         * simple as possible.  More information (albeit Cortex-M specific) is
+         * provided on the following link:
+         * https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
+        portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID();
+
+        pxTCB = xTaskToNotify;
+
+        uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+        {
+            ucOriginalNotifyState = pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ];
+            pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToNotify ] = taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED;
+
+            /* 'Giving' is equivalent to incrementing a count in a counting
+             * semaphore. */
+            ( pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToNotify ] )++;
+
+            traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR( uxIndexToNotify );
+
+            /* If the task is in the blocked state specifically to wait for a
+             * notification then unblock it now. */
+            if( ucOriginalNotifyState == taskWAITING_NOTIFICATION )
+            {
+                /* The task should not have been on an event list. */
+                configASSERT( listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == NULL );
+
+                if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE )
+                {
+                    listREMOVE_ITEM( &( pxTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                    prvAddTaskToReadyList( pxTCB );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* The delayed and ready lists cannot be accessed, so hold
+                     * this task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+                    listINSERT_END( &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+                }
+
+                if( pxTCB->uxPriority > pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+                {
+                    /* The notified task has a priority above the currently
+                     * executing task so a yield is required. */
+                    if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken != NULL )
+                    {
+                        *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+                    }
+
+                    /* Mark that a yield is pending in case the user is not
+                     * using the "xHigherPriorityTaskWoken" parameter in an ISR
+                     * safe FreeRTOS function. */
+                    xYieldPending = pdTRUE;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    BaseType_t xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                             UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( uxIndexToClear < configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES );
+
+        /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
+         * its notification state cleared. */
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToClear ] == taskNOTIFICATION_RECEIVED )
+            {
+                pxTCB->ucNotifyState[ uxIndexToClear ] = taskNOT_WAITING_NOTIFICATION;
+                xReturn = pdPASS;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = pdFAIL;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS == 1 )
+
+    uint32_t ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
+                                            UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
+                                            uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
+    {
+        TCB_t * pxTCB;
+        uint32_t ulReturn;
+
+        /* If null is passed in here then it is the calling task that is having
+         * its notification state cleared. */
+        pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            /* Return the notification as it was before the bits were cleared,
+             * then clear the bit mask. */
+            ulReturn = pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToClear ];
+            pxTCB->ulNotifiedValue[ uxIndexToClear ] &= ~ulBitsToClear;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return ulReturn;
+    }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle == 1 ) )
+
+    uint32_t ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void )
+    {
+        return xIdleTaskHandle->ulRunTimeCounter;
+    }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                                            const BaseType_t xCanBlockIndefinitely )
+{
+    TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+    const TickType_t xConstTickCount = xTickCount;
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTaskAbortDelay == 1 )
+        {
+            /* About to enter a delayed list, so ensure the ucDelayAborted flag is
+             * reset to pdFALSE so it can be detected as having been set to pdTRUE
+             * when the task leaves the Blocked state. */
+            pxCurrentTCB->ucDelayAborted = pdFALSE;
+        }
+    #endif
+
+    /* Remove the task from the ready list before adding it to the blocked list
+     * as the same list item is used for both lists. */
+    if( uxListRemove( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) ) == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+    {
+        /* The current task must be in a ready list, so there is no need to
+         * check, and the port reset macro can be called directly. */
+        portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority, uxTopReadyPriority ); /*lint !e931 pxCurrentTCB cannot change as it is the calling task.  pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority and uxTopReadyPriority cannot change as called with scheduler suspended or in a critical section. */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+    }
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+        {
+            if( ( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY ) && ( xCanBlockIndefinitely != pdFALSE ) )
+            {
+                /* Add the task to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+                 * list to ensure it is not woken by a timing event.  It will block
+                 * indefinitely. */
+                listINSERT_END( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+                 * does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the
+                 * kernel will manage it correctly. */
+                xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+                /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+                listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+                if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+                {
+                    /* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow
+                     * list. */
+                    vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list
+                     * is used. */
+                    vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+                    /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the
+                     * head of the list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime
+                     * needs to be updated too. */
+                    if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+                    {
+                        xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    #else /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+        {
+            /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event
+             * does not occur.  This may overflow but this doesn't matter, the kernel
+             * will manage it correctly. */
+            xTimeToWake = xConstTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+
+            /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+            listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+            if( xTimeToWake < xConstTickCount )
+            {
+                /* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the overflow list. */
+                vListInsert( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* The wake time has not overflowed, so the current block list is used. */
+                vListInsert( pxDelayedTaskList, &( pxCurrentTCB->xStateListItem ) );
+
+                /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+                 * list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+                 * too. */
+                if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+                {
+                    xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* Avoid compiler warning when INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is not 1. */
+            ( void ) xCanBlockIndefinitely;
+        }
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend */
+}
+
+/* Code below here allows additional code to be inserted into this source file,
+ * especially where access to file scope functions and data is needed (for example
+ * when performing module tests). */
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_MODULE_TEST
+    #include "tasks_test_access_functions.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#if ( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 )
+
+    #include "freertos_tasks_c_additions.h"
+
+    #ifdef FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT
+        static void freertos_tasks_c_additions_init( void )
+        {
+            FREERTOS_TASKS_C_ADDITIONS_INIT();
+        }
+    #endif
+
+#endif /* if ( configINCLUDE_FREERTOS_TASK_C_ADDITIONS_H == 1 ) */

+ 1116 - 1116
FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c

@@ -1,1118 +1,1118 @@
-/*
- * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
- * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
- *
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.4
+ * Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
  * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
- * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
- * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
- * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
- * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
- * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
- * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
- *
- */
-
-/* Standard includes. */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
- * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
- * task.h is included from an application file. */
-#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
-
-#include "FreeRTOS.h"
-#include "task.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-#include "timers.h"
-
-#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
-    #error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
-#endif
-
-/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
- * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
- * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
- * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
-#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e9021 !e961 !e750. */
-
-
-/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
- * to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
- * of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
- * configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
-
-/* Misc definitions. */
-    #define tmrNO_DELAY                      ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
-    #define tmrMAX_TIME_BEFORE_OVERFLOW      ( ( TickType_t ) -1 )
-
-/* The name assigned to the timer service task.  This can be overridden by
- * defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-    #ifndef configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
-        #define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME    "Tmr Svc"
-    #endif
-
-/* Bit definitions used in the ucStatus member of a timer structure. */
-    #define tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE                  ( ( uint8_t ) 0x01 )
-    #define tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED    ( ( uint8_t ) 0x02 )
-    #define tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD              ( ( uint8_t ) 0x04 )
-
-/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
-    typedef struct tmrTimerControl                  /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
-    {
-        const char * pcTimerName;                   /*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-        ListItem_t xTimerListItem;                  /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
-        TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks;             /*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
-        void * pvTimerID;                           /*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
-        TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
-        #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-            UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber;              /*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
-        #endif
-        uint8_t ucStatus;                           /*<< Holds bits to say if the timer was statically allocated or not, and if it is active or not. */
-    } xTIMER;
-
-/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
- * name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
-    typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
-
-/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
- * Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
- * and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
- * two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
- * and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
-    typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
-    {
-        TickType_t xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
-        Timer_t * pxTimer;        /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
-    } TimerParameter_t;
-
-
-    typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
-    {
-        PendedFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /* << The callback function to execute. */
-        void * pvParameter1;                 /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
-        uint32_t ulParameter2;               /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
-    } CallbackParameters_t;
-
-/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
- * that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
-    typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
-    {
-        BaseType_t xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
-        union
-        {
-            TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
-
-            /* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
-             * it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
-            #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-                CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
-            #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-        } u;
-    } DaemonTaskMessage_t;
-
-/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
- * which static variables must be declared volatile. */
-
-/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
- * time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
- * timer service task is allowed to access these lists.
- * xActiveTimerList1 and xActiveTimerList2 could be at function scope but that
- * breaks some kernel aware debuggers, and debuggers that reply on removing the
- * static qualifier. */
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * pxCurrentTimerList;
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * pxOverflowTimerList;
-
-/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
-    PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
-
-/*lint -restore */
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/*
- * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
- * been initialised already.
- */
-    static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
- * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
- * xTimerQueue queue.
- */
-    static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvTimerTask, pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
- * received on the timer queue.
- */
-    static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
- * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
- */
-    static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
-                                                  const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime,
-                                                  const TickType_t xTimeNow,
-                                                  const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Reload the specified auto-reload timer.  If the reloading is backlogged,
- * clear the backlog, calling the callback for each additional reload.  When
- * this function returns, the next expiry time is after xTimeNow.
- */
-    static void prvReloadTimer( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
-                                TickType_t xExpiredTime,
-                                const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
- * auto-reload timer, then call its callback.
- */
-    static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
-                                        const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
- * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
- */
-    static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
- * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
- */
-    static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
- * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
- * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
- * to pdTRUE.
- */
-    static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
- * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
- */
-    static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
-                                            BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-
-/*
- * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
- * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
- */
-    static void prvInitialiseNewTimer( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                       const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-                                       const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-                                       void * const pvTimerID,
-                                       TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-                                       Timer_t * pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-
-        /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
-         * configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
-         * timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
-         * been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
-        prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
-
-        if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-        {
-            #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                {
-                    StaticTask_t * pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
-                    StackType_t * pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
-                    uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
-
-                    vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
-                    xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic( prvTimerTask,
-                                                          configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
-                                                          ulTimerTaskStackSize,
-                                                          NULL,
-                                                          ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
-                                                          pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
-                                                          pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
-
-                    if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
-                    {
-                        xReturn = pdPASS;
-                    }
-                }
-            #else /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-                {
-                    xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask,
-                                           configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
-                                           configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
-                                           NULL,
-                                           ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
-                                           &xTimerTaskHandle );
-                }
-            #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        configASSERT( xReturn );
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-        TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                    const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-                                    const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-                                    void * const pvTimerID,
-                                    TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
-        {
-            Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
-
-            pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of Timer_t is always a pointer to the timer's mame. */
-
-            if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-            {
-                /* Status is thus far zero as the timer is not created statically
-                 * and has not been started.  The auto-reload bit may get set in
-                 * prvInitialiseNewTimer. */
-                pxNewTimer->ucStatus = 0x00;
-                prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
-            }
-
-            return pxNewTimer;
-        }
-
-    #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-
-        TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                          const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-                                          const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-                                          void * const pvTimerID,
-                                          TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-                                          StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer )
-        {
-            Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
-
-            #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
-                     * variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
-                     * structure. */
-                    volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
-                    configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
-                    ( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
-                }
-            #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
-
-            /* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
-            configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
-            pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 StaticTimer_t is a pointer to a Timer_t, so guaranteed to be aligned and sized correctly (checked by an assert()), so this is safe. */
-
-            if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
-            {
-                /* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
-                 * timer was created statically in case it is later deleted.  The
-                 * auto-reload bit may get set in prvInitialiseNewTimer(). */
-                pxNewTimer->ucStatus = tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
-
-                prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
-            }
-
-            return pxNewTimer;
-        }
-
-    #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvInitialiseNewTimer( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-                                       const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
-                                       const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
-                                       void * const pvTimerID,
-                                       TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
-                                       Timer_t * pxNewTimer )
-    {
-        /* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
-        configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
-
-        /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
-            * created/initialised. */
-        prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
-
-        /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
-            * parameters. */
-        pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
-        pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-        pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
-        pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
-        vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-
-        if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            pxNewTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
-        }
-
-        traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                                     const BaseType_t xCommandID,
-                                     const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
-                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
-                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
-        DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-        /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
-         * on a particular timer definition. */
-        if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-        {
-            /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
-            xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
-            xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
-            xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-            if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
-            {
-                if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
-                {
-                    xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-            }
-
-            traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-        }
-
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
-    {
-        /* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
-         * started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
-        configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
-        return xTimerTaskHandle;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-    {
-        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-        return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                              const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload )
-    {
-        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
-            {
-                pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-    {
-        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) == 0 )
-            {
-                /* Not an auto-reload timer. */
-                uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                /* Is an auto-reload timer. */
-                uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return uxReturn;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-    {
-        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-        TickType_t xReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-        xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-        return xReturn;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
-    {
-        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-        return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvReloadTimer( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
-                                TickType_t xExpiredTime,
-                                const TickType_t xTimeNow )
-    {
-        /* Insert the timer into the appropriate list for the next expiry time.
-         * If the next expiry time has already passed, advance the expiry time,
-         * call the callback function, and try again. */
-        while ( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xExpiredTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xExpiredTime ) != pdFALSE )
-        {
-            /* Advance the expiry time. */
-            xExpiredTime += pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
-
-            /* Call the timer callback. */
-            traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-            pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
-                                        const TickType_t xTimeNow )
-    {
-        Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
-
-        /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
-         * been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
-        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-
-        /* If the timer is an auto-reload timer then calculate the next
-         * expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
-        if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
-        {
-            prvReloadTimer( pxTimer, xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-        }
-
-        /* Call the timer callback. */
-        traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-        pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvTimerTask, pvParameters )
-    {
-        TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-        BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
-
-        /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
-        ( void ) pvParameters;
-
-        #if ( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
-            {
-                extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
-
-                /* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
-                 * this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
-                 * application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
-                 * executing after the scheduler has been started. */
-                vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
-            }
-        #endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
-
-        for( ; ; )
-        {
-            /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
-             * obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
-            xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
-
-            /* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
-             * until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
-            prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
-
-            /* Empty the command queue. */
-            prvProcessReceivedCommands();
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
-                                            BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
-    {
-        TickType_t xTimeNow;
-        BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
-
-        vTaskSuspendAll();
-        {
-            /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
-             * has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
-             * then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
-             * when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
-             * prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
-            xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
-
-            if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
-            {
-                /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
-                if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
-                {
-                    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-                    prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
-                     * time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
-                     * block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
-                     * received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
-                     * be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
-                     * case when the current timer list is empty. */
-                    if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        /* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
-                         * also empty? */
-                        xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
-                    }
-
-                    vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
-
-                    if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
-                    {
-                        /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
-                         * block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
-                         * critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
-                         * will not cause the task to block. */
-                        portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
-            }
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
-    {
-        TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-
-        /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
-         * referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
-         * the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
-         * active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
-         * this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
-         * timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
-         * re-assessed.  */
-        *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-
-        if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
-            xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
-        }
-
-        return xNextExpireTime;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
-    {
-        TickType_t xTimeNow;
-        PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
-
-        xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
-
-        if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
-        {
-            prvSwitchTimerLists();
-            *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
-        }
-
-        xLastTime = xTimeNow;
-
-        return xTimeNow;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
-                                                  const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime,
-                                                  const TickType_t xTimeNow,
-                                                  const TickType_t xCommandTime )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
-
-        listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
-        listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
-
-        if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
-        {
-            /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
-             * timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
-            if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
-            {
-                /* The time between a command being issued and the command being
-                 * processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
-                xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-            }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
-            {
-                /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
-                 * but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
-                 * its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
-                xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-            }
-        }
-
-        return xProcessTimerNow;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
-    {
-        DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-        Timer_t * pxTimer;
-        BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
-        TickType_t xTimeNow;
-
-        while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
-        {
-            #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-                {
-                    /* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
-                     * commands. */
-                    if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-                    {
-                        const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
-
-                        /* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
-                         * callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
-                        configASSERT( pxCallback );
-
-                        /* Call the function. */
-                        pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                    }
-                }
-            #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-
-            /* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
-             * function calls. */
-            if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
-            {
-                /* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
-                 * software timer. */
-                pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
-
-                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961. The cast is only redundant when NULL is passed into the macro. */
-                {
-                    /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
-                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                }
-
-                traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
-
-                /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
-                 *  it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
-                 *  called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
-                 *  possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
-                 *  queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
-                 *  pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
-                xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
-
-                switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
-                {
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_START:
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR:
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET:
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR:
-                        /* Start or restart a timer. */
-                        pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-
-                        if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
-                        {
-                            /* The timer expired before it was added to the active
-                             * timer list.  Process it now. */
-                            if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
-                            {
-                                prvReloadTimer( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow );
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-                            }
-
-                            /* Call the timer callback. */
-                            traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
-                            pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-
-                        break;
-
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_STOP:
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR:
-                        /* The timer has already been removed from the active list. */
-                        pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-                        break;
-
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD:
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR:
-                        pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-                        pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
-                        configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
-
-                        /* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
-                         * be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
-                         * therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
-                         * be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
-                         * meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
-                         * no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
-                        ( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
-                        break;
-
-                    case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE:
-                        #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                            {
-                                /* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
-                                 * just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
-                                 * allocated. */
-                                if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
-                                {
-                                    vPortFree( pxTimer );
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-                                }
-                            }
-                        #else /* if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-                            {
-                                /* If dynamic allocation is not enabled, the memory
-                                 * could not have been dynamically allocated. So there is
-                                 * no need to free the memory - just mark the timer as
-                                 * "not active". */
-                                pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
-                            }
-                        #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
-                        break;
-
-                    default:
-                        /* Don't expect to get here. */
-                        break;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
-    {
-        TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
-        List_t * pxTemp;
-
-        /* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
-         * If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
-         * then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
-         * are switched. */
-        while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
-        {
-            xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
-
-            /* Process the expired timer.  For auto-reload timers, be careful to
-             * process only expirations that occur on the current list.  Further
-             * expirations must wait until after the lists are switched. */
-            prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, tmrMAX_TIME_BEFORE_OVERFLOW );
-        }
-
-        pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
-        pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
-        pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
-    {
-        /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
-         * queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
-         * initialised. */
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
-            {
-                vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
-                vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
-                pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
-                pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
-
-                #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
-                    {
-                        /* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
-                         * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
-                        PRIVILEGED_DATA static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue;                                                                          /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
-                        PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
-
-                        xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
-                    }
-                #else
-                    {
-                        xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
-                    }
-                #endif /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
-
-                #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
-                    {
-                        if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
-                        {
-                            vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
-                        }
-                        else
-                        {
-                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-                        }
-                    }
-                #endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-    {
-        BaseType_t xReturn;
-        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-        /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE ) == 0 )
-            {
-                xReturn = pdFALSE;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                xReturn = pdTRUE;
-            }
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return xReturn;
-    } /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    void * pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-    {
-        Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
-        void * pvReturn;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-
-        return pvReturn;
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                           void * pvNewID )
-    {
-        Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
-
-        configASSERT( xTimer );
-
-        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
-        {
-            pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
-        }
-        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
-    }
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-
-        BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
-                                                  void * pvParameter1,
-                                                  uint32_t ulParameter2,
-                                                  BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
-        {
-            DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-            BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-            /* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
-             * daemon task. */
-            xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
-            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
-            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
-            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
-
-            xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
-
-            tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
-
-            return xReturn;
-        }
-
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
-
-        BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
-                                           void * pvParameter1,
-                                           uint32_t ulParameter2,
-                                           TickType_t xTicksToWait )
-        {
-            DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
-            BaseType_t xReturn;
-
-            /* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
-             * after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
-             * queue does not exist. */
-            configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
-
-            /* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
-             * daemon task. */
-            xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
-            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
-            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
-            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
-
-            xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
-
-            tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
-
-            return xReturn;
-        }
-
-    #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-        UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
-        {
-            return ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber;
-        }
-
-    #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
-
-        void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
-                                   UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber )
-        {
-            ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber = uxTimerNumber;
-        }
-
-    #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
- * to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
- * functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
-#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * https://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * https://github.com/FreeRTOS
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+ * all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+ * task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
+    #error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
+#endif
+
+/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
+ * because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
+ * for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
+ * correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e9021 !e961 !e750. */
+
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+ * to include software timer functionality.  This #if is closed at the very bottom
+ * of this file.  If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+ * configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+    #define tmrNO_DELAY                      ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
+    #define tmrMAX_TIME_BEFORE_OVERFLOW      ( ( TickType_t ) -1 )
+
+/* The name assigned to the timer service task.  This can be overridden by
+ * defining trmTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+    #ifndef configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME
+        #define configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME    "Tmr Svc"
+    #endif
+
+/* Bit definitions used in the ucStatus member of a timer structure. */
+    #define tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE                  ( ( uint8_t ) 0x01 )
+    #define tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED    ( ( uint8_t ) 0x02 )
+    #define tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD              ( ( uint8_t ) 0x04 )
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+    typedef struct tmrTimerControl                  /* The old naming convention is used to prevent breaking kernel aware debuggers. */
+    {
+        const char * pcTimerName;                   /*<< Text name.  This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+        ListItem_t xTimerListItem;                  /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+        TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks;             /*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+        void * pvTimerID;                           /*<< An ID to identify the timer.  This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+        TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+        #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+            UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber;              /*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
+        #endif
+        uint8_t ucStatus;                           /*<< Holds bits to say if the timer was statically allocated or not, and if it is active or not. */
+    } xTIMER;
+
+/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
+ * name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
+    typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
+ * Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
+ * and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback.  The
+ * two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
+ * and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
+    typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
+    {
+        TickType_t xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+        Timer_t * pxTimer;        /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+    } TimerParameter_t;
+
+
+    typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
+    {
+        PendedFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /* << The callback function to execute. */
+        void * pvParameter1;                 /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
+        uint32_t ulParameter2;               /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
+    } CallbackParameters_t;
+
+/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
+ * that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
+    typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+    {
+        BaseType_t xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+        union
+        {
+            TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
+
+            /* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
+             * it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
+            #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+                CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
+            #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+        } u;
+    } DaemonTaskMessage_t;
+
+/*lint -save -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine
+ * which static variables must be declared volatile. */
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored.  Timers are referenced in expire
+ * time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list.  Only the
+ * timer service task is allowed to access these lists.
+ * xActiveTimerList1 and xActiveTimerList2 could be at function scope but that
+ * breaks some kernel aware debuggers, and debuggers that reply on removing the
+ * static qualifier. */
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * pxCurrentTimerList;
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t * pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
+    PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
+
+/*lint -restore */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+    static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon).  Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task.  Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+    static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvTimerTask, pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+    static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+    static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
+                                                  const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime,
+                                                  const TickType_t xTimeNow,
+                                                  const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Reload the specified auto-reload timer.  If the reloading is backlogged,
+ * clear the backlog, calling the callback for each additional reload.  When
+ * this function returns, the next expiry time is after xTimeNow.
+ */
+    static void prvReloadTimer( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
+                                TickType_t xExpiredTime,
+                                const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time.  Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto-reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+    static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
+                                        const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed.  Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+    static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+    static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false.  If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+    static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+    static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
+                                            BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called after a Timer_t structure has been allocated either statically or
+ * dynamically to fill in the structure's members.
+ */
+    static void prvInitialiseNewTimer( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                       const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+                                       const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+                                       void * const pvTimerID,
+                                       TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+                                       Timer_t * pxNewTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+        /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+         * configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1.  Check that the infrastructure used by the
+         * timer service task has been created/initialised.  If timers have already
+         * been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+        prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+        if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+        {
+            #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                {
+                    StaticTask_t * pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer = NULL;
+                    StackType_t * pxTimerTaskStackBuffer = NULL;
+                    uint32_t ulTimerTaskStackSize;
+
+                    vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( &pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, &pxTimerTaskStackBuffer, &ulTimerTaskStackSize );
+                    xTimerTaskHandle = xTaskCreateStatic( prvTimerTask,
+                                                          configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+                                                          ulTimerTaskStackSize,
+                                                          NULL,
+                                                          ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+                                                          pxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
+                                                          pxTimerTaskTCBBuffer );
+
+                    if( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL )
+                    {
+                        xReturn = pdPASS;
+                    }
+                }
+            #else /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+                {
+                    xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask,
+                                           configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME,
+                                           configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH,
+                                           NULL,
+                                           ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT,
+                                           &xTimerTaskHandle );
+                }
+            #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        configASSERT( xReturn );
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+        TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                    const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+                                    const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+                                    void * const pvTimerID,
+                                    TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction )
+        {
+            Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
+
+            pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 All values returned by pvPortMalloc() have at least the alignment required by the MCU's stack, and the first member of Timer_t is always a pointer to the timer's mame. */
+
+            if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+            {
+                /* Status is thus far zero as the timer is not created statically
+                 * and has not been started.  The auto-reload bit may get set in
+                 * prvInitialiseNewTimer. */
+                pxNewTimer->ucStatus = 0x00;
+                prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+            }
+
+            return pxNewTimer;
+        }
+
+    #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+        TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                          const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+                                          const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+                                          void * const pvTimerID,
+                                          TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+                                          StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer )
+        {
+            Timer_t * pxNewTimer;
+
+            #if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+                     * variable of type StaticTimer_t equals the size of the real timer
+                     * structure. */
+                    volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticTimer_t );
+                    configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( Timer_t ) );
+                    ( void ) xSize; /* Keeps lint quiet when configASSERT() is not defined. */
+                }
+            #endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+            /* A pointer to a StaticTimer_t structure MUST be provided, use it. */
+            configASSERT( pxTimerBuffer );
+            pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pxTimerBuffer; /*lint !e740 !e9087 StaticTimer_t is a pointer to a Timer_t, so guaranteed to be aligned and sized correctly (checked by an assert()), so this is safe. */
+
+            if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+            {
+                /* Timers can be created statically or dynamically so note this
+                 * timer was created statically in case it is later deleted.  The
+                 * auto-reload bit may get set in prvInitialiseNewTimer(). */
+                pxNewTimer->ucStatus = tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED;
+
+                prvInitialiseNewTimer( pcTimerName, xTimerPeriodInTicks, uxAutoReload, pvTimerID, pxCallbackFunction, pxNewTimer );
+            }
+
+            return pxNewTimer;
+        }
+
+    #endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvInitialiseNewTimer( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+                                       const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
+                                       const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
+                                       void * const pvTimerID,
+                                       TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
+                                       Timer_t * pxNewTimer )
+    {
+        /* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
+        configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+        /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+            * created/initialised. */
+        prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+        /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function
+            * parameters. */
+        pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+        pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+        pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+        pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+        vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+        if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            pxNewTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+        }
+
+        traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                                     const BaseType_t xCommandID,
+                                     const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
+                                     BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+                                     const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
+        DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+        /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+         * on a particular timer definition. */
+        if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+        {
+            /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+            xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+            xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+            xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+            if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
+            {
+                if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+                {
+                    xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+            }
+
+            traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+        }
+
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
+    {
+        /* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
+         * started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
+        configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
+        return xTimerTaskHandle;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+    {
+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+        return pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                              const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload )
+    {
+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( uxAutoReload != pdFALSE )
+            {
+                pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+    {
+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
+        UBaseType_t uxReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) == 0 )
+            {
+                /* Not an auto-reload timer. */
+                uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdFALSE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                /* Is an auto-reload timer. */
+                uxReturn = ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return uxReturn;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+    {
+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
+        TickType_t xReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+        xReturn = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+        return xReturn;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
+    {
+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+        return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvReloadTimer( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
+                                TickType_t xExpiredTime,
+                                const TickType_t xTimeNow )
+    {
+        /* Insert the timer into the appropriate list for the next expiry time.
+         * If the next expiry time has already passed, advance the expiry time,
+         * call the callback function, and try again. */
+        while ( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xExpiredTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xExpiredTime ) != pdFALSE )
+        {
+            /* Advance the expiry time. */
+            xExpiredTime += pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+
+            /* Call the timer callback. */
+            traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+            pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
+                                        const TickType_t xTimeNow )
+    {
+        Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList ); /*lint !e9087 !e9079 void * is used as this macro is used with tasks and co-routines too.  Alignment is known to be fine as the type of the pointer stored and retrieved is the same. */
+
+        /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers.  A check has already
+         * been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+        ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+        /* If the timer is an auto-reload timer then calculate the next
+         * expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+        if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+        {
+            prvReloadTimer( pxTimer, xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+        }
+
+        /* Call the timer callback. */
+        traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+        pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvTimerTask, pvParameters )
+    {
+        TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+        BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
+
+        /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+        ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+        #if ( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK == 1 )
+            {
+                extern void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
+
+                /* Allow the application writer to execute some code in the context of
+                 * this task at the point the task starts executing.  This is useful if the
+                 * application includes initialisation code that would benefit from
+                 * executing after the scheduler has been started. */
+                vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook();
+            }
+        #endif /* configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK */
+
+        for( ; ; )
+        {
+            /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+             * obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+            xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+            /* If a timer has expired, process it.  Otherwise, block this task
+             * until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+            prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+            /* Empty the command queue. */
+            prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime,
+                                            BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
+    {
+        TickType_t xTimeNow;
+        BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+        vTaskSuspendAll();
+        {
+            /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+             * has expired or not.  If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+             * then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+             * when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+             * prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
+            xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+            if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+            {
+                /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+                if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+                {
+                    ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+                    prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+                     * time has not been reached yet.  This task should therefore
+                     * block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+                     * received - whichever comes first.  The following line cannot
+                     * be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+                     * case when the current timer list is empty. */
+                    if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        /* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
+                         * also empty? */
+                        xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
+                    }
+
+                    vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
+
+                    if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+                    {
+                        /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
+                         * block time to expire.  If a command arrived between the
+                         * critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
+                         * will not cause the task to block. */
+                        portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
+    {
+        TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+
+        /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+         * referencing the task that will expire first.  Obtain the time at which
+         * the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire.  If there are no
+         * active timers then just set the next expire time to 0.  That will cause
+         * this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+         * timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+         * re-assessed.  */
+        *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+        if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+            xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
+        }
+
+        return xNextExpireTime;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+    {
+        TickType_t xTimeNow;
+        PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
+
+        xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+        if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+        {
+            prvSwitchTimerLists();
+            *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+        }
+
+        xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+        return xTimeNow;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer,
+                                                  const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime,
+                                                  const TickType_t xTimeNow,
+                                                  const TickType_t xCommandTime )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+        listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+        listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+        if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+        {
+            /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+             * timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+            if( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ) /*lint !e961 MISRA exception as the casts are only redundant for some ports. */
+            {
+                /* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+                 * processed actually exceeds the timers period.  */
+                xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+            {
+                /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+                 * but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+                 * its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+                xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+            }
+        }
+
+        return xProcessTimerNow;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+    {
+        DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+        Timer_t * pxTimer;
+        BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+        TickType_t xTimeNow;
+
+        while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
+        {
+            #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+                {
+                    /* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
+                     * commands. */
+                    if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+                    {
+                        const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
+
+                        /* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
+                         * callback be executed.  Check the callback is not NULL. */
+                        configASSERT( pxCallback );
+
+                        /* Call the function. */
+                        pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                    }
+                }
+            #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+
+            /* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
+             * function calls. */
+            if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
+            {
+                /* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
+                 * software timer. */
+                pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
+
+                if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE ) /*lint !e961. The cast is only redundant when NULL is passed into the macro. */
+                {
+                    /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+                    ( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                }
+
+                traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
+
+                /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
+                 *  it must be present in the function call.  prvSampleTimeNow() must be
+                 *  called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
+                 *  possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
+                 *  queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
+                 *  pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
+                xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+                switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+                {
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_START:
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR:
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET:
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR:
+                        /* Start or restart a timer. */
+                        pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+
+                        if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) != pdFALSE )
+                        {
+                            /* The timer expired before it was added to the active
+                             * timer list.  Process it now. */
+                            if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_AUTORELOAD ) != 0 )
+                            {
+                                prvReloadTimer( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow );
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+                            }
+
+                            /* Call the timer callback. */
+                            traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+                            pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+
+                        break;
+
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_STOP:
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR:
+                        /* The timer has already been removed from the active list. */
+                        pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+                        break;
+
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD:
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR:
+                        pxTimer->ucStatus |= tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+                        pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
+                        configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+
+                        /* The new period does not really have a reference, and can
+                         * be longer or shorter than the old one.  The command time is
+                         * therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot
+                         * be zero the next expiry time can only be in the future,
+                         * meaning (unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is
+                         * no fail case that needs to be handled here. */
+                        ( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+                        break;
+
+                    case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE:
+                        #if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                            {
+                                /* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+                                 * just free up the memory if the memory was dynamically
+                                 * allocated. */
+                                if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_STATICALLY_ALLOCATED ) == ( uint8_t ) 0 )
+                                {
+                                    vPortFree( pxTimer );
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+                                }
+                            }
+                        #else /* if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+                            {
+                                /* If dynamic allocation is not enabled, the memory
+                                 * could not have been dynamically allocated. So there is
+                                 * no need to free the memory - just mark the timer as
+                                 * "not active". */
+                                pxTimer->ucStatus &= ~tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE;
+                            }
+                        #endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+                        break;
+
+                    default:
+                        /* Don't expect to get here. */
+                        break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
+    {
+        TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
+        List_t * pxTemp;
+
+        /* The tick count has overflowed.  The timer lists must be switched.
+         * If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+         * then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+         * are switched. */
+        while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+        {
+            xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+            /* Process the expired timer.  For auto-reload timers, be careful to
+             * process only expirations that occur on the current list.  Further
+             * expirations must wait until after the lists are switched. */
+            prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, tmrMAX_TIME_BEFORE_OVERFLOW );
+        }
+
+        pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+        pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+        pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+    {
+        /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+         * queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+         * initialised. */
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+            {
+                vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+                vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+                pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+                pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+
+                #if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+                    {
+                        /* The timer queue is allocated statically in case
+                         * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0. */
+                        PRIVILEGED_DATA static StaticQueue_t xStaticTimerQueue;                                                                          /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+                        PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ ( size_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH * sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) ]; /*lint !e956 Ok to declare in this manner to prevent additional conditional compilation guards in other locations. */
+
+                        xTimerQueue = xQueueCreateStatic( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, ( UBaseType_t ) sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ), &( ucStaticTimerQueueStorage[ 0 ] ), &xStaticTimerQueue );
+                    }
+                #else
+                    {
+                        xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
+                    }
+                #endif /* if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) */
+
+                #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+                    {
+                        if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+                        {
+                            vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+                        }
+                    }
+                #endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+    {
+        BaseType_t xReturn;
+        Timer_t * pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+        /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            if( ( pxTimer->ucStatus & tmrSTATUS_IS_ACTIVE ) == 0 )
+            {
+                xReturn = pdFALSE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                xReturn = pdTRUE;
+            }
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return xReturn;
+    } /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    void * pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+    {
+        Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+        void * pvReturn;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+        return pvReturn;
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                           void * pvNewID )
+    {
+        Timer_t * const pxTimer = xTimer;
+
+        configASSERT( xTimer );
+
+        taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+        {
+            pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
+        }
+        taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+    }
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+        BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+                                                  void * pvParameter1,
+                                                  uint32_t ulParameter2,
+                                                  BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+        {
+            DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+            BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+            /* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+             * daemon task. */
+            xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
+            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+            xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+            tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+            return xReturn;
+        }
+
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
+
+        BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
+                                           void * pvParameter1,
+                                           uint32_t ulParameter2,
+                                           TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+        {
+            DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
+            BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+            /* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
+             * after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
+             * queue does not exist. */
+            configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
+
+            /* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
+             * daemon task. */
+            xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
+            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
+            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
+            xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
+
+            xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
+
+            tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
+
+            return xReturn;
+        }
+
+    #endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+        UBaseType_t uxTimerGetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
+        {
+            return ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber;
+        }
+
+    #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+        void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
+                                   UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber )
+        {
+            ( ( Timer_t * ) xTimer )->uxTimerNumber = uxTimerNumber;
+        }
+
+    #endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+ * to include software timer functionality.  If you want to include software timer
+ * functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */

+ 3 - 3
Project_Settings/Debugger/S32K146_4G_Debug_FLASH_PNE.launch

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 <stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.CYCLONE_IP" value=""/>
 <booleanAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.DO_RESET_DELAY" value="false"/>
 <intAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.INTERFACE_PORT" value="0"/>
-<stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.INTERFACE_PORT_STRING" value=""/>
+<stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.INTERFACE_PORT_STRING" value="COM1"/>
 <stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.NETWORK_CARD_IP" value=""/>
 <stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.POWER_DOWN_DELAY" value="250"/>
 <booleanAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.cyc_ser.POWER_OFF" value="false"/>
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 <stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.CYCLONE_IP" value=""/>
 <booleanAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.DO_RESET_DELAY" value="false"/>
 <intAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.INTERFACE_PORT" value="0"/>
-<stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.INTERFACE_PORT_STRING" value="USB1"/>
+<stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.INTERFACE_PORT_STRING" value=""/>
 <stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.NETWORK_CARD_IP" value=""/>
 <stringAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.POWER_DOWN_DELAY" value="250"/>
 <booleanAttribute key="com.pemicro.debug.gdbjtag.pne.ml.POWER_OFF" value="false"/>
@@ -216,5 +216,5 @@
 </listAttribute>
 <stringAttribute key="org.eclipse.dsf.launch.MEMORY_BLOCKS" value="&lt;?xml version=&quot;1.0&quot; encoding=&quot;UTF-8&quot; standalone=&quot;no&quot;?&gt;&#13;&#10;&lt;memoryBlockExpressionList context=&quot;reserved-for-future-use&quot;&gt;&#13;&#10;&lt;gdbmemoryBlockExpression address=&quot;536806032&quot; label=&quot;RX_Buffer[UART_LPUART2]&quot;/&gt;&#13;&#10;&lt;gdbmemoryBlockExpression address=&quot;536823956&quot; label=&quot;GpsBufferGet&quot;/&gt;&#13;&#10;&lt;gdbmemoryBlockExpression address=&quot;255&quot; label=&quot;SocketId&quot;/&gt;&#13;&#10;&lt;/memoryBlockExpressionList&gt;&#13;&#10;"/>
 <stringAttribute key="process_factory_id" value="org.eclipse.cdt.dsf.gdb.GdbProcessFactory"/>
-<stringAttribute key="saved_expressions&lt;seperator&gt;Unknown" value="0x1fff4b00,0x1fff4b51,0x1fff4b56,0x1fff0290,0x1fff4894,0x1fff04e8,0x1fff01c8,0x1fff2ce8,0x1fff0100,0x1fff08d0,0x1fff4b48,0x1fff4b50,0x1fff0103,1fff3798,0x1fff3798"/>
+<stringAttribute key="saved_expressions&lt;seperator&gt;Unknown" value="0x1fff4b56,0x1fff0290,0x1fff4894,0x1fff04e8,0x1fff01c8,0x1fff2ce8,0x1fff0100,0x1fff08d0,0x1fff4b48,0x1fff4b50,0x1fff0103,1fff3798,0x1fff3798,0x1fffab2c,0x1fffa82c"/>
 </launchConfiguration>

+ 4 - 3
src/AppTaskCan.c

@@ -13,18 +13,19 @@ void CanTask(void *pvParameters)
 	CanIf_bRxFlag = false;
 	Can_Msg_Type_Data CanRxMsg;
 	CanRecvQueueHandle = xQueueCreate(20, sizeof(Can_Msg_Type_Data));
+	uint32 RxDiagnoseTimer = 0;
 	while(1)
 	{
 		memset(&CanRxMsg, 0, sizeof(CanRxMsg));
 		Can_MainFunction_Read();
-		BaseType_t ret = xQueueReceive(CanRecvQueueHandle, &CanRxMsg, 10);
+		BaseType_t ret = xQueueReceive(CanRecvQueueHandle, &CanRxMsg, 1);
 		if (ret == pdPASS)
 		{
 			BcuDecodeFunction(CanRxMsg.id,CanRxMsg.data);//canЭÒé½âÎö
-			//canrxcounter--;
 		}
-		if(TimerCounter%100==0)
+		if(TimerCounter%100==0&&RxDiagnoseTimer>=(TimerCounter+100))
 		{
+			RxDiagnoseTimer = TimerCounter;
 			BcuRxDiagnose();
 		}
 	}

+ 1 - 1
src/AppTaskUart1.c

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ void Uart_4G_Task(void *pvParameters)
 			else if (TimerCounter % 1000 == 0)
 			{
 				PROC_TCP_STATE_SWITCH(PROCESS_TCP_SEND);
-				Dio_FlipChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE0_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED1);
+				Dio_FlipChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE7_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED3);
 			}
 			else if (TimerCounter % 100 == 0)
 			{

+ 0 - 2
src/hal_adapter.c

@@ -343,7 +343,6 @@
      CanIf_bTxFlag = TRUE;
      (void)CanTxPduId;
  }
-uint32 canrxcounter = 0;
  void CanIf_RxIndication(const Can_HwType *Mailbox, const PduInfoType *PduInfoPtr)
  {
 	 Can_Msg_Type canRxMsg_Buff;
@@ -355,7 +354,6 @@ uint32 canrxcounter = 0;
      canRxMsgQueueData.length = canRxMsg_Buff.length;
      memcpy(canRxMsgQueueData.data,canRxMsg_Buff.sdu,canRxMsgQueueData.length);
      xQueueSend(CanRecvQueueHandle,&canRxMsgQueueData,0);
-     canrxcounter++;
  }
 
  void CanIf_CurrentIcomConfiguration(uint8 ControllerId, IcomConfigIdType ConfigurationId, IcomSwitch_ErrorType Error)

+ 4 - 4
src/main.c

@@ -126,10 +126,10 @@ int main(void)
 	IP_LPUART1->CTRL |= LPUART_CTRL_ILT(1);
 	IP_LPUART2->CTRL |= LPUART_CTRL_ILT(1);
 
-	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE0_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED1, STD_OFF);
-	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE1_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED2, STD_OFF);
-	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE7_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED3, STD_OFF);
-	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE8_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED4, STD_OFF);
+	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE0_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED1, STD_ON);
+	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE1_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED2, STD_ON);
+	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE7_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED3, STD_ON);
+	Dio_WriteChannel(DioConf_DioChannel_PTE8_GPIO_OUT_MCU_LED4, STD_ON);
 
 	xTaskCreate(MainTask, (const char *const)"MainTask", 128, (void *)0, main_TASK_PRIORITY + 3, NULL);
 	xTaskCreate(Uart_4G_Task, (const char *const)"Uart_4G_Task", 2048, (void *)0, main_TASK_PRIORITY + 0, NULL);